Tcl Source Code

Check-in [cca06bb4a1]
Login
Bounty program for improvements to Tcl and certain Tcl packages.
Tcl 2019 Conference, Houston/TX, US, Nov 4-8
Send your abstracts to [email protected]
or submit via the online form by Sep 9.

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview
Comment:merge 8.7
Downloads: Tarball | ZIP archive | SQL archive
Timelines: family | ancestors | descendants | both | bug-e593adf103-core-8
Files: files | file ages | folders
SHA3-256: cca06bb4a1b72a381de7d29279fb0af352471bd6c03fc7d1d49a58e96825de5f
User & Date: pooryorick 2018-10-29 19:23:23
Context
2018-11-01
16:06
Fix issue with oPtr->command, which might be NULL. check-in: 311f6dcc5b user: pooryorick tags: bug-e593adf103-core-8
2018-10-29
19:23
merge 8.7 check-in: cca06bb4a1 user: pooryorick tags: bug-e593adf103-core-8
14:39
merge mark check-in: 14ebe914be user: dgp tags: core-8-branch
2018-06-04
13:18
merge 8.7 check-in: 1d19e08d8f user: dgp tags: bug-e593adf103-core-8
Changes
Hide Diffs Unified Diffs Ignore Whitespace Patch

Deleted .fossil-settings/crnl-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
compat/zlib/contrib/dotzlib/DotZLib/UnitTests.cs
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
libtommath/*.sln
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




































Added .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md.






>
>
>
1
2
3
Important Note
==========
Please do not file issues with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.

Added .github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md.






>
>
>
1
2
3
Important Note
==========
Please do not file pull requests with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.

Changes to ChangeLog.2007.

1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
	an expr syntax error (masked by a [catch]).

	* generic/tclCompCmds.c (TclCompileReturnCmd):	Added crash protection
	to handle callers other than TclCompileScript() failing to meet the
	initialization assumptions of the TIP 280 code in CompileWord().

	* generic/tclCompExpr.c:	Suppress the attempt to convert to
	numeric when pre-compiling a constant expresion indicates an error.

2007-08-22  Miguel Sofer  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclExecute.c (TEBC): disable the new shortcut to frequent
	INSTs for debug builds. REVERTED (collision with alternative fix)

2007-08-21  Don Porter	<[email protected]>






|







1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
	an expr syntax error (masked by a [catch]).

	* generic/tclCompCmds.c (TclCompileReturnCmd):	Added crash protection
	to handle callers other than TclCompileScript() failing to meet the
	initialization assumptions of the TIP 280 code in CompileWord().

	* generic/tclCompExpr.c:	Suppress the attempt to convert to
	numeric when pre-compiling a constant expression indicates an error.

2007-08-22  Miguel Sofer  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclExecute.c (TEBC): disable the new shortcut to frequent
	INSTs for debug builds. REVERTED (collision with alternative fix)

2007-08-21  Don Porter	<[email protected]>

Changes to compat/zlib/contrib/minizip/minizip.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
..
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
...
168
169
170
171
172
173
174

175
176
177
178
179
180
181
...
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245












































































































































246
247
248
249
250

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
...
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

289
290
291
292
293
294
295
...
388
389
390
391
392
393
394

395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505

506
507
508
509
510
511
512
         Modifications of Unzip for Zip64
         Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Even Rouault

         Modifications for Zip64 support on both zip and unzip
         Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
*/


#if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
        #ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
                #define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
        #endif
        #ifndef __USE_LARGEFILE64
                #define __USE_LARGEFILE64
        #endif
................................................................................
                #define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
        #endif
        #ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BIT
                #define _FILE_OFFSET_BIT 64
        #endif
#endif

#ifdef __APPLE__
// In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko(stream, offset, origin)
#else
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen64(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello64(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
#endif



#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>

................................................................................
    printf("MiniZip 1.1, demo of zLib + MiniZip64 package, written by Gilles Vollant\n");
    printf("more info on MiniZip at http://www.winimage.com/zLibDll/minizip.html\n\n");
}

void do_help()
{
    printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \

           "  -o  Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -a  Append to existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -0  Store only\n" \
           "  -1  Compress faster\n" \
           "  -9  Compress better\n\n" \
           "  -j  exclude path. store only the file name.\n\n");
}
................................................................................
     largeFile = 1;

                fclose(pFile);
  }

 return largeFile;
}













































































































































int main(argc,argv)
    int argc;
    char *argv[];
{
    int i;

    int opt_overwrite=0;
    int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
    int opt_exclude_path=0;
    int zipfilenamearg = 0;
    char filename_try[MAXFILENAME+16];
    int zipok;
    int err=0;
    int size_buf=0;
................................................................................
                        opt_overwrite = 1;
                    if ((c=='a') || (c=='A'))
                        opt_overwrite = 2;
                    if ((c>='0') && (c<='9'))
                        opt_compress_level = c-'0';
                    if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
                        opt_exclude_path = 1;


                    if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
                    {
                        password=argv[i+1];
                        i++;
                    }
                }
            }
................................................................................

        for (i=zipfilenamearg+1;(i<argc) && (err==ZIP_OK);i++)
        {
            if (!((((*(argv[i]))=='-') || ((*(argv[i]))=='/')) &&
                  ((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||

                   ((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
                  (strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
            {
                FILE * fin;
                int size_read;
                const char* filenameinzip = argv[i];
                const char *savefilenameinzip;
                zip_fileinfo zi;
                unsigned long crcFile=0;
                int zip64 = 0;

                zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
                zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
                zi.dosDate = 0;
                zi.internal_fa = 0;
                zi.external_fa = 0;
                filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);

/*
                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                                 opt_compress_level);
*/
                if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
                    err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);

                zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);

                                                         /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
               /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
                 savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
                 while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
                 {
                     savefilenameinzip++;
                 }

                 /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
                 if( opt_exclude_path )
                 {
                     const char *tmpptr;
                     const char *lastslash = 0;
                     for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
                     {
                         if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
                         {
                             lastslash = tmpptr;
                         }
                     }
                     if( lastslash != NULL )
                     {
                         savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
                     }
                 }

                 /**/
                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                                 opt_compress_level,0,
                                 /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
                                 -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
                                 password,crcFile, zip64);

                if (err != ZIP_OK)
                    printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
                else
                {
                    fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
                    if (fin==NULL)
                    {
                        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
                        printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
                    }
                }

                if (err == ZIP_OK)
                    do
                    {
                        err = ZIP_OK;
                        size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
                        if (size_read < size_buf)
                            if (feof(fin)==0)
                        {
                            printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
                            err = ZIP_ERRNO;
                        }

                        if (size_read>0)
                        {
                            err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
                            if (err<0)
                            {
                                printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
                                                 filenameinzip);
                            }

                        }
                    } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));

                if (fin)
                    fclose(fin);

                if (err<0)
                    err=ZIP_ERRNO;
                else
                {
                    err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
                    if (err!=ZIP_OK)
                        printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
                                    filenameinzip);

                }
            }
        }
        errclose = zipClose(zf,NULL);
        if (errclose != ZIP_OK)
            printf("error in closing %s\n",filename_try);
    }






<







 







|










|
<







 







>







 








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





>
|







 







|
>







 







>



<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>







8
9
10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
..
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
...
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
...
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
...
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
...
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539

540

















541











































542












































543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
         Modifications of Unzip for Zip64
         Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Even Rouault

         Modifications for Zip64 support on both zip and unzip
         Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
*/


#if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
        #ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
                #define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
        #endif
        #ifndef __USE_LARGEFILE64
                #define __USE_LARGEFILE64
        #endif
................................................................................
                #define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
        #endif
        #ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BIT
                #define _FILE_OFFSET_BIT 64
        #endif
#endif

#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
// In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko(stream, offset, origin)
#else
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen64(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello64(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
#endif

#include "tinydir.h"

#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>

................................................................................
    printf("MiniZip 1.1, demo of zLib + MiniZip64 package, written by Gilles Vollant\n");
    printf("more info on MiniZip at http://www.winimage.com/zLibDll/minizip.html\n\n");
}

void do_help()
{
    printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \
           "  -r  Scan directories recursively\n" \
           "  -o  Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -a  Append to existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -0  Store only\n" \
           "  -1  Compress faster\n" \
           "  -9  Compress better\n\n" \
           "  -j  exclude path. store only the file name.\n\n");
}
................................................................................
     largeFile = 1;

                fclose(pFile);
  }

 return largeFile;
}

void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
    FILE * fin;
    int size_read;
    const char *savefilenameinzip;
    zip_fileinfo zi;
    unsigned long crcFile=0;
    int zip64 = 0;
    int err=0;
    int size_buf=WRITEBUFFERSIZE;
    unsigned char buf[WRITEBUFFERSIZE];
    zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
    zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
    zi.dosDate = 0;
    zi.internal_fa = 0;
    zi.external_fa = 0;
    filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);

/*
    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                     opt_compress_level);
*/
    if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
        err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);

    zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);

   /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
   /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
     savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
     while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
     {
         savefilenameinzip++;
     }

     /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
     if( opt_exclude_path )
     {
         const char *tmpptr;
         const char *lastslash = 0;
         for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
         {
             if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
             {
                 lastslash = tmpptr;
             }
         }
         if( lastslash != NULL )
         {
             savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
         }
     }

     /**/
    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                     opt_compress_level,0,
                     /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
                     -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
                     password,crcFile, zip64);

    if (err != ZIP_OK)
        printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
    else
    {
        fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
        if (fin==NULL)
        {
            err=ZIP_ERRNO;
            printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
        }
    }

    if (err == ZIP_OK)
        do
        {
            err = ZIP_OK;
            size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
            if (size_read < size_buf)
                if (feof(fin)==0)
            {
                printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
                err = ZIP_ERRNO;
            }

            if (size_read>0)
            {
                err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
                if (err<0)
                {
                    printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
                                     filenameinzip);
                }

            }
        } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));

    if (fin)
        fclose(fin);

    if (err<0)
        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
    else
    {
        err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
        if (err!=ZIP_OK)
            printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
                        filenameinzip);
    }
}


void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
    tinydir_dir dir;
    int i;
    char newname[512];

    tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);

    for (i = 0; i < dir.n_files; i++)
    {
        tinydir_file file;
        tinydir_readfile_n(&dir, &file, i);
        if(strcmp(file.name,".")==0) continue;
        if(strcmp(file.name,"..")==0) continue;
        sprintf(newname,"%s/%s",dir.path,file.name);
        if (file.is_dir)
        {
            addPathToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
        } else {
            addFileToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
        }
    }

    tinydir_close(&dir);
}


int main(argc,argv)
    int argc;
    char *argv[];
{
    int i;
    int opt_recursive=0;
    int opt_overwrite=1;
    int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
    int opt_exclude_path=0;
    int zipfilenamearg = 0;
    char filename_try[MAXFILENAME+16];
    int zipok;
    int err=0;
    int size_buf=0;
................................................................................
                        opt_overwrite = 1;
                    if ((c=='a') || (c=='A'))
                        opt_overwrite = 2;
                    if ((c>='0') && (c<='9'))
                        opt_compress_level = c-'0';
                    if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
                        opt_exclude_path = 1;
                    if ((c=='r') || (c=='R'))
                        opt_recursive = 1;
                    if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
                    {
                        password=argv[i+1];
                        i++;
                    }
                }
            }
................................................................................

        for (i=zipfilenamearg+1;(i<argc) && (err==ZIP_OK);i++)
        {
            if (!((((*(argv[i]))=='-') || ((*(argv[i]))=='/')) &&
                  ((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='r') || (argv[i][1]=='R') ||
                   ((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
                  (strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
            {

                if(opt_recursive) {

















                    addPathToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);











































                } else {












































                    addFileToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
                }
            }
        }
        errclose = zipClose(zf,NULL);
        if (errclose != ZIP_OK)
            printf("error in closing %s\n",filename_try);
    }

Added compat/zlib/contrib/minizip/tinydir.h.
































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
/*
Copyright (c) 2013-2017, tinydir authors:
- Cong Xu
- Lautis Sun
- Baudouin Feildel
- Andargor <[email protected]>
All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
   list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
   and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef TINYDIR_H
#define TINYDIR_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if ((defined _UNICODE) && !(defined UNICODE))
#define UNICODE
#endif

#if ((defined UNICODE) && !(defined _UNICODE))
#define _UNICODE
#endif

#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# include <tchar.h>
# pragma warning(push)
# pragma warning (disable : 4996)
#else
# include <dirent.h>
# include <libgen.h>
# include <sys/stat.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef __MINGW32__
# include <tchar.h>
#endif


/* types */

/* Windows UNICODE wide character support */
#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
# define _tinydir_char_t TCHAR
# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) _TEXT(s)
# define _tinydir_strlen _tcslen
# define _tinydir_strcpy _tcscpy
# define _tinydir_strcat _tcscat
# define _tinydir_strcmp _tcscmp
# define _tinydir_strrchr _tcsrchr
# define _tinydir_strncmp _tcsncmp
#else
# define _tinydir_char_t char
# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) s
# define _tinydir_strlen strlen
# define _tinydir_strcpy strcpy
# define _tinydir_strcat strcat
# define _tinydir_strcmp strcmp
# define _tinydir_strrchr strrchr
# define _tinydir_strncmp strncmp
#endif

#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
# include <windows.h>
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX MAX_PATH
#elif defined  __linux__
# include <limits.h>
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
#elif defined(__unix__) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
# include <sys/param.h>
# if defined(BSD)
#  include <limits.h>
#  define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
# endif
#endif

#ifndef _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX
#define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX 4096
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
/* extra chars for the "\\*" mask */
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 2
#else
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 0
#endif

#define _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX 256

#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
#define _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX 3
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline
#elif !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline__
#else
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static inline
#endif

/* readdir_r usage; define TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R to use it (if supported) */
#ifdef TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R

/* readdir_r is a POSIX-only function, and may not be available under various
 * environments/settings, e.g. MinGW. Use readdir fallback */
#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 1 || _XOPEN_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE ||\
	_POSIX_SOURCE
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R
#endif
#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || \
	(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700)
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if defined _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF && defined _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD &&\
	defined _PC_NAME_MAX
# define _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
#endif
#if defined __MINGW32__ || !defined _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R ||\
	!(defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF || defined NAME_MAX)
# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
#endif

/* Use readdir by default */
#else
# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
#endif

/* MINGW32 has two versions of dirent, ASCII and UNICODE*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#if (defined __MINGW32__) && (defined _UNICODE)
#define _TINYDIR_DIR _WDIR
#define _tinydir_dirent _wdirent
#define _tinydir_opendir _wopendir
#define _tinydir_readdir _wreaddir
#define _tinydir_closedir _wclosedir
#else
#define _TINYDIR_DIR DIR
#define _tinydir_dirent dirent
#define _tinydir_opendir opendir
#define _tinydir_readdir readdir
#define _tinydir_closedir closedir
#endif
#endif

/* Allow user to use a custom allocator by defining _TINYDIR_MALLOC and _TINYDIR_FREE. */
#if    defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) &&  defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
#elif !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) && !defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
#else
#error "Either define both alloc and free or none of them!"
#endif

#if !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC)
	#define _TINYDIR_MALLOC(_size) malloc(_size)
	#define _TINYDIR_FREE(_ptr)    free(_ptr)
#endif /* !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) */

typedef struct tinydir_file
{
	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t name[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t *extension;
	int is_dir;
	int is_reg;

#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef __MINGW32__
	struct _stat _s;
#else
	struct stat _s;
#endif
#endif
} tinydir_file;

typedef struct tinydir_dir
{
	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	int has_next;
	size_t n_files;

	tinydir_file *_files;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	HANDLE _h;
	WIN32_FIND_DATA _f;
#else
	_TINYDIR_DIR *_d;
	struct _tinydir_dirent *_e;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	struct _tinydir_dirent *_ep;
#endif
#endif
} tinydir_dir;


/* declarations */

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir);

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i);

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
_TINYDIR_FUNC
size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp);
#endif
#endif


/* definitions*/

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	int error;
	int size;	/* using int size */
#endif
#else
	_tinydir_char_t path_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
#endif
	_tinydir_char_t *pathp;

	if (dir == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
	{
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}

	/* initialise dir */
	dir->_files = NULL;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
#else
	dir->_d = NULL;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	dir->_ep = NULL;
#endif
#endif
	tinydir_close(dir);

	_tinydir_strcpy(dir->path, path);
	/* Remove trailing slashes */
	pathp = &dir->path[_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) - 1];
	while (pathp != dir->path && (*pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('\\') || *pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('/')))
	{
		*pathp = TINYDIR_STRING('\0');
		pathp++;
	}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	_tinydir_strcpy(path_buf, dir->path);
	_tinydir_strcat(path_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("\\*"));
#if (defined WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_DESKTOP_APP)
	dir->_h = FindFirstFileEx(path_buf, FindExInfoStandard, &dir->_f, FindExSearchNameMatch, NULL, 0);
#else
	dir->_h = FindFirstFile(path_buf, &dir->_f);
#endif
	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
#else
	dir->_d = _tinydir_opendir(path);
	if (dir->_d == NULL)
	{
#endif
		goto bail;
	}

	/* read first file */
	dir->has_next = 1;
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
#else
	/* allocate dirent buffer for readdir_r */
	size = _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(dir->_d); /* conversion to int */
	if (size == -1) return -1;
	dir->_ep = (struct _tinydir_dirent*)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(size);
	if (dir->_ep == NULL) return -1;

	error = readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e);
	if (error != 0) return -1;
#endif
	if (dir->_e == NULL)
	{
		dir->has_next = 0;
	}
#endif

	return 0;

bail:
	tinydir_close(dir);
	return -1;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
	/* Count the number of files first, to pre-allocate the files array */
	size_t n_files = 0;
	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}
	while (dir->has_next)
	{
		n_files++;
		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
		{
			goto bail;
		}
	}
	tinydir_close(dir);

	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}

	dir->n_files = 0;
	dir->_files = (tinydir_file *)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(sizeof *dir->_files * n_files);
	if (dir->_files == NULL)
	{
		goto bail;
	}
	while (dir->has_next)
	{
		tinydir_file *p_file;
		dir->n_files++;

		p_file = &dir->_files[dir->n_files - 1];
		if (tinydir_readfile(dir, p_file) == -1)
		{
			goto bail;
		}

		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
		{
			goto bail;
		}

		/* Just in case the number of files has changed between the first and
		second reads, terminate without writing into unallocated memory */
		if (dir->n_files == n_files)
		{
			break;
		}
	}

	qsort(dir->_files, dir->n_files, sizeof(tinydir_file), _tinydir_file_cmp);

	return 0;

bail:
	tinydir_close(dir);
	return -1;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir)
{
	if (dir == NULL)
	{
		return;
	}

	memset(dir->path, 0, sizeof(dir->path));
	dir->has_next = 0;
	dir->n_files = 0;
	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_files);
	dir->_files = NULL;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	if (dir->_h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
	{
		FindClose(dir->_h);
	}
	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
#else
	if (dir->_d)
	{
		_tinydir_closedir(dir->_d);
	}
	dir->_d = NULL;
	dir->_e = NULL;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_ep);
	dir->_ep = NULL;
#endif
#endif
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir)
{
	if (dir == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (!dir->has_next)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}

#ifdef _MSC_VER
	if (FindNextFile(dir->_h, &dir->_f) == 0)
#else
#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
#else
	if (dir->_ep == NULL)
	{
		return -1;
	}
	if (readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e) != 0)
	{
		return -1;
	}
#endif
	if (dir->_e == NULL)
#endif
	{
		dir->has_next = 0;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		if (GetLastError() != ERROR_SUCCESS &&
			GetLastError() != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
		{
			tinydir_close(dir);
			errno = EIO;
			return -1;
		}
#endif
	}

	return 0;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file)
{
	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
#else
	if (dir->_e == NULL)
#endif
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) +
		_tinydir_strlen(
#ifdef _MSC_VER
			dir->_f.cFileName
#else
			dir->_e->d_name
#endif
		) + 1 + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >=
		_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
	{
		/* the path for the file will be too long */
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(
#ifdef _MSC_VER
			dir->_f.cFileName
#else
			dir->_e->d_name
#endif
		) >= _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX)
	{
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}

	_tinydir_strcpy(file->path, dir->path);
	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, TINYDIR_STRING("/"));
	_tinydir_strcpy(file->name,
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		dir->_f.cFileName
#else
		dir->_e->d_name
#endif
	);
	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, file->name);
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef __MINGW32__
	if (_tstat(
#else
	if (stat(
#endif
		file->path, &file->_s) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}
#endif
	_tinydir_get_ext(file);

	file->is_dir =
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
#else
		S_ISDIR(file->_s.st_mode);
#endif
	file->is_reg =
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL) ||
		(
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) &&
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) &&
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED) &&
#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM) &&
#endif
#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA) &&
#endif
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OFFLINE) &&
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY));
#else
		S_ISREG(file->_s.st_mode);
#endif

	return 0;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i)
{
	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (i >= dir->n_files)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}

	memcpy(file, &dir->_files[i], sizeof(tinydir_file));
	_tinydir_get_ext(file);

	return 0;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i)
{
	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	if (dir == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (i >= dir->n_files || !dir->_files[i].is_dir)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}

	_tinydir_strcpy(path, dir->_files[i].path);
	tinydir_close(dir);
	if (tinydir_open_sorted(dir, path) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}

	return 0;
}

/* Open a single file given its path */
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
	tinydir_dir dir;
	int result = 0;
	int found = 0;
	_tinydir_char_t dir_name_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t file_name_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t *dir_name;
	_tinydir_char_t *base_name;
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
	_tinydir_char_t drive_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t ext_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
#endif

	if (file == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
	{
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}

	/* Get the parent path */
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
#if ((defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400))
		_tsplitpath_s(
			path,
			drive_buf, _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX,
			dir_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
			file_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
			ext_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
#else
		_tsplitpath(
			path,
			drive_buf,
			dir_name_buf,
			file_name_buf,
			ext_buf);
#endif

/* _splitpath_s not work fine with only filename and widechar support */
#ifdef _UNICODE
		if (drive_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
			drive_buf[0] = '\0';
		if (dir_name_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
			dir_name_buf[0] = '\0';
#endif

	if (errno)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	/* Emulate the behavior of dirname by returning "." for dir name if it's
	empty */
	if (drive_buf[0] == '\0' && dir_name_buf[0] == '\0')
	{
		_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("."));
	}
	/* Concatenate the drive letter and dir name to form full dir name */
	_tinydir_strcat(drive_buf, dir_name_buf);
	dir_name = drive_buf;
	/* Concatenate the file name and extension to form base name */
	_tinydir_strcat(file_name_buf, ext_buf);
	base_name = file_name_buf;
#else
	_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, path);
	dir_name = dirname(dir_name_buf);
	_tinydir_strcpy(file_name_buf, path);
	base_name =basename(file_name_buf);
#endif

	/* Open the parent directory */
	if (tinydir_open(&dir, dir_name) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}

	/* Read through the parent directory and look for the file */
	while (dir.has_next)
	{
		if (tinydir_readfile(&dir, file) == -1)
		{
			result = -1;
			goto bail;
		}
		if (_tinydir_strcmp(file->name, base_name) == 0)
		{
			/* File found */
			found = 1;
			break;
		}
		tinydir_next(&dir);
	}
	if (!found)
	{
		result = -1;
		errno = ENOENT;
	}

bail:
	tinydir_close(&dir);
	return result;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file)
{
	_tinydir_char_t *period = _tinydir_strrchr(file->name, TINYDIR_STRING('.'));
	if (period == NULL)
	{
		file->extension = &(file->name[_tinydir_strlen(file->name)]);
	}
	else
	{
		file->extension = period + 1;
	}
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
{
	const tinydir_file *fa = (const tinydir_file *)a;
	const tinydir_file *fb = (const tinydir_file *)b;
	if (fa->is_dir != fb->is_dir)
	{
		return -(fa->is_dir - fb->is_dir);
	}
	return _tinydir_strncmp(fa->name, fb->name, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
}

#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
/*
The following authored by Ben Hutchings <[email protected]>
from https://womble.decadent.org.uk/readdir_r-advisory.html
*/
/* Calculate the required buffer size (in bytes) for directory      *
* entries read from the given directory handle.  Return -1 if this  *
* this cannot be done.                                              *
*                                                                   *
* This code does not trust values of NAME_MAX that are less than    *
* 255, since some systems (including at least HP-UX) incorrectly    *
* define it to be a smaller value.                                  */
_TINYDIR_FUNC
size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp)
{
	long name_max;
	size_t name_end;
	/* parameter may be unused */
	(void)dirp;

#if defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
	name_max = fpathconf(dirfd(dirp), _PC_NAME_MAX);
	if (name_max == -1)
#if defined(NAME_MAX)
		name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
#else
		return (size_t)(-1);
#endif
#elif defined(NAME_MAX)
 	name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
#else
#error "buffer size for readdir_r cannot be determined"
#endif
	name_end = (size_t)offsetof(struct _tinydir_dirent, d_name) + name_max + 1;
	return (name_end > sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent) ?
		name_end : sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent));
}
#endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

# if defined (_MSC_VER)
# pragma warning(pop)
# endif

#endif

compat/zlib/win32/zdll.lib became a regular file.

cannot compute difference between binary files

Changes to doc/CrtObjCmd.3.

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
..
38
39
40
41
42
43
44








45
46
47
48
49
50
51
..
61
62
63
64
65
66
67



68
69
70
71
72
73
74
...
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
















299
300
301
302
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, proc, clientData, deleteProc\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
\fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR(\fIinterp, token\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR(\fIinterp, token, objPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)








.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to create a new command or that contains a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of command.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
................................................................................
Token for command, returned by previous call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
The command must not have been deleted.
.AP Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr in/out
Pointer to structure containing various information about a
Tcl command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
Value containing the name of a Tcl command.



.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR defines a new command in \fIinterp\fR
and associates it with procedure \fIproc\fR
such that whenever \fIname\fR is
invoked as a Tcl command (e.g., via a call to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR)
................................................................................
The name, including all namespace prefixes,
is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR returns a token for the command
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
















.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, command, create, delete, namespace, value






|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
..
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
..
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
...
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj, Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, proc, clientData, deleteProc\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
\fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR(\fIinterp, token\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR(\fIinterp, token, objPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
.VS "info cmdtype feature"
void
\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR(\fIproc, typeName\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR(\fItoken\fR)
.VE "info cmdtype feature"
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to create a new command or that contains a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of command.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
................................................................................
Token for command, returned by previous call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
The command must not have been deleted.
.AP Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr in/out
Pointer to structure containing various information about a
Tcl command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
Value containing the name of a Tcl command.
.AP "const char" *typeName in
Indicates the name of the type of command implementation associated
with a particular \fIproc\fR, or NULL to break the association.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR defines a new command in \fIinterp\fR
and associates it with procedure \fIproc\fR
such that whenever \fIname\fR is
invoked as a Tcl command (e.g., via a call to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR)
................................................................................
The name, including all namespace prefixes,
is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR returns a token for the command
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
.PP
.VS "info cmdtype feature"
\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR is used to associate a name (the
\fItypeName\fR argument) with a particular implementation function so that it
can then be looked up with \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR, which in turn is
called with a command token that information is wanted for and which returns
the name of the type that was registered for the implementation function used
for that command. (The lookup functionality is surfaced virtually directly in Tcl via
\fBinfo cmdtype\fR.) If there is no function registered for a particular
function, the result will be the string literal
.QW \fBnative\fR .
The registration of a name can be undone by registering a mapping to NULL
instead. The result from \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR will be exactly that
string which was registered, and not a copy; use of a compile-time constant
string is \fIstrongly recommended\fR.
.VE "info cmdtype feature"
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, command, create, delete, namespace, value

Changes to doc/NRE.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter. 
.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS

Changes to doc/SaveResult.3.

1
2
3

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12


13
14
15
16
17
18
19
..
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

76
77
78
79
80


81
82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89
90
91


92

93
94
95
96
97

98
99
100
101
102



103
104
105
106
107



108
109
110
111
112

113
114
115
116
117
118

119
120
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)

'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state


.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_InterpState
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, status\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter for which state should be saved.
.AP int status in
Return code value to save as part of interpreter state.
.AP Tcl_InterpState state in
Saved state token to be restored or discarded.
.AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
Pointer to location where interpreter result should be saved or restored.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines allows a C procedure to take a snapshot of the current
state of an interpreter so that it can be restored after a call
to \fBTcl_Eval\fR or some other routine that modifies the interpreter
state.  There are two triplets of routines meant to work together.
.PP
The first triplet stores the snapshot of interpreter state in
an opaque token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.  That token
value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
state is to be restored.  So long as one of the latter two routines
is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
.PP
The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
.PP
Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
of existing programs that may already be using them.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including

\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
The call to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR does not itself change the
state of the interpreter.  Unlike \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, it does
not reset the interpreter.


.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR accepts a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token
previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR and restores the
state of the interp to the state held in that snapshot.  The return
value of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR is the status value originally

passed to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when the snapshot token was
created.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR is called to release a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR
token previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when that
snapshot is not to be restored to an interp.


.PP

The \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
must eventually be passed to either \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR to avoid a memory leak.  Once
the \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token is passed to one of them, the
token is no longer valid and should not be used anymore.

.PP
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the string and value results
of \fIinterp\fR into the location specified by \fIstatePtr\fR.
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR clears the result for \fIinterp\fR and
leaves the result in its normal empty initialized state.



.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR moves the string and value results from
\fIstatePtr\fR back into \fIinterp\fR.  Any result or error that was
already in the interpreter will be cleared.  The \fIstatePtr\fR is left
in an uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to



\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the saved interpreter state
stored at \fBstatePtr\fR.  The state structure is left in an
uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to

\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
memory associated with the saved state.

.SH KEYWORDS
result, state, interp


>








|
>
>







 







|

|

|

|



|
|
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
|
<
<
<
<
>
>

|
<
<
<
>
|
<

|
<
<
>
>

>
|
|
<
<
<
>

|
<
<
<
>
>
>

<
<
<
<
>
>
>


|
<
<
>


<
<
|
<
>


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47


48
















49











50
51




52
53
54
55



56
57

58
59


60
61
62
63
64
65



66
67
68



69
70
71
72




73
74
75
76
77
78


79
80
81


82

83
84
85
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Nathan Coulter.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState,
Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- Save and restore the
state of an an interpreter.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_InterpState
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, status\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
The interpreter for the operation.
.AP int status in
The return code for the state.
.AP Tcl_InterpState state in
A token for saved state.
.AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
A pointer to storage for saved state.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines save the state of an interpreter before a call to a routine such
as \fBTcl_Eval\fR, and restore the state afterwards.


.PP
















\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR saves the parts of \fIinterp\fR that comprise the











result of a script, including the resulting value, the return code passed as
\fIstatus\fR, and any options such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR.




It returns a token for the saved state.  The interpreter result is not reset
and no interpreter state is changed.
.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR restores the state indicated by \fIstate\fR and



returns the \fIstatus\fR originally passed in the corresponding call to
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.

.PP
If a saved state is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR must be called


to release it.  A token used to discard or restore state must not be used
again.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR are
deprecated.  Instead use \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, which are more



capable.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the result of \fIinterp\fR to the location



\fIstatePtr\fR points to and returns the interpreter result to its initial
state.  It does not save options such as \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR.
.PP




\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR clears any existing result or error in \fIinterp\fR and
moves the result from \fIstatePtr\fR back to \fIinterp\fR.  \fIstatePtr\fR is
then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the state stored at \fBstatePtr\fR, which is


then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP


If a saved result is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to

release it.
.SH KEYWORDS
result, state, interp

Changes to doc/Thread.3.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47

48

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
...
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144




145
146
147
148
149
150
151
int
\fBTcl_JoinThread\fR(\fIid, result\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CreateThreadProc proc out
.AP Tcl_Condition *condPtr in
A condition variable, which must be associated with a mutex lock.
.AP Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr in

A mutex lock.

.AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
A time limit on the condition wait.  NULL to wait forever.
Note that a polling value of 0 seconds does not make much sense.
.AP Tcl_ThreadDataKey *keyPtr in
This identifies a block of thread local storage.  The key should be
static and process-wide, yet each thread will end up associating
a different block of storage with this key.
................................................................................
the \fBNotifier\fR manual page for more information on these procedures.
.PP
A mutex is a lock that is used to serialize all threads through a piece
of code by calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR.
If one thread holds a mutex, any other thread calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR will
block until \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR is called.
A mutex can be destroyed after its use by calling \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR.
The result of locking a mutex twice from the same thread is undefined.
On some platforms it will result in a deadlock.




The \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR, \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR
procedures are defined as empty macros if not compiling with threads enabled.
For declaration of mutexes the \fBTCL_DECLARE_MUTEX\fR macro should be used.
This macro assures correct mutex handling even when the core is compiled
without threads enabled.
.PP
A condition variable is used as a signaling mechanism:






>
|
>







 







|
|
>
>
>
>







41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
...
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
int
\fBTcl_JoinThread\fR(\fIid, result\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CreateThreadProc proc out
.AP Tcl_Condition *condPtr in
A condition variable, which must be associated with a mutex lock.
.AP Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr in
.VS TIP509
A recursive mutex lock.
.VE TIP509
.AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
A time limit on the condition wait.  NULL to wait forever.
Note that a polling value of 0 seconds does not make much sense.
.AP Tcl_ThreadDataKey *keyPtr in
This identifies a block of thread local storage.  The key should be
static and process-wide, yet each thread will end up associating
a different block of storage with this key.
................................................................................
the \fBNotifier\fR manual page for more information on these procedures.
.PP
A mutex is a lock that is used to serialize all threads through a piece
of code by calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR.
If one thread holds a mutex, any other thread calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR will
block until \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR is called.
A mutex can be destroyed after its use by calling \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR.
.VS TIP509
Mutexes are reentrant: they can be locked several times from the same
thread. However there must be exactly one call to
\fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR for each call to \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR in order
for a thread to release a mutex completely.
.VE TIP509
The \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR, \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR
procedures are defined as empty macros if not compiling with threads enabled.
For declaration of mutexes the \fBTCL_DECLARE_MUTEX\fR macro should be used.
This macro assures correct mutex handling even when the core is compiled
without threads enabled.
.PP
A condition variable is used as a signaling mechanism:

Changes to doc/Utf.3.

117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135



136
137
138
139
140
141
142
...
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
.AP int nocase in
Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
case-insensitive (1).
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Tcl_UniChars.  A
Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
quantity.  A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8
sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
.PP
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
in starting at \fIbuf\fR.  The return value is the number of bytes stored
in \fIbuf\fR.



.PP
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR.  The return value is the
number of bytes read from \fIsrc\fR.  The caller must ensure that the
source buffer is long enough such that this routine does not run off the
end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer
is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen.  If the input is
................................................................................
characters.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR returns 1 if the source UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR
of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
full Tcl_UniChar has been seen.
.PP
\fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
\fIsrc\fR.  The length of the source string is \fIlength\fR bytes.  If the
length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
Given \fIsrc\fR, a pointer to some location in a UTF-8 string,
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR returns a pointer to the next UTF-8 character in the
string.  The caller must not ask for the next character after the last
character in the string if the string is not terminated by a null






|
|







|

|
>
>
>







 







|







|




|







117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
...
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
.AP int nocase in
Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
case-insensitive (1).
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode characters.  An
Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
quantity.  A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8
sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
.PP
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
in starting at \fIbuf\fR.  The return value is the number of bytes stored
in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is an upper surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
the return value will be 0 and nothing will be stored. If you still
want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even though knowing it's an illegal
code-point on its own), just call \fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again using ch = -1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR.  The return value is the
number of bytes read from \fIsrc\fR.  The caller must ensure that the
source buffer is long enough such that this routine does not run off the
end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer
is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen.  If the input is
................................................................................
characters.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR returns 1 if the source UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR
of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
full Unicode character has been seen.
.PP
\fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
\fIsrc\fR.  The length of the source string is \fIlength\fR bytes.  If the
length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
Given \fIsrc\fR, a pointer to some location in a UTF-8 string,
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR returns a pointer to the next UTF-8 character in the
string.  The caller must not ask for the next character after the last
character in the string if the string is not terminated by a null

Added doc/abstract.n.


























































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH abstract n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
oo::abstract \- a class that does not allow direct instances of itself
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBoo::abstract\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
.nf
\fBoo::object\fR
   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
       \(-> \fBoo::abstract\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Abstract classes are classes that can contain definitions, but which cannot be
directly manufactured; they are intended to only ever be inherited from and
instantiated indirectly. The characteristic methods of \fBoo::class\fR
(\fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR) are not exported by an instance of
\fBoo::abstract\fR.
.PP
Note that \fBoo::abstract\fR is not itself an instance of \fBoo::abstract\fR.
.SS CONSTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
\fBoo::class\fR class.
.SS DESTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
will destroy all its subclasses).
.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class defines no new exported methods.
.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR,
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR, and \fBnew\fR are unexported.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example defines a simple class hierarchy and creates a new instance of
it. It then invokes a method of the object before destroying the hierarchy and
showing that the destruction is transitive.
.PP
.CS
\fBoo::abstract\fR create fruit {
    method eat {} {
        puts "yummy!"
    }
}
oo::class create banana {
    superclass fruit
    method peel {} {
        puts "skin now off"
    }
}
set b [banana \fBnew\fR]
$b peel              \fI\(-> prints 'skin now off'\fR
$b eat               \fI\(-> prints 'yummy!'\fR
set f [fruit new]    \fI\(-> error 'unknown method "new"...'\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
oo::define(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abstract class, class, metaclass, object
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/append.n.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22





23
24
25
26
27
28
29
..
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
of variable \fIvarName\fR.  If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments.





The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
\fIvarName\fR.
This command provides an efficient way to build up long
variables incrementally.
For example,
.QW "\fBappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than
................................................................................
puts $var
# Prints 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
concat(n), lappend(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff

'\" End:






>
>
>
>
>







 







|
|
>
|
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
..
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
of variable \fIvarName\fR.  If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, the concatenation of the default value and all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments will be stored in the array element.
.VE TIP508
The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
\fIvarName\fR.
This command provides an efficient way to build up long
variables incrementally.
For example,
.QW "\fBappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than
................................................................................
puts $var
# Prints 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
concat(n), lappend(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, variable
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/array.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
31
32
33
34
35
36
37















































38
39
40
41
42
43
44
...
190
191
192
193
194
195
196




'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
array \- Manipulate array variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBarray \fIoption arrayName\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
................................................................................
\fISearchId\fR indicates which search on \fIarrayName\fR to
check, and must have been the return value from a previous
invocation of \fBarray startsearch\fR.
This option is particularly useful if an array has an element
with an empty name, since the return value from
\fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
has been completed.















































.TP
\fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
state associated with that search.  \fISearchId\fR indicates
which search on \fIarrayName\fR to destroy, and must have
been the return value from a previous invocation of
\fBarray startsearch\fR.  Returns an empty string.
................................................................................
    number of buckets with 10 or more entries: 0
    average search distance for entry: 1.2
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
array, element names, search










|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
...
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH array n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
array \- Manipulate array variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBarray \fIoption arrayName\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
................................................................................
\fISearchId\fR indicates which search on \fIarrayName\fR to
check, and must have been the return value from a previous
invocation of \fBarray startsearch\fR.
This option is particularly useful if an array has an element
with an empty name, since the return value from
\fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
has been completed.
.TP
\fBarray default \fIsubcommand arrayName args...\fR
.VS TIP508
Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
returned when reading from an element of the array \farrayName\fR if the read
would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
relation to non-existing array elements.
.RS
.PP
The \fIsubcommand\fR argument controls what exact operation will be performed
on the default value of \fIarrayName\fR. Supported \fIsubcommand\fRs are:
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default exists \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This returns a boolean value indicating whether a default value has been set
for the array \fIarrayName\fR. Returns a false value if \fIarrayName\fR does
not exist. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is
not an array.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default get \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This returns the current default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR.  Raises
an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not an array, or
if \fIarrayName\fR is an array without a default value.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default set \fIarrayName value\fR
.VS TIP508
This sets the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
Returns the empty string. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing
variable that is not an array, or if \fIarrayName\fR is an illegal name for an
array. If \fIarrayName\fR does not currently exist, it is created as an empty
array as well as having its default value set.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default unset \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This removes the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR and returns the
empty string. Does nothing if \fIarrayName\fR does not have a default
value. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not
an array.
.VE TIP508
.RE
.TP
\fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
state associated with that search.  \fISearchId\fR indicates
which search on \fIarrayName\fR to destroy, and must have
been the return value from a previous invocation of
\fBarray startsearch\fR.  Returns an empty string.
................................................................................
    number of buckets with 10 or more entries: 0
    average search distance for entry: 1.2
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
array, element names, search
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Added doc/callback.n.
















































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH callback n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
callback, mymethod \- generate callbacks to methods
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBcallback\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
\fBmymethod\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBcallback\fR command,
'\" Based on notes in the tcllib docs, we know the provenance of mymethod
also called \fBmymethod\fR for compatibility with the ooutil and snit packages
of Tcllib,
and which should only be used from within the context of a call to a method
(i.e. inside a method, constructor or destructor body) is used to generate a
script fragment that will invoke the method, \fImethodName\fR, on the current
object (as reported by \fBself\fR) when executed. Any additional arguments
provided will be provided as leading arguments to the callback. The resulting
script fragment shall be a proper list.
.PP
Note that it is up to the caller to ensure that the current object is able to
handle the call of \fImethodName\fR; this command does not check that.
\fImethodName\fR may refer to any exported or unexported method, but may not
refer to a private method as those can only be invoked directly from within
methods. If there is no such method present at the point when the callback is
invoked, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handler will be called.
.SH EXAMPLE
This is a simple echo server class. The \fBcallback\fR command is used in two
places, to arrange for the incoming socket connections to be handled by the
\fIAccept\fR method, and to arrange for the incoming bytes on those
connections to be handled by the \fIReceive\fR method.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create EchoServer {
    variable server clients
    constructor {port} {
        set server [socket -server [\fBcallback\fR Accept] $port]
        set clients {}
    }
    destructor {
        chan close $server
        foreach client [dict keys $clients] {
            chan close $client
        }
    }

    method Accept {channel clientAddress clientPort} {
        dict set clients $channel [dict create \e
                address $clientAddress port $clientPort]
        chan event $channel readable [\fBcallback\fR Receive $channel]
    }
    method Receive {channel} {
        if {[chan gets $channel line] >= 0} {
            my echo $channel $line
        } else {
            chan close $channel
            dict unset clients $channel
        }
    }

    method echo {channel line} {
        dict with clients $channel {
            chan puts $channel \e
                    [format {[%s:%d] %s} $address $port $line]
        }
    }
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
chan(n), fileevent(n), my(n), self(n), socket(n), trace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
callback, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/cd.n.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43




.CS
\fBcd\fR ../lib
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
filename(n), glob(n), pwd(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
working directory










>
>
>
>
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
.CS
\fBcd\fR ../lib
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
filename(n), glob(n), pwd(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
working directory
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Added doc/classvariable.n.




























































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH classvariable n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
classvariable \- create link from local variable to variable in class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBclassvariable\fR \fIvariableName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBclassvariable\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series
of one or more variable names and makes them available in the method's scope;
those variable names must not be qualified and must not refer to array
elements. The originating scope for the variables is the namespace of the
class that the method was defined by. In other words, the referenced variables
are shared between all instances of that class.
.PP
Note: This command is equivalent to the command \fBtypevariable\fR provided by
the snit package in tcllib for approximately the same purpose. If used in a
method defined directly on a class instance (e.g., through the
\fBoo::objdefine\fR \fBmethod\fR definition) this is very much like just
using:
.PP
.CS
namespace upvar [namespace current] $var $var
.CE
.PP
for each variable listed to \fBclassvariable\fR.
.SH EXAMPLE
This class counts how many instances of it have been made.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Counted {
    initialise {
        variable count 0
    }

    variable number
    constructor {} {
        \fBclassvariable\fR count
        set number [incr count]
    }

    method report {} {
        \fBclassvariable\fR count
        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
    }
}

set a [Counted new]
set b [Counted new]
$a report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
set c [Counted new]
$b report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
$c report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
global(n), namespace(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, class variable, variable
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/clock.n.

448
449
450
451
452
453
454













455
456
457
458
459
460
461
...
869
870
871
872
873
874
875

876
877



878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890

891
892
893
894
895
896

897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909

910
911
912
913
914
915
916
If a format string lacks a \fB%z\fR or \fB%Z\fR format group,
it is possible for the time to be ambiguous because it appears twice
in the same day, once without and once with Daylight Saving Time.
If this situation occurs, the first occurrence of the time is chosen.
(For this reason, it is wise to have the input string contain the
time zone when converting local times.  This caveat does not apply to
UTC times.)













.SH "FORMAT GROUPS"
.PP
The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and
\fBclock format\fR commands.
.TP
\fB%a\fR
On output, receives an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMon\fR) for the day
................................................................................
time.  This is useful for determining the time on a specific day or
doing other date-relative conversions.
.PP
The \fIinputString\fR argument consists of zero or more specifications of the
following form:
.TP
\fItime\fR

A time of day, which is of the form: \fBhh?:mm?:ss?? ?meridian? ?zone?\fR
or \fBhhmm ?meridian? ?zone?\fR



If no meridian is specified, \fBhh\fR is interpreted on
a 24-hour clock.
.TP
\fIdate\fR
A specific month and day with optional year.  The
acceptable formats are
.QW "\fBmm/dd\fR?\fB/yy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBmonthname dd\fR?\fB, yy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBday, dd monthname \fR?\fByy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBdd monthname yy\fR" ,
.QW "?\fBCC\fR?\fByymmdd\fR" ,
and
.QW "\fBdd-monthname-\fR?\fBCC\fR?\fByy\fR" .

The default year is the current year.  If the year is less
than 100, we treat the years 00-68 as 2000-2068 and the years 69-99
as 1969-1999.  Not all platforms can represent the years 38-70, so
an error may result if these years are used.
.TP
\fIISO 8601 point-in-time\fR

An ISO 8601 point-in-time specification, such as
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhhmmss\fR,
where \fBT\fR is the literal
.QW T ,
.QW "\fICCyymmdd hhmmss\fR" ,
or
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh:mm:ss\fR .
Note that only these three formats are accepted.
The command does \fInot\fR accept the full range of point-in-time
specifications specified in ISO8601.  Other formats can be recognized by
giving an explicit \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command.
.TP
\fIrelative time\fR

A specification relative to the current time.  The format is \fBnumber
unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR,
\fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR,
\fBhour\fR, \fBminute\fR (or \fBmin\fR), and \fBsecond\fR (or \fBsec\fR).  The
unit can be specified as a singular or plural, as in \fB3 weeks\fR.
These modifiers may also be specified:
\fBtomorrow\fR, \fByesterday\fR, \fBtoday\fR, \fBnow\fR,






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
|
<
>
>
>
|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>






>






|






>







448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
...
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890

891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
If a format string lacks a \fB%z\fR or \fB%Z\fR format group,
it is possible for the time to be ambiguous because it appears twice
in the same day, once without and once with Daylight Saving Time.
If this situation occurs, the first occurrence of the time is chosen.
(For this reason, it is wise to have the input string contain the
time zone when converting local times.  This caveat does not apply to
UTC times.)
.PP
If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
a field is out of range, enough of that field's unit will be added to
or subtracted from the time to bring it in range. Thus, if attempting to
scan or format day 0 of the month, one day will be subtracted from day
1 of the month, yielding the last day of the previous month.
.PP
If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
a Daylight Saving Time change skips over that time, or an ambiguous
time because a Daylight Saving Time change skips back so that the clock
observes the given time twice, and no time zone specifier (\fB%z\fR
or \fB%Z\fR) is present in the format, the time is interpreted as
if the clock had not changed.
.SH "FORMAT GROUPS"
.PP
The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and
\fBclock format\fR commands.
.TP
\fB%a\fR
On output, receives an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMon\fR) for the day
................................................................................
time.  This is useful for determining the time on a specific day or
doing other date-relative conversions.
.PP
The \fIinputString\fR argument consists of zero or more specifications of the
following form:
.TP
\fItime\fR
.
A time of day, which is of the form:

.QW "\fIhh\fR?\fB:\fImm\fR?\fB:\fIss\fR?? ?\fImeridian\fR? ?\fIzone\fR?"
or
.QW "\fBhhmm \fR?\fBmeridian\fR? ?\fBzone\fR?" .
If no \fImeridian\fR is specified, \fIhh\fR is interpreted on
a 24-hour clock.
.TP
\fIdate\fR
.
A specific month and day with optional year.  The
acceptable formats are
.QW "\fImm\fB/\fIdd\fR?\fB/\fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fImonthname dd\fR?\fB, \fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fIday\fB, \fIdd monthname \fR?\fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fIdd monthname yy\fR" ,
.QW "?\fICC\fR?\fIyymmdd\fR" ,
and
.QW "\fIdd\fB-\fImonthname\fB-\fR?\fICC\fR?\fIyy\fR" .
The default year is the current year.  If the year is less
than 100, we treat the years 00-68 as 2000-2068 and the years 69-99
as 1969-1999.  Not all platforms can represent the years 38-70, so
an error may result if these years are used.
.TP
\fIISO 8601 point-in-time\fR
.
An ISO 8601 point-in-time specification, such as
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhhmmss\fR,
where \fBT\fR is the literal
.QW T ,
.QW "\fICCyymmdd hhmmss\fR" ,
or
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR .
Note that only these three formats are accepted.
The command does \fInot\fR accept the full range of point-in-time
specifications specified in ISO8601.  Other formats can be recognized by
giving an explicit \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command.
.TP
\fIrelative time\fR
.
A specification relative to the current time.  The format is \fBnumber
unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR,
\fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR,
\fBhour\fR, \fBminute\fR (or \fBmin\fR), and \fBsecond\fR (or \fBsec\fR).  The
unit can be specified as a singular or plural, as in \fB3 weeks\fR.
These modifiers may also be specified:
\fBtomorrow\fR, \fByesterday\fR, \fBtoday\fR, \fBnow\fR,

Changes to doc/define.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
..
34
35
36
37
38
39
40





















41
42
43
44
45
46
47
...
105
106
107
108
109
110
111









112
113
114
115
116
117
118
...
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408










409
410
411
412
413
414
415
...
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429









430


















431
432
433
434
435










436
437
438
439
440
441
442








443
444
445
446
447
448
449
...
492
493
494
495
496
497
498














































































499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH define n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
\fIarg\fR arguments; when the second is present, it is exactly as if all the
arguments from \fIsubcommand\fR onwards are made into a list and that list is
used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
.SS "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:





















.TP
\fBconstructor\fI argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates the constructor for a class. The formal arguments to
the constructor (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR
command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the constructor will be
\fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the constructor is evaluated, the current
................................................................................
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE









.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates a method that is implemented as a procedure-like
script. The name of the method is \fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the
method (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will
be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When
................................................................................
\fBself call\fR).
.VE TIP500
.SH "SLOTTED DEFINITIONS"
Some of the configurable definitions of a class or object are \fIslotted
definitions\fR. This means that the configuration is implemented by a slot
object, that is an instance of the class \fBoo::Slot\fR, which manages a list
of values (class names, variable names, etc.) that comprises the contents of
the slot. The class defines three operations (as methods) that may be done on
the slot:
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-append\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.
This appends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-clear\fR
.
This sets the slot definition to the empty list.










.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-set\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.
This replaces the slot definition with the given \fImember\fR elements.
.PP
A consequence of this is that any use of a slot's default operation where the
first member argument begins with a hyphen will be an error. One of the above
................................................................................
.QW \fBvariable\fR
slot, this is forwarded to
.QW "\fBmy \-append\fR" ),
and these methods which provide the implementation interface:
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBGet\fR
.
Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot. This method must
always be called from a stack frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or
\fBoo::objdefine\fR.









.TP


















\fIslot\fR \fBSet \fIelementList\fR
.
Sets the contents of the slot to the list \fIelementList\fR and returns the
empty string. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by
a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.










.PP
The implementation of these methods is slot-dependent (and responsible for
accessing the correct part of the class or object definition). Slots also have
an unknown method handler to tie all these pieces together, and they hide
their \fBdestroy\fR method so that it is not invoked inadvertently. It is
\fIrecommended\fR that any user changes to the slot mechanism be restricted to
defining new operations whose names start with a hyphen.








.SH EXAMPLES
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
illustrating four of the subcommands of them.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c
................................................................................
}
\fBoo::objdefine\fR inst {
    \fBmixin -append\fR B
}
inst m1              \fI\(-> prints "red brick"\fR
inst m2              \fI\(-> prints "blue brick"\fR
.CE














































































.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, definition, method, object, slot
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
..
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
...
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
...
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
...
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
...
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007-2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH define n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
\fIarg\fR arguments; when the second is present, it is exactly as if all the
arguments from \fIsubcommand\fR onwards are made into a list and that list is
used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
.SS "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:
.TP
\fBclassmethod\fI name\fR ?\fIargList bodyScrip\fR?
.VS TIP478
This creates a class method, or (if \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR are
omitted) promotes an existing method on the class object to be a class
method. The \fIname\fR, \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR arguments are as in
the \fBmethod\fR definition, below.
.RS
.PP
Class methods can be called on either the class itself or on the instances of
that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBself\R and
\fBmy\fR commands) is the class on which they are called or the class of the
instance on which they are called, depending on whether they are called on the
class or an instance of the class, respectively. If called on a subclass or
instance of the subclass, the current object is the subclass.
.PP
In a private definition context, the methods as invoked on classes are
\fInot\fR private, but the methods as invoked on instances of classes are
private.
.RE
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBconstructor\fI argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates the constructor for a class. The formal arguments to
the constructor (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR
command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the constructor will be
\fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the constructor is evaluated, the current
................................................................................
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBinitialise\fI script\fR
.TP
\fBinitialize\fI script\fR
.VS TIP478
This evaluates \fIscript\fR in a context which supports local variables and
where the current namespace is the instance namespace of the class object
itself. This is useful for setting up, e.g., class-scoped variables.
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates a method that is implemented as a procedure-like
script. The name of the method is \fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the
method (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will
be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When
................................................................................
\fBself call\fR).
.VE TIP500
.SH "SLOTTED DEFINITIONS"
Some of the configurable definitions of a class or object are \fIslotted
definitions\fR. This means that the configuration is implemented by a slot
object, that is an instance of the class \fBoo::Slot\fR, which manages a list
of values (class names, variable names, etc.) that comprises the contents of
the slot. The class defines five operations (as methods) that may be done on
the slot:
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-append\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.
This appends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-clear\fR
.
This sets the slot definition to the empty list.
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-prepend\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS TIP516
This prepends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-remove\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS TIP516
This removes the given \fImember\fR elements from the slot definition.
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-set\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.
This replaces the slot definition with the given \fImember\fR elements.
.PP
A consequence of this is that any use of a slot's default operation where the
first member argument begins with a hyphen will be an error. One of the above
................................................................................
.QW \fBvariable\fR
slot, this is forwarded to
.QW "\fBmy \-append\fR" ),
and these methods which provide the implementation interface:
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBGet\fR
.
Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot, but does not modify
the slot. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by a
call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method \fIshould not\fR
return an error unless it is called from outside a definition context or with
the wrong number of arguments.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP516
The elements of the list should be fully resolved, if that is a meaningful
concept to the slot.
.VE TIP516
.RE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBResolve\fR \fIslotElement\fR
.VS TIP516
Returns \fIslotElement\fR with a resolution operation applied to it, but does
not modify the slot. For slots of simple strings, this is an operation that
does nothing, whereas for slots of classes, this maps a class name to its
fully-qualified class name.  This method must always be called from a stack
frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.  This
method \fIshould not\fR return an error unless it is called from outside a
definition context or with the wrong number of arguments; unresolvable
arguments should be returned as is (as not all slot operations strictly
require that values are resolvable to work).
.RS
.PP
Implementations \fIshould not\fR enforce uniqueness and ordering constraints
in this method; that is the responsibility of the \fBSet\fR method.
.RE
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBSet \fIelementList\fR
.
Sets the contents of the slot to the list \fIelementList\fR and returns the
empty string. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by
a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method may return an
error if it rejects the change to the slot contents (e.g., because of invalid
values) as well as if it is called from outside a definition context or with
the wrong number of arguments.
.RS
.PP
This method \fImay\fR reorder and filter the elements if this is necessary in
order to satisfy the underlying constraints of the slot. (For example, slots
of classes enforce a uniqueness constraint that places each element in the
earliest location in the slot that it can.)
.RE
.PP
The implementation of these methods is slot-dependent (and responsible for
accessing the correct part of the class or object definition). Slots also have
an unknown method handler to tie all these pieces together, and they hide
their \fBdestroy\fR method so that it is not invoked inadvertently. It is
\fIrecommended\fR that any user changes to the slot mechanism be restricted to
defining new operations whose names start with a hyphen.
.PP
.VS TIP516
Most slot operations will initially \fBResolve\fR their argument list, combine
it with the results of the \fBGet\fR method, and then \fBSet\fR the result.
Some operations omit one or both of the first two steps; omitting the third
would result in an idempotent read-only operation (but the standard mechanism
for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
.VE TIP516
.SH EXAMPLES
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
illustrating four of the subcommands of them.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c
................................................................................
}
\fBoo::objdefine\fR inst {
    \fBmixin -append\fR B
}
inst m1              \fI\(-> prints "red brick"\fR
inst m2              \fI\(-> prints "blue brick"\fR
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP478
This example shows how to create and use class variables. It is a class that
counts how many instances of itself have been made.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Counted
\fBoo::define\fR Counted {
    \fBinitialise\fR {
        variable count 0
    }

    \fBvariable\fR number
    \fBconstructor\fR {} {
        classvariable count
        set number [incr count]
    }

    \fBmethod\fR report {} {
        classvariable count
        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
    }
}

set a [Counted new]
set b [Counted new]
$a report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
set c [Counted new]
$b report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
$c report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
.CE
.PP
This example demonstrates how to use class methods. (Note that the constructor
for \fBoo::class\fR calls \fBoo::define\fR on the class.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create DBTable {
    \fBclassmethod\fR find {description} {
        puts "DB: locate row from [self] matching $description"
        return [my new]
    }
    \fBclassmethod\fR insert {description} {
        puts "DB: create row in [self] matching $description"
        return [my new]
    }
    \fBmethod\fR update {description} {
        puts "DB: update row [self] with $description"
    }
    \fBmethod\fR delete {} {
        puts "DB: delete row [self]"
        my destroy; # Just delete the object, not the DB row
    }
}

oo::class create Users {
    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
}
oo::class create Groups {
    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
}

set u1 [Users insert "username=abc"]
        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=abc\fR
set u2 [Users insert "username=def"]
        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=def\fR
$u2 update "group=NULL"
        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj124 with group=NULL\fR
$u1 delete
        \fI\(-> DB: delete row ::oo::Obj123\fR
set g [Group find "groupname=webadmins"]
        \fI\(-> DB: locate row ::Group with groupname=webadmins\fR
$g update "emailaddress=admins"
        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj125 with emailaddress=admins\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, definition, method, object, slot
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/dict.n.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29





30
31
32
33
34
35
36
...
120
121
122
123
124
125
126





127
128
129
130
131
132
133
...
145
146
147
148
149
150
151





152
153
154
155
156
157
158
...
202
203
204
205
206
207
208





209
210
211
212
213
214
215
...
217
218
219
220
221
222
223





224
225
226
227
228
229
230
...
232
233
234
235
236
237
238





239
240
241
242
243
244
245
...
266
267
268
269
270
271
272





273
274
275
276
277
278
279
\fBdict append \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIstring ...\fR?
.
This appends the given string (or strings) to the value that the given
key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable,
writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
updated dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR?
.
Return a new dictionary that contains each of the key/value mappings
listed as arguments (keys and values alternating, with each key being
followed by its associated value.)
.TP
................................................................................
This adds the given increment value (an integer that defaults to 1 if
not specified) to the value that the given key maps to in the
dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing the
resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys
are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
This returns information (intended for display to people) about the
given dictionary though the format of this data is dependent on the
implementation of the dictionary. For dictionaries that are
implemented by hash tables, it is expected that this will return the
................................................................................
This appends the given items to the list value that the given key maps
to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing
the resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent
keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for
there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
updated dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
.
This command applies a transformation to each element of a dictionary,
returning a new dictionary. It takes three arguments: the first is a
two-element list of variable names (for the key and value respectively of each
mapping in the dictionary), the second the dictionary value to iterate across,
................................................................................
\fBdict set \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIvalue\fR
.
This operation takes the name of a variable containing a dictionary
value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
Return the number of key/value mappings in the given dictionary value.
.TP
\fBdict unset \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR?
.
................................................................................
variable containing a dictionary value and places an updated
dictionary value in that variable that does not contain a mapping for
the given key. Where multiple keys are present, this describes a path
through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key
must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR
.
Execute the Tcl script in \fIbody\fR with the value for each \fIkey\fR
(as found by reading the dictionary value in \fIdictionaryVariable\fR)
mapped to the variable \fIvarName\fR. There may be multiple
\fIkey\fR/\fIvarName\fR pairs. If a \fIkey\fR does not have a mapping,
................................................................................
terminates, any changes made to the \fIvarName\fRs is reflected back
to the dictionary within \fIdictionaryVariable\fR (unless
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR itself becomes unreadable, when all updates
are silently discarded), even if the result of \fIbody\fR is an error
or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
evaluation of \fIbody\fR.





.RS
.PP
Each \fIvarName\fR is mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict update\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict update\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).
................................................................................
for the execution of \fIbody\fR. As with \fBdict update\fR, making
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR unreadable will make the updates to the
dictionary be discarded, and this also happens if the contents of
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR are adjusted so that the chain of
dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
(unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
\fIbody\fR.





.RS
.PP
The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict with\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict with\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).






>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
...
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
...
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
...
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
...
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
...
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
...
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
\fBdict append \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIstring ...\fR?
.
This appends the given string (or strings) to the value that the given
key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable,
writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the appending operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR?
.
Return a new dictionary that contains each of the key/value mappings
listed as arguments (keys and values alternating, with each key being
followed by its associated value.)
.TP
................................................................................
This adds the given increment value (an integer that defaults to 1 if
not specified) to the value that the given key maps to in the
dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing the
resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys
are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the incrementing operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
This returns information (intended for display to people) about the
given dictionary though the format of this data is dependent on the
implementation of the dictionary. For dictionaries that are
implemented by hash tables, it is expected that this will return the
................................................................................
This appends the given items to the list value that the given key maps
to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing
the resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent
keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for
there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the list-appending operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
.
This command applies a transformation to each element of a dictionary,
returning a new dictionary. It takes three arguments: the first is a
two-element list of variable names (for the key and value respectively of each
mapping in the dictionary), the second the dictionary value to iterate across,
................................................................................
\fBdict set \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIvalue\fR
.
This operation takes the name of a variable containing a dictionary
value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value insert/update operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
Return the number of key/value mappings in the given dictionary value.
.TP
\fBdict unset \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR?
.
................................................................................
variable containing a dictionary value and places an updated
dictionary value in that variable that does not contain a mapping for
the given key. Where multiple keys are present, this describes a path
through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key
must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value remove operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR
.
Execute the Tcl script in \fIbody\fR with the value for each \fIkey\fR
(as found by reading the dictionary value in \fIdictionaryVariable\fR)
mapped to the variable \fIvarName\fR. There may be multiple
\fIkey\fR/\fIvarName\fR pairs. If a \fIkey\fR does not have a mapping,
................................................................................
terminates, any changes made to the \fIvarName\fRs is reflected back
to the dictionary within \fIdictionaryVariable\fR (unless
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR itself becomes unreadable, when all updates
are silently discarded), even if the result of \fIbody\fR is an error
or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
evaluation of \fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the update operation.
.VE TIP508
.RS
.PP
Each \fIvarName\fR is mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict update\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict update\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).
................................................................................
for the execution of \fIbody\fR. As with \fBdict update\fR, making
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR unreadable will make the updates to the
dictionary be discarded, and this also happens if the contents of
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR are adjusted so that the chain of
dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
(unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
\fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the updating operation.
.VE TIP508
.RS
.PP
The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict with\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict with\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).

Changes to doc/eof.n.

55
56
57
58
59
60
61




    puts "Read record: $record"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), open(n), close(n), fblocked(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
channel, end of file










>
>
>
>
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
    puts "Read record: $record"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), open(n), close(n), fblocked(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
channel, end of file
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/exec.n.

212
213
214
215
216
217
218













219
220
221
222
223
224
225
...
405
406
407
408
409
410
411




412
413
414
415
416
417
418
.QW \[email protected]\0\fIfileId\fR
notation, does not work.  When reading from a socket, a 16-bit DOS
application will hang and a 32-bit application will return immediately with
end-of-file.  When either type of application writes to a socket, the
information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
discarded.
.RS













.PP
The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
error will be discarded.
.PP
Either forward or backward slashes are accepted as path separators for
................................................................................
.CS
\fBexec\fR cmp.bat somefile.c -o somefile
.CE
.PP
With the file \fIcmp.bat\fR looking something like:
.PP
.CS




@gcc %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
.CE
.SS "WORKING WITH COMMAND BUILT-INS"
.PP
Sometimes you need to be careful, as different programs may have the
same name and be in the path. It can then happen that typing a command
at the DOS prompt finds \fIa different program\fR than the same






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
...
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
.QW \[email protected]\0\fIfileId\fR
notation, does not work.  When reading from a socket, a 16-bit DOS
application will hang and a 32-bit application will return immediately with
end-of-file.  When either type of application writes to a socket, the
information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
discarded.
.RS
.PP
Note that the current escape resp. quoting of arguments for windows works only
with executables using CommandLineToArgv, CRT-library or similar, as well as
with the windows batch files (excepting the newline, see below).
Although it is the common escape algorithm, but, in fact, the way how the
executable parses the command-line (resp. splits it into single arguments)
is decisive.
.PP
Unfortunately, there is currently no way to supply newline character within
an argument to the batch files (\fB.cmd\fR or \fB.bat\fR) or to the command
processor (\fBcmd.exe /c\fR), because this causes truncation of command-line
(also the argument chain) on the first newline character.
But it works properly with an executable (using CommandLineToArgv, etc).
.PP
The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
error will be discarded.
.PP
Either forward or backward slashes are accepted as path separators for
................................................................................
.CS
\fBexec\fR cmp.bat somefile.c -o somefile
.CE
.PP
With the file \fIcmp.bat\fR looking something like:
.PP
.CS
@gcc %*
.CE
or like another variant using single parameters:
.CS
@gcc %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
.CE
.SS "WORKING WITH COMMAND BUILT-INS"
.PP
Sometimes you need to be careful, as different programs may have the
same name and be in the path. It can then happen that typing a command
at the DOS prompt finds \fIa different program\fR than the same

Changes to doc/exit.n.

45
46
47
48
49
50
51




    \fBexit\fR 2
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abort, exit, process










>
>
>
>
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
    \fBexit\fR 2
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abort, exit, process
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/fblocked.n.

61
62
63
64
65
66
67




socket -server connect 12345
vwait forever
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
gets(n), open(n), read(n), socket(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
blocking, nonblocking










>
>
>
>
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
socket -server connect 12345
vwait forever
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
gets(n), open(n), read(n), socket(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
blocking, nonblocking
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/fileevent.n.

150
151
152
153
154
155
156




\fBfileevent\fR is based on the \fBaddinput\fR command created
by Mark Diekhans.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
fconfigure(n), gets(n), interp(n), puts(n), read(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
asynchronous I/O, blocking, channel, event handler, nonblocking, readable,
script, writable.










>
>
>
>
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
\fBfileevent\fR is based on the \fBaddinput\fR command created
by Mark Diekhans.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
fconfigure(n), gets(n), interp(n), puts(n), read(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
asynchronous I/O, blocking, channel, event handler, nonblocking, readable,
script, writable.
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/filename.n.

172
173
174
175
176
177
178




.QW .....abc
is illegal.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), glob(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
current directory, absolute file name, relative file name,
volume-relative file name, portability










>
>
>
>
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
.QW .....abc
is illegal.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), glob(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
current directory, absolute file name, relative file name,
volume-relative file name, portability
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/flush.n.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45




gets stdin name
puts "Hello there, $name!"
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), open(n), socket(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
blocking, buffer, channel, flush, nonblocking, output










>
>
>
>
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
gets stdin name
puts "Hello there, $name!"
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), open(n), socket(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
blocking, buffer, channel, flush, nonblocking, output
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/foreach.n.

98
99
100
101
102
103
104




.CE

.SH "SEE ALSO"
for(n), while(n), break(n), continue(n)

.SH KEYWORDS
foreach, iteration, list, loop










>
>
>
>
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
.CE

.SH "SEE ALSO"
for(n), while(n), break(n), continue(n)

.SH KEYWORDS
foreach, iteration, list, loop
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/global.n.

52
53
54
55
56
57
58




    append accumulator $string \en
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
namespace(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
global, namespace, procedure, variable










>
>
>
>
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
    append accumulator $string \en
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
namespace(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
global, namespace, procedure, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/history.n.

96
97
98
99
100
101
102




is modified to eliminate the history command and replace it with
the result of the history command.
If you want to redo an event without modifying history, then use
the \fBevent\fR operation to retrieve some event,
and the \fBadd\fR operation to add it to history and execute it.
.SH KEYWORDS
event, history, record










>
>
>
>
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
is modified to eliminate the history command and replace it with
the result of the history command.
If you want to redo an event without modifying history, then use
the \fBevent\fR operation to retrieve some event,
and the \fBadd\fR operation to add it to history and execute it.
.SH KEYWORDS
event, history, record
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/http.n.

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23


24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
40
41
42
43
44
45
46


47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
..
90
91
92
93
94
95
96













97
98
99
100
101
102
103
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117












118
119
120
121

122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132














133
134
135
136
137
138
139
...
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
...
329
330
331
332
333
334
335





336
337
338
339
340
341
342
...
410
411
412
413
414
415
416











417
418
419
420
421
422
423
...
500
501
502
503
504
505
506








507
508
509
510
511
512
513
...
598
599
600
601
602
603
604




































































































605
606
607
608
609
610
611
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "http" n 2.7 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require http ?2.7?\fR
.\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
.sp
\fB::http::config ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::geturl \fIurl\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?


.sp
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::wait \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::status \fItoken\fR
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
\fB::http::error \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::cleanup \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::register \fIproto port command\fR
.sp


\fB::http::unregister \fIproto\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBhttp\fR package provides the client side of the HTTP/1.1
protocol, as defined in RFC 2616.
The package implements the GET, POST, and HEAD operations
of HTTP/1.1.  It allows configuration of a proxy host to get through
firewalls.  The package is compatible with the \fBSafesock\fR security
policy, so it can be used by untrusted applets to do URL fetching from
a restricted set of hosts. This package can be extended to support
additional HTTP transport protocols, such as HTTPS, by providing
a custom \fBsocket\fR command, via \fB::http::register\fR.
................................................................................
\fB\-accept\fR \fImimetypes\fR
.
The Accept header of the request.  The default is */*, which means that
all types of documents are accepted.  Otherwise you can supply a
comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive.  For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .













.TP
\fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
The name of the proxy host, if any.  If this value is the
empty string, the URL host is contacted directly.
.TP
\fB\-proxyport\fR \fInumber\fR
................................................................................
to determine if a proxy is required for a given host.  One argument, a
host name, is added to \fIcommand\fR when it is invoked.  If a proxy
is required, the callback should return a two-element list containing
the proxy server and proxy port.  Otherwise the filter should return
an empty list.  The default filter returns the values of the
\fB\-proxyhost\fR and \fB\-proxyport\fR settings if they are
non-empty.












.TP
\fB\-urlencoding\fR \fIencoding\fR
.
The \fIencoding\fR used for creating the x-url-encoded URLs with

\fB::http::formatQuery\fR.  The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
2718.  Prior to http 2.5 this was unspecified, and that behavior can be
returned by specifying the empty string (\fB{}\fR), although
\fIiso8859-1\fR is recommended to restore similar behavior but without the
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR throwing an error processing non-latin-1
characters.
.TP
\fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  The default is
.QW "\fBTcl http client package 2.7\fR" .














.RE
.TP
\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
.
The \fB::http::geturl\fR command is the main procedure in the package.
The \fB\-query\fR option causes a POST operation and
the \fB\-validate\fR option causes a HEAD operation;
................................................................................
.CS
Pragma: no-cache
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB\-keepalive\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If true, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
multiple requests.  Default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-method\fR \fItype\fR
.
Force the HTTP request method to \fItype\fR. \fB::http::geturl\fR will
auto-select GET, POST or HEAD based on other options, but this option
enables choices like PUT and DELETE for webdav support.
................................................................................
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
.
This procedure does x-url-encoding of query data.  It takes an even
number of arguments that are the keys and values of the query.  It
encodes the keys and values, and generates one string that has the
proper & and = separators.  The result is suitable for the
\fB\-query\fR value passed to \fB::http::geturl\fR.





.TP
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.
This command resets the HTTP transaction identified by \fItoken\fR, if any.
This sets the \fBstate(status)\fR value to \fIwhy\fR, which defaults to
\fBreset\fR, and then calls the registered \fB\-command\fR callback.
.TP
................................................................................
package require tls

::http::register https 443 ::tls::socket

set token [::http::geturl https://my.secure.site/]
.CE
.RE











.TP
\fB::http::unregister\fR \fIproto\fR
.
This procedure unregisters a protocol handler that was previously
registered via \fB::http::register\fR, returning a two-item list of
the default port and handler command that was previously installed
(via \fB::http::register\fR) if there was such a handler, and an error if
................................................................................
Once the data associated with the URL is no longer needed, the state
array should be unset to free up storage.
The \fB::http::cleanup\fR procedure is provided for that purpose.
The following elements of
the array are supported:
.RS
.TP








\fBbody\fR
.
The contents of the URL.  This will be empty if the \fB\-channel\fR
option has been specified.  This value is returned by the \fB::http::data\fR command.
.TP
\fBcharset\fR
.
................................................................................
.
A copy of the \fBContent-Type\fR meta-data value.
.TP
\fBurl\fR
.
The requested URL.
.RE




































































































.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a
progress meter, and prints the meta-data associated with the URL.
.PP
.CS
proc httpcopy { url file {chunk 4096} } {






|






|


|




>
>







 







>
>





|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
|



|
|



|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
..
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
..
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
...
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
...
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
...
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
...
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
...
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
...
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "http" n 2.9 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require http\fI ?\fB2.8\fR?
.\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
.sp
\fB::http::config\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::geturl \fIurl\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
.sp
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::wait \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::status \fItoken\fR
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
\fB::http::error \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::cleanup \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::register \fIproto port command\fR
.sp
\fB::http::registerError \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::unregister \fIproto\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBhttp\fR package provides the client side of the HTTP/1.1
protocol, as defined in RFC 7230 to RFC 7235, which supersede RFC 2616.
The package implements the GET, POST, and HEAD operations
of HTTP/1.1.  It allows configuration of a proxy host to get through
firewalls.  The package is compatible with the \fBSafesock\fR security
policy, so it can be used by untrusted applets to do URL fetching from
a restricted set of hosts. This package can be extended to support
additional HTTP transport protocols, such as HTTPS, by providing
a custom \fBsocket\fR command, via \fB::http::register\fR.
................................................................................
\fB\-accept\fR \fImimetypes\fR
.
The Accept header of the request.  The default is */*, which means that
all types of documents are accepted.  Otherwise you can supply a
comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive.  For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
.TP
\fB\-pipeline\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether HTTP/1.1 transactions on a persistent socket will be
pipelined.  See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The default
is 1.
.TP
\fB\-postfresh\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether requests that use the \fBPOST\fR method will always use a
fresh socket, overriding the \fB-keepalive\fR option of
command \fBhttp::geturl\fR.  See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details.
The default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
The name of the proxy host, if any.  If this value is the
empty string, the URL host is contacted directly.
.TP
\fB\-proxyport\fR \fInumber\fR
................................................................................
to determine if a proxy is required for a given host.  One argument, a
host name, is added to \fIcommand\fR when it is invoked.  If a proxy
is required, the callback should return a two-element list containing
the proxy server and proxy port.  Otherwise the filter should return
an empty list.  The default filter returns the values of the
\fB\-proxyhost\fR and \fB\-proxyport\fR settings if they are
non-empty.
.TP
\fB\-repost\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies what to do if a POST request over a persistent connection fails
because the server has half-closed the connection.  If boolean \fBtrue\fR, the
request
will be automatically retried; if boolean \fBfalse\fR it will not, and the
application
that uses \fBhttp::geturl\fR is expected to seek user confirmation before
retrying the POST.  The value \fBtrue\fR should be used only under certain
conditions. See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The
default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-urlencoding\fR \fIencoding\fR
.
The \fIencoding\fR used for creating the x-url-encoded URLs with
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR and \fB::http::quoteString\fR.
The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
2718.  Prior to http 2.5 this was unspecified, and that behavior can be
returned by specifying the empty string (\fB{}\fR), although
\fIiso8859-1\fR is recommended to restore similar behavior but without the
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR or \fB::http::quoteString\fR
throwing an error processing non-latin-1 characters.
.TP
\fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  In an unsafe
interpreter, the default value depends upon the operating system, and
the version numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR, and is (for example)
.QW "\fBMozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 10.0) http/2.8.12 Tcl/8.6.8\fR" .
A safe interpreter cannot determine its operating system, and so the default
in a safe interpreter is to use a Windows 10 value with the current version
numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR.
.TP
\fB\-zip\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If the value is boolean \fBtrue\fR, then by default requests will send a header
.QW "\fBAccept-Encoding: gzip,deflate,compress\fR" .
If the value is boolean \fBfalse\fR, then by default this header will not be sent.
In either case the default can be overridden for an individual request by
supplying a custom \fBAccept-Encoding\fR header in the \fB-headers\fR option
of \fBhttp::geturl\fR. The default is 1.
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
.
The \fB::http::geturl\fR command is the main procedure in the package.
The \fB\-query\fR option causes a POST operation and
the \fB\-validate\fR option causes a HEAD operation;
................................................................................
.CS
Pragma: no-cache
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB\-keepalive\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If boolean \fBtrue\fR, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
multiple requests.  Default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-method\fR \fItype\fR
.
Force the HTTP request method to \fItype\fR. \fB::http::geturl\fR will
auto-select GET, POST or HEAD based on other options, but this option
enables choices like PUT and DELETE for webdav support.
................................................................................
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
.
This procedure does x-url-encoding of query data.  It takes an even
number of arguments that are the keys and values of the query.  It
encodes the keys and values, and generates one string that has the
proper & and = separators.  The result is suitable for the
\fB\-query\fR value passed to \fB::http::geturl\fR.
.TP
\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
.
This procedure does x-url-encoding of string.  It takes a single argument and
encodes it.
.TP
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.
This command resets the HTTP transaction identified by \fItoken\fR, if any.
This sets the \fBstate(status)\fR value to \fIwhy\fR, which defaults to
\fBreset\fR, and then calls the registered \fB\-command\fR callback.
.TP
................................................................................
package require tls

::http::register https 443 ::tls::socket

set token [::http::geturl https://my.secure.site/]
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::registerError\fR \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
.
This procedure allows a registered protocol handler to deliver an error
message for use by \fBhttp\fR.  Calling this command does not raise an
error. The command is useful when a registered protocol detects an problem
(for example, an invalid TLS certificate) that will cause an error to
propagate to \fBhttp\fR.  The command allows \fBhttp\fR to provide a
precise error message rather than a general one.  The command returns the
value provided by the last call with argument \fImessage\fR, or the empty
string if no such call has been made.
.TP
\fB::http::unregister\fR \fIproto\fR
.
This procedure unregisters a protocol handler that was previously
registered via \fB::http::register\fR, returning a two-item list of
the default port and handler command that was previously installed
(via \fB::http::register\fR) if there was such a handler, and an error if
................................................................................
Once the data associated with the URL is no longer needed, the state
array should be unset to free up storage.
The \fB::http::cleanup\fR procedure is provided for that purpose.
The following elements of
the array are supported:
.RS
.TP
\fBbinary\fR
.
This is boolean \fBtrue\fR if (after decoding any compression specified
by the
.QW "Content-Encoding"
response header) the HTTP response is binary.  It is boolean \fBfalse\fR
if the HTTP response is text.
.TP
\fBbody\fR
.
The contents of the URL.  This will be empty if the \fB\-channel\fR
option has been specified.  This value is returned by the \fB::http::data\fR command.
.TP
\fBcharset\fR
.
................................................................................
.
A copy of the \fBContent-Type\fR meta-data value.
.TP
\fBurl\fR
.
The requested URL.
.RE
.SH "PERSISTENT CONNECTIONS"
.PP
.SS "BASICS"
.PP
See RFC 7230 Sec 6, which supersedes RFC 2616 Sec 8.1.
.PP
A persistent connection allows multiple HTTP/1.1 transactions to be
carried over the same TCP connection.  Pipelining allows a
client to make multiple requests over a persistent connection without
waiting for each response.  The server sends responses in the same order
that the requests were received.
.PP
If a POST request fails to complete, typically user confirmation is
needed before sending the request again.  The user may wish to verify
whether the server was modified by the failed POST request, before
sending the same request again.
.PP
A HTTP request will use a persistent socket if the call to
\fBhttp::geturl\fR has the option \fB-keepalive true\fR. It will use
pipelining where permitted if the \fBhttp::config\fR option
\fB-pipeline\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR (its default value).
.PP
The http package maintains no more than one persistent connection to each
server (i.e. each value of
.QW "domain:port" ).
If \fBhttp::geturl\fR is called to make a request over a persistent
connection while the connection is busy with another request, the new
request will be held in a queue until the connection is free.
.PP
The http package does not support HTTP/1.0 persistent connections
controlled by the \fBKeep-Alive\fR header.
.SS "SPECIAL CASES"
.PP
This subsection discusses issues related to closure of the
persistent connection by the server, automatic retry of failed requests,
the special treatment necessary for POST requests, and the options for
dealing with these cases.
.PP
In accordance with RFC 7230, \fBhttp::geturl\fR does not pipeline
requests that use the POST method.  If a POST uses a persistent
connection and is not the first request on that connection,
\fBhttp::geturl\fR waits until it has received the response for the previous
request; or (if \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-postfresh\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR) it
uses a new connection for each POST.
.PP
If the server is processing a number of pipelined requests, and sends a
response header
.QW "\fBConnection: close\fR"
with one of the responses (other than the last), then subsequent responses
are unfulfilled. \fBhttp::geturl\fR will send the unfulfilled requests again
over a new connection.
.PP
A difficulty arises when a HTTP client sends a request over a persistent
connection that has been idle for a while.  The HTTP server may
half-close an apparently idle connection while the client is sending a
request, but before the request arrives at the server: in this case (an
.QW "asynchronous close event" )
the request will fail.  The difficulty arises because the client cannot
be certain whether the POST modified the state of the server.  For HEAD or
GET requests, \fBhttp::geturl\fR opens another connection and retransmits
the failed request. However, if the request was a POST, RFC 7230 forbids
automatic retry by default, suggesting either user confirmation, or
confirmation by user-agent software that has semantic understanding of
the application.  The \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-repost\fR allows for
either possibility.
.PP
Asynchronous close events can occur only in a short interval of time.  The
\fBhttp\fR package monitors each persistent connection for closure by the
server.  Upon detection, the connection is also closed at the client end,
and subsequent requests will use a fresh connection.
.PP
If the \fBhttp::geturl\fR command is called with option \fB-keepalive true\fR,
then it will both try to use an existing persistent connection
(if one is available), and it will send the server a
.QW "\fBConnection: keep-alive\fR"
request header asking to keep the connection open for future requests.
.PP
The \fBhttp::config\fR options \fB-pipeline\fR, \fB-postfresh\fR, and
\fB-repost\fR relate to persistent connections.
.PP
Option \fB-pipeline\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will pipeline GET and HEAD requests
made
over a persistent connection.  POST requests will not be pipelined - if the
POST is not the first transaction on the connection, its request will not
be sent until the previous response has finished.  GET and HEAD requests
made after a POST will not be sent until the POST response has been
delivered, and will not be sent if the POST fails.
.PP
Option \fB-postfresh\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will override the \fBhttp::geturl\fR option
\fB-keepalive\fR, and always open a fresh connection for a POST request.
.PP
Option \fB-repost\fR, if \fBtrue\fR, permits automatic retry of a POST request
that fails because it uses a persistent connection that the server has
half-closed (an
.QW "asynchronous close event" ).
Subsequent GET and HEAD requests in a failed pipeline will also be retried.
\fIThe -repost option should be used only if the application understands
that the retry is appropriate\fR - specifically, the application must know
that if the failed POST successfully modified the state of the server, a repeat POST
would have no adverse effect.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a
progress meter, and prints the meta-data associated with the URL.
.PP
.CS
proc httpcopy { url file {chunk 4096} } {

Changes to doc/incr.n.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29





30
31
32
33
34
35
36
..
55
56
57
58
59
60
61




1 is added to \fIvarName\fR.
The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable \fIvarName\fR
and also returned as result.
.PP
Starting with the Tcl 8.5 release, the variable \fIvarName\fR passed
to \fBincr\fR may be unset, and in that case, it will be set to
the value \fIincrement\fR or to the default increment value of \fB1\fR.





.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Add one to the contents of the variable \fIx\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBincr\fR x
.CE
................................................................................
.CS
\fBincr\fR x 0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), set(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
add, increment, variable, value










>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
..
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
1 is added to \fIvarName\fR.
The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable \fIvarName\fR
and also returned as result.
.PP
Starting with the Tcl 8.5 release, the variable \fIvarName\fR passed
to \fBincr\fR may be unset, and in that case, it will be set to
the value \fIincrement\fR or to the default increment value of \fB1\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, the sum of the default value and the \fIincrement\fR (or
1) will be stored in the array element.
.VE TIP508
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Add one to the contents of the variable \fIx\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBincr\fR x
.CE
................................................................................
.CS
\fBincr\fR x 0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), set(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
add, increment, variable, value
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/info.n.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45




































46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdcount\fR
.
Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
in this interpreter.




































.TP
\fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands visible
(i.e. executable without using a qualified name) to the current namespace,
including both the built-in commands written in C and






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdcount\fR
.
Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
in this interpreter.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdtype \fIcommandName\fR
.VS TIP426
Returns a description of the kind of command named by \fIcommandName\fR.  The
supported types are:
.RS
.IP \fBalias\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR. Note that
safe interpreters can only see a subset of aliases (specifically those between
two commands within themselves).
.IP \fBcoroutine\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
.IP \fBensemble\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
.IP \fBimport\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
.IP \fBnative\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
interface directly without further registration of the type of command.
.IP \fBobject\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBprivateObject\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the private command (\fBmy\fR by default)
that represents an instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBproc\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
.IP \fBslave\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
.IP \fBzlibStream\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
.PP
There may be other registered types as well; this is a set that is extensible
at the implementation level with \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
.RE
.VE TIP426
.TP
\fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands visible
(i.e. executable without using a qualified name) to the current namespace,
including both the built-in commands written in C and

Changes to doc/interp.n.

232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
execution of all commands.
.PP
Note that once it is on, this flag cannot be switched back off: such
attempts are silently ignored. This is needed to maintain the
consistency of the underlying interpreter's state.
.RE
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBdelete \fR?\fIpath ...?\fR
.
Deletes zero or more interpreters given by the optional \fIpath\fR
arguments, and for each interpreter, it also deletes its slaves. The
command also deletes the slave command for each interpreter deleted.
For each \fIpath\fR argument, if no interpreter by that name
exists, the command raises an error.
.TP






|







232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
execution of all commands.
.PP
Note that once it is on, this flag cannot be switched back off: such
attempts are silently ignored. This is needed to maintain the
consistency of the underlying interpreter's state.
.RE
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBdelete \fR?\fIpath ...\fR?
.
Deletes zero or more interpreters given by the optional \fIpath\fR
arguments, and for each interpreter, it also deletes its slaves. The
command also deletes the slave command for each interpreter deleted.
For each \fIpath\fR argument, if no interpreter by that name
exists, the command raises an error.
.TP

Changes to doc/join.n.

38
39
40
41
42
43
44




\fBjoin\fR $data
     \fB\(-> 1 2 3 4 5 {6 7} 8\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), split(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, join, list, separator










>
>
>
>
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
\fBjoin\fR $data
     \fB\(-> 1 2 3 4 5 {6 7} 8\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), split(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, join, list, separator
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/lappend.n.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24






25
26
27
28
29
30
31
..
43
44
45
46
47
48
49




.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command treats the variable given by \fIvarName\fR as a list
and appends each of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to that list as a separate
element, with spaces between elements.
If \fIvarName\fR does not exist, it is created as a list with elements
given by the \fIvalue\fR arguments.






\fBLappend\fR is similar to \fBappend\fR except that the \fIvalue\fRs
are appended as list elements rather than raw text.
This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up
large lists.  For example,
.QW "\fBlappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than
.QW "\fBset a [concat $a [list $b]]\fR"
................................................................................
1 2 3 4 5
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, element, list, variable










>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
..
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command treats the variable given by \fIvarName\fR as a list
and appends each of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to that list as a separate
element, with spaces between elements.
If \fIvarName\fR does not exist, it is created as a list with elements
given by the \fIvalue\fR arguments.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, list that is comprised of the default value with all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments appended as elements will be stored in the array
element.
.VE TIP508
\fBLappend\fR is similar to \fBappend\fR except that the \fIvalue\fRs
are appended as list elements rather than raw text.
This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up
large lists.  For example,
.QW "\fBlappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than
.QW "\fBset a [concat $a [list $b]]\fR"
................................................................................
1 2 3 4 5
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, element, list, variable
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/lindex.n.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
.TH lindex n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lindex \- Retrieve an element from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlindex \fIlist ?index ...?\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBlindex\fR command accepts a parameter, \fIlist\fR, which
it treats as a Tcl list. It also accepts zero or more \fIindices\fR into
the list.  The indices may be presented either consecutively on the
command line, or grouped in a






|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
.TH lindex n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lindex \- Retrieve an element from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlindex \fIlist\fR ?\fIindex ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBlindex\fR command accepts a parameter, \fIlist\fR, which
it treats as a Tcl list. It also accepts zero or more \fIindices\fR into
the list.  The indices may be presented either consecutively on the
command line, or grouped in a

Added doc/link.n.
























































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH link n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
link \- create link from command to method of object
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBlink\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
\fBlink\fR \fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR ?\fI...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBlink\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series of one
or more method names (\fImethodName ...\fR) and/or pairs of command- and
method-name (\fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR) and makes the named methods
available as commands without requiring the explicit use of the name of the
object or the \fBmy\fR command. The method does not need to exist at the time
that the link is made; if the link command is invoked when the method does not
exist, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handling system is used.
.PP
The command name under which the method becomes available defaults to the
method name, except where explicitly specified through an alias/method pair.
Formally, every argument must be a list; if the list has two elements, the
first element is the name of the command to create and the second element is
the name of the method of the current object to which the command links;
otherwise, the name of the command and the name of the method are the same
string (the first element of the list).
.PP
If the name of the command is not a fully-qualified command name, it will be
resolved with respect to the current namespace (i.e., the object namespace).
.SH EXAMPLES
This demonstrates linking a single method in various ways. First it makes a
simple link, then a renamed link, then an external link. Note that the method
itself is unexported, but that it can still be called directly from outside
the class.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create ABC {
    method Foo {} {
        puts "This is Foo in [self]"
    }

    constructor {} {
        \fBlink\fR Foo
        # The method foo is now directly accessible as foo here
        \fBlink\fR {bar Foo}
        # The method foo is now directly accessible as bar
        \fBlink\fR {::ExternalCall Foo}
        # The method foo is now directly accessible in the global
        # namespace as ExternalCall
    }

    method grill {} {
        puts "Step 1:"
        Foo
        puts "Step 2:"
        bar
    }
}

ABC create abc
abc grill
        \fI\(-> Step 1:\fR
        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
        \fI\(-> Step 2:\fR
        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
# Direct access via the linked command
puts "Step 3:"; ExternalCall
        \fI\(-> Step 3:\fR
        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
.CE
.PP
This example shows that multiple linked commands can be made in a call to
\fBlink\fR, and that they can handle arguments.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Ex {
    constructor {} {
        \fBlink\fR a b c
        # The methods a, b, and c (defined below) are all now
        # directly acessible within methods under their own names.
    }

    method a {} {
        puts "This is a"
    }
    method b {x} {
        puts "This is b($x)"
    }
    method c {y z} {
        puts "This is c($y,$z)"
    }

    method call {p q r} {
        a
        b $p
        c $q $r
    }
}

set o [Ex new]
$o 3 5 7
        \fI\(-> This is a\fR
        \fI\(-> This is b(3)\fR
        \fI\(-> This is c(5,7)\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
interp(n), my(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, method, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/llength.n.

49
50
51
52
53
54
55




1,0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, length










>
>
>
>
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
1,0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, length
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/lrange.n.

72
73
74
75
76
77
78




.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, range, sublist










>
>
>
>
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, range, sublist
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/lrepeat.n.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38




\fBlrepeat\fR 3 a b c
      \fI\(-> a b c a b c a b c\fR
\fBlrepeat\fR 3 [\fBlrepeat\fR 2 a] b c
      \fI\(-> {a a} b c {a a} b c {a a} b c\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n)

.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list










<


>
>
>
>
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

36
37
38
39
40
41
\fBlrepeat\fR 3 a b c
      \fI\(-> a b c a b c a b c\fR
\fBlrepeat\fR 3 [\fBlrepeat\fR 2 a] b c
      \fI\(-> {a a} b c {a a} b c {a a} b c\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n)

.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/lreplace.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

32
33
34
35




36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
..
74
75
76
77
78
79
80













81
82
83
84
85
86




.SH NAME
lreplace \- Replace elements in a list with new elements
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlreplace \fIlist first last \fR?\fIelement element ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBlreplace\fR returns a new list formed by replacing one or more elements of
\fIlist\fR with the \fIelement\fR arguments.
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are index values specifying the first and
last elements of the range to replace.
The index values \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are interpreted
the same as index values for the command \fBstring index\fR,
supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the
end of the list.
0 refers to the first element of the
list, and \fBend\fR refers to the last element of the list.
If \fIlist\fR is empty, then \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are ignored.
.PP

If \fIfirst\fR is less than zero, it is considered to refer to before the
first element of the list.  For non-empty lists, the element indicated
by \fIfirst\fR must exist or \fIfirst\fR must indicate before the
start of the list.




.PP
If \fIlast\fR is less than \fIfirst\fR, then any specified elements
will be inserted into the list before the point specified by \fIfirst\fR
with no elements being deleted.
.PP
The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new arguments to
be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.
Each \fIelement\fR argument will become a separate element of
the list.  If no \fIelement\fR arguments are specified, then the elements
between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are simply deleted.  If \fIlist\fR
is empty, any \fIelement\fR arguments are added to the end of the list.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Replacing an element of a list with another:
.PP
.CS
% \fBlreplace\fR {a b c d e} 1 1 foo
a foo c d e
................................................................................
.CS
proc lremove {listVariable value} {
    upvar 1 $listVariable var
    set idx [lsearch -exact $var $value]
    set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var $idx $idx]
}
.CE













.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, replace










|









<

>
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>


|


|



|
<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






>
>
>
>
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
.SH NAME
lreplace \- Replace elements in a list with new elements
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlreplace \fIlist first last \fR?\fIelement element ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBlreplace\fR returns a new list formed by replacing zero or more elements of
\fIlist\fR with the \fIelement\fR arguments.
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are index values specifying the first and
last elements of the range to replace.
The index values \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are interpreted
the same as index values for the command \fBstring index\fR,
supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the
end of the list.
0 refers to the first element of the
list, and \fBend\fR refers to the last element of the list.

.PP
If either \fIfirst\fR or \fIlast\fR is less than zero, it is considered
to refer to before the first element of the list. This allows \fBlreplace\fR
to prepend elements to \fIlist\fR.
.VS TIP505
If either \fIfirst\fR or \fIlast\fR indicates a position greater than the
index of the last element of the list, it is treated as if it is an
index one greater than the last element. This allows \fBlreplace\fR to
append elements to \fIlist\fR.
.VE TIP505
.PP
If \fIlast\fR is less than \fIfirst\fR, then any specified elements
will be inserted into the list before the element specified by \fIfirst\fR
with no elements being deleted.
.PP
The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new elements to
be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.
Each \fIelement\fR argument will become a separate element of
the list.  If no \fIelement\fR arguments are specified, then the elements
between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are simply deleted.

.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Replacing an element of a list with another:
.PP
.CS
% \fBlreplace\fR {a b c d e} 1 1 foo
a foo c d e
................................................................................
.CS
proc lremove {listVariable value} {
    upvar 1 $listVariable var
    set idx [lsearch -exact $var $value]
    set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var $idx $idx]
}
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP505
Appending elements to the list; note that \fBend+2\fR will initially
be treated as if it is \fB6\fR here, but both that and \fB12345\fR are greater
than the index of the final item so they behave identically:
.PP
.CS
% set var {a b c d e}
a b c d e
% set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var 12345 end+2 f g h i]
a b c d e f g h i
.CE
.VE TIP505
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, replace
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/my.n.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22





23
24
25
26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33







34
35

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
..
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
..
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
































76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH my n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
my \- invoke any method of current object
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBmy\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?

.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke methods





of the object (or its class). In particular, the set of valid values for
\fImethodName\fR is the set of all methods supported by an object and its
superclasses, including those that are not exported
.VS TIP500
and private methods of the object or class when used within another method
defined by that object or class.
.VE TIP500

The object upon which the method is invoked is the one that owns the namespace
that the \fBmy\fR command is contained in initially (\fBNB:\fR the link
remains if the command is renamed), which is the currently invoked object by
default.







.PP
Each object has its own \fBmy\fR command, contained in its instance namespace.

.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows basic use of \fBmy\fR to use the \fBvariables\fR method of
the \fBoo::object\fR class, which is not publicly visible by default:
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c {
................................................................................
o count              \fI\(-> prints "1"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "2"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "3"\fR
.CE
.PP
This example shows how you can use \fBmy\fR to make callbacks to private
methods from outside the object (from a \fBtrace\fR), using
\fBnamespace code\fR to enter the correct context:

.PP
.CS
oo::class create HasCallback {
    method makeCallback {} {
        return [namespace code {
            \fBmy\fR Callback
        }]
................................................................................
    }
}

set o [HasCallback new]
trace add variable xyz write [$o makeCallback]
set xyz "called"     \fI\(-> prints "callback: xyz {} write"\fR
.CE
































.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::object(n), self(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
method, method visibility, object, private method, public method
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:






|





>





>
>
>
>
>
|






>
|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>







 







|
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
..
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
..
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH my n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
my, myclass \- invoke any method of current object or its class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBmy\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
\fBmyclass\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke methods
of the object (or its class),
.VS TIP478
and he \fBmyclass\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke
methods of the current class of the object \fIas an object\fR.
.VE TIP478
In particular, the set of valid values for
\fImethodName\fR is the set of all methods supported by an object and its
superclasses, including those that are not exported
.VS TIP500
and private methods of the object or class when used within another method
defined by that object or class.
.VE TIP500
.PP
The object upon which the method is invoked via \fBmy\fR is the one that owns
the namespace that the \fBmy\fR command is contained in initially (\fBNB:\fR the link
remains if the command is renamed), which is the currently invoked object by
default.
.VS TIP478
Similarly, the object on which the method is invoked via \fBmyclass\fR is the
object that is the current class of the object that owns the namespace that
the \fBmyclass\fR command is contained in initially. As with \fBmy\fR, the
link remains even if the command is renamed into another namespace, and
defaults to being the manufacturing class of the current object.
.VE TIP478
.PP
Each object has its own \fBmy\fR and \fBmyclass\fR commands, contained in its
instance namespace.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows basic use of \fBmy\fR to use the \fBvariables\fR method of
the \fBoo::object\fR class, which is not publicly visible by default:
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c {
................................................................................
o count              \fI\(-> prints "1"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "2"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "3"\fR
.CE
.PP
This example shows how you can use \fBmy\fR to make callbacks to private
methods from outside the object (from a \fBtrace\fR), using
\fBnamespace code\fR to enter the correct context. (See the \fBcallback\fR
command for the recommended way of doing this.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create HasCallback {
    method makeCallback {} {
        return [namespace code {
            \fBmy\fR Callback
        }]
................................................................................
    }
}

set o [HasCallback new]
trace add variable xyz write [$o makeCallback]
set xyz "called"     \fI\(-> prints "callback: xyz {} write"\fR
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP478
This example shows how to access a private method of a class from an instance
of that class. (See the \fBclassmethod\fR declaration in \fBoo::define\fR for
a higher level interface for doing this.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create CountedSteps {
    self {
        variable count
        method Count {} {
            return [incr count]
        }
    }
    method advanceTwice {} {
        puts "in [self] step A: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
        puts "in [self] step B: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
    }
}

CountedSteps create x
CountedSteps create y
x advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 1"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 2"\fR
y advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 3"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 4"\fR
x advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 5"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 6"\fR
y advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 7"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 8"\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::object(n), self(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
method, method visibility, object, private method, public method
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/packagens.n.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50




specified.
.PP
At least one \fB\-load\fR or \fB\-source\fR parameter must be given.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
package(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
auto-load, index, package, version










>
>
>
>
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
specified.
.PP
At least one \fB\-load\fR or \fB\-source\fR parameter must be given.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
package(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
auto-load, index, package, version
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/pid.n.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48




puts [string repeat - 70]
puts [read $pipeline]
close $pipeline
.CE

.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n), open(n)

.SH KEYWORDS
file, pipeline, process identifier










<


>
>
>
>
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
puts [string repeat - 70]
puts [read $pipeline]
close $pipeline
.CE

.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n), open(n)

.SH KEYWORDS
file, pipeline, process identifier
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/platform.n.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
platform \- System identification support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require platform ?1.0.10?\fR
.sp
\fBplatform::generic\fR
\fBplatform::identify\fR
\fBplatform::patterns \fIidentifier\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION






|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
platform \- System identification support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require platform\fR ?\fB1.0.10\fR?
.sp
\fBplatform::generic\fR
\fBplatform::identify\fR
\fBplatform::patterns \fIidentifier\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION

Changes to doc/platform_shell.n.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
..
51
52
53
54
55
56
57




.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
platform::shell \- System identification support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require platform::shell ?1.1.4?\fR
.sp
\fBplatform::shell::generic \fIshell\fR
\fBplatform::shell::identify \fIshell\fR
\fBplatform::shell::platform \fIshell\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
for the specified Tcl shell, in contrast to the running shell.
.TP
\fBplatform::shell::platform \fIshell\fR
This command returns the contents of \fBtcl_platform(platform)\fR for
the specified Tcl shell.
.SH KEYWORDS
operating system, cpu architecture, platform, architecture










|







 







>
>
>
>
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
..
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
platform::shell \- System identification support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require platform::shell\fR ?\fB1.1.4\fR?
.sp
\fBplatform::shell::generic \fIshell\fR
\fBplatform::shell::identify \fIshell\fR
\fBplatform::shell::platform \fIshell\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
for the specified Tcl shell, in contrast to the running shell.
.TP
\fBplatform::shell::platform \fIshell\fR
This command returns the contents of \fBtcl_platform(platform)\fR for
the specified Tcl shell.
.SH KEYWORDS
operating system, cpu architecture, platform, architecture
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/prefix.n.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcl::prefix \- facilities for prefix matching
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR \fI?option ...?\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This document describes commands looking up a prefix in a list of strings.
The following commands are supported:
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
.
Returns a list of all elements in \fItable\fR that begin with the prefix
\fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
.
Returns the longest common prefix of all elements in \fItable\fR that
begin with the prefix \fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? \fItable\fR \fIstring\fR
.
If \fIstring\fR equals one element in \fItable\fR or is a prefix to exactly
one element, the matched element is returned. If not, the result depends
on the \fB\-error\fR option. (It is recommended that the \fItable\fR be sorted
before use with this subcommand, so that the list of matches presented in the
error message also becomes sorted, though this is not strictly necessary for
the operation of this subcommand itself.)






|
|
|







|




|




|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcl::prefix \- facilities for prefix matching
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable string\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable string\fR
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR ?\fIoption ...\fR? \fItable string\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This document describes commands looking up a prefix in a list of strings.
The following commands are supported:
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix all\fR \fItable string\fR
.
Returns a list of all elements in \fItable\fR that begin with the prefix
\fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix longest\fR \fItable string\fR
.
Returns the longest common prefix of all elements in \fItable\fR that
begin with the prefix \fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB::tcl::prefix match\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? \fItable string\fR
.
If \fIstring\fR equals one element in \fItable\fR or is a prefix to exactly
one element, the matched element is returned. If not, the result depends
on the \fB\-error\fR option. (It is recommended that the \fItable\fR be sorted
before use with this subcommand, so that the list of matches presented in the
error message also becomes sorted, though this is not strictly necessary for
the operation of this subcommand itself.)

Changes to doc/process.n.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18

19
20










21
22
23









24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87



88
89
90
91
92
93
94
..
98
99
100
101
102
103
104


105



106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113


114




115
116
117

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

126
127
128
129
130
131
tcl::process \- Subprocess management
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB::tcl::process \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides a way to manage subprocesses created by the \fBopen\fR

and \fBexec\fR commands. The legal \fIoptions\fR (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP










\fB::tcl::process list\fR
.
Returns the list of subprocess PIDs.









.TP
\fB::tcl::process status\fR ?\fIswitches\fR? ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Returns a dictionary mapping subprocess PIDs to their respective status. If 
\fIpids\fR is specified as a list of PIDs then the command only returns the 
status of the matching subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error 
otherwise. For active processes, the status is an empty value. For terminated
processes, the status is a list with the following format: 
.QW "{code ?\fImsg errorCode\fR?}" ,
where:
.RS
.TP
\fBcode\fR\0
.
is a standard Tcl return code,

.TP
\fBmsg\fR\0
.
is the human-readable error message,
.TP
\fBerrorCode\fR\0
.
uses the same format as the \fBerrorCode\fR global variable
.RE
Note that \fBmsg\fR and \fBerrorCode\fR are only present for abnormally 
terminated processes (i.e. those where \fBcode\fR is nonzero). Under the hood
this command calls \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set for
non-blocking behavior, unless the \fB\-wait\fR switch is set (see below).
.RS
.PP
Additionally, \fB::tcl::process status\fR accepts the following switches:
.TP
\fB\-wait\fR\0
.
By default the command returns immediately (the underlying \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR is
called with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set) unless this switch is set. If \fBpids\fR
is specified as a list of PIDs then the command waits until the status of the
matching subprocesses are available. If \fBpids\fR is not specified then it
waits for all known subprocesses.
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
.
Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
be treated as the first \fIarg\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fB::tcl::process purge ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Cleans up all data associated with terminated subprocesses. If \fBpids\fR is
specified as a list of PIDs then the command only cleanup data for the matching
subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error otherwise. If the process is
still active then it does nothing.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process autopurge ?\fIflag\fR?
.
Automatic purge facility. If \fBflag\fR is specified as a boolean value then it
activates or deactivate autopurge. In all cases it returns the current status as
a boolean value. When autopurge is active, \fBTcl_ReapDetachedProcs\fR is called
each time the exec command is executed or a pipe channel created by open is
closed. When autopurge is inactive, \fB::tcl::process\fR purge must be called
explicitly. By default autopurge is active.
.RE
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP



.CS
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR
     \fI\(-> true\fR
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR false
     \fI\(-> false\fR

set pid1 [exec command1 a b c | command2 d e f &]
................................................................................
set pid2 [pid $chan]
     \fI\(-> 789 1011\fR

\fB::tcl::process list\fR
     \fI\(-> 123 456 789 1011\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR


     \fI\(-> 123 0 456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}} 789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}} 1011 {}\fR




\fB::tcl::process status\fR 123
     \fI\(-> 123 0\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
     \fI\(-> 1011 {}\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR -wait


     \fI\(-> 123 0 456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}} 789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}} 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR





\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
     \fI\(-> 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR


\fB::tcl::process purge\fR
exec command1 1 2 3 &
     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"

exec(n), open(n), Tcl_DetachPids(3), Tcl_WaitPid(3), Tcl_ReapDetachedProcs(3)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
background, child, detach, process, wait
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:






>
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|

|
|



|

|
>

|



|


|
|
|
|

<






|

|
|






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


>
>
>







 







>
>
|
>
>
>








>
>
|
>
>
>
>


|
>








>
|





12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72

73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

















89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
...
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
tcl::process \- Subprocess management
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB::tcl::process \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides a way to manage subprocesses created by the \fBopen\fR
and \fBexec\fR commands, as identified by the process identifiers (PIDs) of
those subprocesses. The legal \fIoptions\fR (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR ?\fIflag\fR?
.
Automatic purge facility. If \fIflag\fR is specified as a boolean value then
it activates or deactivate autopurge. In all cases it returns the current
status as a boolean value. When autopurge is active,
\fBTcl_ReapDetachedProcs\fR is called each time the \fBexec\fR command is
executed or a pipe channel created by \fBopen\fR is closed. When autopurge is
inactive, \fB::tcl::process\fR purge must be called explicitly. By default
autopurge is active.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
.
Returns the list of subprocess PIDs. This includes all currently executing
subprocesses and all terminated subprocesses that have not yet had their
corresponding process table entries purged.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process purge\fR ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Cleans up all data associated with terminated subprocesses. If \fIpids\fR is
specified as a list of PIDs then the command only cleanup data for the matching
subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error otherwise. If a process listed is
still active, this command does nothing to that process.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process status\fR ?\fIswitches\fR? ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Returns a dictionary mapping subprocess PIDs to their respective status. If
\fIpids\fR is specified as a list of PIDs then the command only returns the
status of the matching subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error
otherwise. For active processes, the status is an empty value. For terminated
processes, the status is a list with the following format:
.QW "\fB{\fIcode\fR ?\fImsg errorCode\fR?\fB}\fR" ,
where:
.RS
.TP
\fIcode\fR\0
.
is a standard Tcl return code, i.e., \fB0\fR for TCL_OK and \fB1\fR
for TCL_ERROR,
.TP
\fImsg\fR\0
.
is the human-readable error message,
.TP
\fIerrorCode\fR\0
.
uses the same format as the \fBerrorCode\fR global variable
.PP
Note that \fBmsg\fR and \fBerrorCode\fR are only present for abnormally
terminated processes (i.e. those where the \fIcode\fR is nonzero). Under the
hood this command calls \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set for
non-blocking behavior, unless the \fB\-wait\fR switch is set (see below).

.PP
Additionally, \fB::tcl::process status\fR accepts the following switches:
.TP
\fB\-wait\fR\0
.
By default the command returns immediately (the underlying \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR is
called with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set) unless this switch is set. If \fIpids\fR
is specified as a list of PIDs then the command waits until the status of the
matching subprocesses are available. If \fIpids\fR was not specified, this
command will wait for all known subprocesses.
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
.
Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
be treated as the first \fIarg\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
.RE

















.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
These show the use of \fB::tcl::process\fR. Some of the results from
\fB::tcl::process status\fR are split over multiple lines for readability.
.PP
.CS
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR
     \fI\(-> true\fR
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR false
     \fI\(-> false\fR

set pid1 [exec command1 a b c | command2 d e f &]
................................................................................
set pid2 [pid $chan]
     \fI\(-> 789 1011\fR

\fB::tcl::process list\fR
     \fI\(-> 123 456 789 1011\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR
     \fI\(-> 123 0
       456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {
         CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}}
       789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {
         CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}}
       1011 {}\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR 123
     \fI\(-> 123 0\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
     \fI\(-> 1011 {}\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR -wait
     \fI\(-> 123 0
       456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {
         CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}}
       789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {
         CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}}
       1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {
         CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
     \fI\(-> 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {
         CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR

\fB::tcl::process purge\fR
exec command1 1 2 3 &
     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n), open(n), pid(n),
Tcl_DetachPids(3), Tcl_WaitPid(3), Tcl_ReapDetachedProcs(3)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
background, child, detach, process, wait
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/puts.n.

92
93
94
95
96
97
98




\fBputs\fR $chan "$timestamp - Hello, World!"
close $chan
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), fileevent(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
channel, newline, output, write










>
>
>
>
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
\fBputs\fR $chan "$timestamp - Hello, World!"
close $chan
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), fileevent(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
channel, newline, output, write
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/pwd.n.

33
34
35
36
37
38
39




exec tar -xf $tarFile
cd $savedDir
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), cd(n), glob(n), filename(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
working directory










>
>
>
>
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
exec tar -xf $tarFile
cd $savedDir
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), cd(n), glob(n), filename(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
working directory
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/rename.n.

39
40
41
42
43
44
45




    uplevel 1 ::theRealSource $args
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
namespace(n), proc(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, delete, namespace, rename










>
>
>
>
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
    uplevel 1 ::theRealSource $args
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
namespace(n), proc(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, delete, namespace, rename
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/set.n.

69
70
71
72
73
74
75




\fBset\fR vbl in[expr {rand() >= 0.5}]
\fBset\fR out [\fBset\fR $vbl]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), global(n), namespace(n), proc(n), trace(n), unset(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
read, write, variable










>
>
>
>
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
\fBset\fR vbl in[expr {rand() >= 0.5}]
\fBset\fR out [\fBset\fR $vbl]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), global(n), namespace(n), proc(n), trace(n), unset(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
read, write, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Added doc/singleton.n.






































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH singleton n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
oo::singleton \- a class that does only allows one instance of itself
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBoo::singleton\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
.nf
\fBoo::object\fR
   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
       \(-> \fBoo::singleton\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Singleton classes are classes that only permit at most one instance of
themselves to exist. They unexport the \fBcreate\fR and
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR methods entirely, and override the \fBnew\fR method
so that it only makes a new instance if there is no existing instance.  It is
not recommended to inherit from a singleton class; singleton-ness is \fInot\fR
inherited. It is not recommended that a singleton class's constructor take any
arguments.
.PP
Instances have their\fB destroy\fR method overridden with a method that always
returns an error in order to discourage destruction of the object, but
destruction remains possible if strictly necessary (e.g., by destroying the
class or using \fBrename\fR to delete it). They also have a (non-exported)
\fB<cloned>\fR method defined on them that similarly always returns errors to
make attempts to use the singleton instance with \fBoo::copy\fR fail.
.SS CONSTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
\fBoo::class\fR class.
.SS DESTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
will destroy the singleton object).
.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
.TP
\fIcls \fBnew \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This returns the current instance of the singleton class, if one exists, and
creates a new instance only if there is no existing instance. The additional
arguments, \fIarg ...\fR, are only used if a new instance is actually
manufactured; that construction is via the \fBoo::class\fR class's \fBnew\fR
method.
.RS
.PP
This is an override of the behaviour of a superclass's method with an
identical call signature to the superclass's implementation.
.RE
.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR and
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR are unexported; callers should not assume that they
have control over either the name or the namespace name of the singleton instance.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example demonstrates that there is only one instance even though the
\fBnew\fR method is called three times.
.PP
.CS
\fBoo::singleton\fR create Highlander {
    method say {} {
        puts "there can be only one"
    }
}

set h1 [Highlander new]
set h2 [Highlander new]
if {$h1 eq $h2} {
    puts "equal objects"    \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
}
set h3 [Highlander new]
if {$h1 eq $h3} {
    puts "equal objects"    \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
}
.CE
.PP
Note that the name of the instance of the singleton is not guaranteed to be
anything in particular.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
oo::class(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, metaclass, object, single instance
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/source.n.

65
66
67
68
69
70
71




    \fBsource\fR $scriptFile
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), cd(n), encoding(n), info(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
file, script










>
>
>
>
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
    \fBsource\fR $scriptFile
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), cd(n), encoding(n), info(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
file, script
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/string.n.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
.TH string n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
string \- Manipulate strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBstring \fIoption arg \fR?\fIarg ...?\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Performs one of several string operations, depending on \fIoption\fR.
The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fBstring cat\fR ?\fIstring1\fR? ?\fIstring2...\fR?






|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
.TH string n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
string \- Manipulate strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBstring \fIoption arg \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Performs one of several string operations, depending on \fIoption\fR.
The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fBstring cat\fR ?\fIstring1\fR? ?\fIstring2...\fR?

Changes to doc/tclsh.1.

139
140
141
142
143
144
145









146
147
148
149
The variable \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is used in a similar way when
a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete;
if \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is not set then no prompt is output for
incomplete commands.
.SH "STANDARD CHANNELS"
.PP
See \fBTcl_StandardChannels\fR for more explanations.









.SH "SEE ALSO"
auto_path(n), encoding(n), env(n), fconfigure(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
application, argument, interpreter, prompt, script file, shell






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
The variable \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is used in a similar way when
a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete;
if \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is not set then no prompt is output for
incomplete commands.
.SH "STANDARD CHANNELS"
.PP
See \fBTcl_StandardChannels\fR for more explanations.
.SH ZIPVFS
.PP
When a zipfile is concatenated to the end of a \fBtclsh\fR, on
startup the contents of the zip archive will be mounted as the
virtual file system /zvfs. If a top level directory tcl8.6 is
present in the zip archive, it will become the directory loaded
as env(TCL_LIBRARY). If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is present
in the top level directory of the zip archive, it will be sourced
instead of the shell's normal command line handing.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
auto_path(n), encoding(n), env(n), fconfigure(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
application, argument, interpreter, prompt, script file, shell

Changes to doc/tcltest.n.

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
...
450
451
452
453
454
455
456

457
458
459
460
461
462
463
...
573
574
575
576
577
578
579









580
581
582
583
584
585
586
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2002. (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "tcltest" n 2.3 tcltest "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcltest \- Test harness support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require tcltest\fR ?\fB2.3\fR?

\fBtcltest::test \fIname description\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR?
\fBtcltest::test \fIname description\fR ?\fIconstraints\fR? \fIbody result\fR

\fBtcltest::loadTestedCommands\fR
\fBtcltest::makeDirectory \fIname\fR ?\fIdirectory\fR?
\fBtcltest::removeDirectory \fIname\fR ?\fIdirectory\fR?
................................................................................
        ?\fB\-setup \fIsetupScript\fR?
        ?\fB\-body \fItestScript\fR?
        ?\fB\-cleanup \fIcleanupScript\fR?
        ?\fB\-result \fIexpectedAnswer\fR?
        ?\fB\-output \fIexpectedOutput\fR?
        ?\fB\-errorOutput \fIexpectedError\fR?
        ?\fB\-returnCodes \fIcodeList\fR?

        ?\fB\-match \fImode\fR?
.CE
.PP
The \fIname\fR may be any string.  It is conventional to choose
a \fIname\fR according to the pattern:
.PP
.CS
................................................................................
a list of return codes that may be accepted from evaluation of the
\fB\-body\fR script.  If evaluation of the \fB\-body\fR script returns
a code not in the \fIexpectedCodeList\fR, the test fails.  All
return codes known to \fBreturn\fR, in both numeric and symbolic
form, including extended return codes, are acceptable elements in
the \fIexpectedCodeList\fR.  Default value is
.QW "\fBok return\fR" .









.PP
To pass, a test must successfully evaluate its \fB\-setup\fR, \fB\-body\fR,
and \fB\-cleanup\fR scripts.  The return code of the \fB\-body\fR script and
its result must match expected values, and if specified, output and error
data from the test must match expected \fB\-output\fR and \fB\-errorOutput\fR
values.  If any of these conditions are not met, then the test fails.
Note that all scripts are evaluated in the context of the caller






|







|







 







>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
...
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
...
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2002. (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "tcltest" n 2.5 tcltest "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcltest \- Test harness support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require tcltest\fR ?\fB2.5\fR?

\fBtcltest::test \fIname description\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR?
\fBtcltest::test \fIname description\fR ?\fIconstraints\fR? \fIbody result\fR

\fBtcltest::loadTestedCommands\fR
\fBtcltest::makeDirectory \fIname\fR ?\fIdirectory\fR?
\fBtcltest::removeDirectory \fIname\fR ?\fIdirectory\fR?
................................................................................
        ?\fB\-setup \fIsetupScript\fR?
        ?\fB\-body \fItestScript\fR?
        ?\fB\-cleanup \fIcleanupScript\fR?
        ?\fB\-result \fIexpectedAnswer\fR?
        ?\fB\-output \fIexpectedOutput\fR?
        ?\fB\-errorOutput \fIexpectedError\fR?
        ?\fB\-returnCodes \fIcodeList\fR?
        ?\fB\-errorCode \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR?
        ?\fB\-match \fImode\fR?
.CE
.PP
The \fIname\fR may be any string.  It is conventional to choose
a \fIname\fR according to the pattern:
.PP
.CS
................................................................................
a list of return codes that may be accepted from evaluation of the
\fB\-body\fR script.  If evaluation of the \fB\-body\fR script returns
a code not in the \fIexpectedCodeList\fR, the test fails.  All
return codes known to \fBreturn\fR, in both numeric and symbolic
form, including extended return codes, are acceptable elements in
the \fIexpectedCodeList\fR.  Default value is
.QW "\fBok return\fR" .
.TP
\fB\-errorCode \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR
.
The optional \fB\-errorCode\fR attribute supplies \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR,
a glob pattern that should match the error code reported from evaluation of the
\fB\-body\fR script.  If evaluation of the \fB\-body\fR script returns
a code not matching \fIexpectedErrorCode\fR, the test fails.  Default value is
.QW "\fB*\fR" .
If \fB\-returnCodes\fR does not include \fBerror\fR it is set to \fBerror\fR.
.PP
To pass, a test must successfully evaluate its \fB\-setup\fR, \fB\-body\fR,
and \fB\-cleanup\fR scripts.  The return code of the \fB\-body\fR script and
its result must match expected values, and if specified, output and error
data from the test must match expected \fB\-output\fR and \fB\-errorOutput\fR
values.  If any of these conditions are not met, then the test fails.
Note that all scripts are evaluated in the context of the caller

Changes to doc/tell.n.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48




    seek $chan $offset
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), open(n), close(n), gets(n), seek(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
access position, channel, seeking










>
>
>
>
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
    seek $chan $offset
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
file(n), open(n), close(n), gets(n), seek(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
access position, channel, seeking
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/trace.n.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
\fBtrace \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command causes Tcl commands to be executed whenever certain operations are
invoked.  The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fBtrace add \fItype name ops ?args?\fR

Where \fItype\fR is \fBcommand\fR, \fBexecution\fR, or \fBvariable\fR.
.RS
.TP
\fBtrace add command\fR \fIname ops commandPrefix\fR
.
Arrange for \fIcommandPrefix\fR to be executed (with additional arguments)
whenever command \fIname\fR is modified in one of the ways given by the list






|
>







16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
\fBtrace \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command causes Tcl commands to be executed whenever certain operations are
invoked.  The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fBtrace add \fItype name ops\fR ?\fIargs\fR?
.
Where \fItype\fR is \fBcommand\fR, \fBexecution\fR, or \fBvariable\fR.
.RS
.TP
\fBtrace add command\fR \fIname ops commandPrefix\fR
.
Arrange for \fIcommandPrefix\fR to be executed (with additional arguments)
whenever command \fIname\fR is modified in one of the ways given by the list

Changes to doc/unknown.n.

85
86
87
88
89
90
91




    uplevel 1 [list _original_unknown {*}$args]
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
info(n), proc(n), interp(n), library(n), namespace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
error, non-existent command, unknown










>
>
>
>
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
    uplevel 1 [list _original_unknown {*}$args]
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
info(n), proc(n), interp(n), library(n), namespace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
error, non-existent command, unknown
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/update.n.

59
60
61
62
63
64
65




    \fBupdate\fR
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
after(n), interp(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
asynchronous I/O, event, flush, handler, idle, update










>
>
>
>
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
    \fBupdate\fR
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
after(n), interp(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
asynchronous I/O, event, flush, handler, idle, update
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/uplevel.n.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
been passed to \fBconcat\fR; the result is then evaluated in the
variable context indicated by \fIlevel\fR.  \fBUplevel\fR returns
the result of that evaluation.
.PP
If \fIlevel\fR is an integer then
it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before
executing the command.  If \fIlevel\fR consists of \fB#\fR followed by
a number then the number gives an absolute level number.  If \fIlevel\fR
is omitted then it defaults to \fB1\fR.  \fILevel\fR cannot be
defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument starts with a digit or \fB#\fR.
.PP
For example, suppose that procedure \fBa\fR was invoked
from top-level, and that it called \fBb\fR, and that \fBb\fR called \fBc\fR.
Suppose that \fBc\fR invokes the \fBuplevel\fR command.  If \fIlevel\fR
is \fB1\fR or \fB#2\fR  or omitted, then the command will be executed
in the variable context of \fBb\fR.  If \fIlevel\fR is \fB2\fR or \fB#1\fR
then the command will be executed in the variable context of \fBa\fR.






|

|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
been passed to \fBconcat\fR; the result is then evaluated in the
variable context indicated by \fIlevel\fR.  \fBUplevel\fR returns
the result of that evaluation.
.PP
If \fIlevel\fR is an integer then
it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before
executing the command.  If \fIlevel\fR consists of \fB#\fR followed by
a integer then the level gives an absolute level.  If \fIlevel\fR
is omitted then it defaults to \fB1\fR.  \fILevel\fR cannot be
defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument is an integer or starts with \fB#\fR.
.PP
For example, suppose that procedure \fBa\fR was invoked
from top-level, and that it called \fBb\fR, and that \fBb\fR called \fBc\fR.
Suppose that \fBc\fR invokes the \fBuplevel\fR command.  If \fIlevel\fR
is \fB1\fR or \fB#2\fR  or omitted, then the command will be executed
in the variable context of \fBb\fR.  If \fIlevel\fR is \fB2\fR or \fB#1\fR
then the command will be executed in the variable context of \fBa\fR.

Changes to doc/while.n.

59
60
61
62
63
64
65




    puts "[incr lineCount]: $line"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
break(n), continue(n), for(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
boolean, loop, test, while










>
>
>
>
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
    puts "[incr lineCount]: $line"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
break(n), continue(n), for(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
boolean, loop, test, while
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Added doc/zipfs.3.












































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Woods <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tclzipfs 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
TclZipfs_AppHook, Tclzipfs_Mount, TclZipfs_MountBuffer, Tclzipfs_Unmount \- handle ZIP files as Tcl virtual filesystems
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
int
\fBTclZipfs_AppHook(\fIargcPtr, argvPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR(\fIinterp, mountpoint, zipname, password\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclZipfs_MountBuffer\fR(\fIinterp, mountpoint, data, dataLen, copy\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclzipfs_Unmount\fR(\fIinterp, mountpoint\fR)
.fi
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *mountpoint in
.AP "int" *argcPtr in
Pointer to a variable holding the number of command line arguments from
\fBmain\fR().
.AP "char" ***argvPtr in
Pointer to an array of strings containing the command line arguments to
\fBmain\fR().
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which the ZIP file system is mounted.  The interpreter's result is
modified to hold the result or error message from the script.
.AP "const char" *zipname in
Name of a ZIP file. Must not be NULL when either mounting or unmounting a ZIP.
.AP "const char" *mountpoint in
Name of a mount point, which must be a legal Tcl file or directory name. May
be NULL to query current mount points.
.AP "const char" *password in
An (optional) password. Use NULL if no password is wanted to read the file.
.AP "unsigned char" *data in
A data buffer to mount. The data buffer must hold the contents of a ZIP
archive, and must not be NULL.
.AP size_t dataLen in
The number of bytes in the supplied data buffer argument, \fIdata\fR.
.AP int copy in
If non-zero, the ZIP archive in the data buffer will be internally copied
before mounting, allowing the data buffer to be disposed once
\fBTclZipfs_MountBuffer\fR returns. If zero, the caller guarantees that the
buffer will be valid to read from for the duration of the mount.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR is a utility function to perform standard application
initialization procedures, taking into account available ZIP archives as
follows:
.IP [1]
If the current application has a mountable ZIP archive, that archive is
mounted under \fIZIPFS_VOLUME\fB/app\fR as a read-only Tcl virtual file
system. \fIZIPFS_VOLUME\fR is usually \fB//zipfs:\fR on all platforms, but
\fBzipfs:\fR may also be used on Windows (due to differences in the
platform's filename parsing).
.IP [2]
If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is located in the root directory of that file
system (i.e., at \fIZIPROOT\fB/app/main.tcl\fR after the ZIP archive is
mounted as described above) it is treated as the startup script for the
process.
.IP [3]
If the file \fIZIPROOT\fB/app/tcl_library/init.tcl\fR is present, the
\fBtcl_library\fR global variable in the initial Tcl interpreter is set to
\fIZIPROOT\fB/app/tcl_library\fR.
.IP [4]
If the directory \fBtcl_library\fR was not found in the main application
mount, the system will then search for it as either a VFS attached to the
application dynamic library, or as a zip archive named
\fBlibtcl_\fImajor\fB_\fIminor\fB_\fIpatchlevel\fB.zip\fR either in the
present working directory or in the standard Tcl install location. (For
example, the Tcl 8.7.2 release would be searched for in a file
\fBlibtcl_8_7_2.zip\fR.) That archive, if located, is also mounted read-only.
.PP
On Windows, \fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR has a slightly different signature, since
it uses WCHAR in stead of char. As a result, it requires your application to
be compiled with the UNICODE preprocessor symbol defined (e.g., via the
\fB-DUNICODE\fR compiler flag).
.PP
The result of \fBTclZipfs_AppHook\fR is a Tcl result code (e.g., \fBTCL_OK\fR
when the function is successful). The function \fImay\fR modify the variables
pointed to by \fIargcPtr\fR and \fIargvPtr\fR to remove arguments; the
current implementation does not do so, but callers \fIshould not\fR assume
that this will be true in the future.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR mounts the ZIP archive \fIzipname\fR on the mount point
given in \fImountpoint\fR using the optional ZIP password \fIpassword\fR.
Errors during that process are reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR.  If
\fImountpoint\fR is a NULL pointer, information on all currently mounted ZIP
file systems is written into \fIinterp\fR's result as a sequence of mount
points and ZIP file names.  The result of this call is a standard Tcl result
code.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_MountBuffer\fR mounts the ZIP archive in the buffer pointed to by
\fIdata\fR on the mount point given in \fImountpoint\fR. The ZIP archive is
assumed to be not password protected.  Errors during that process are reported
in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR. The \fIcopy\fR argument determines whether
the buffer is internally copied before mounting or not. The result of this
call is a standard Tcl result code.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_Unmount\fR undoes the effect of \fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR, i.e., it
unmounts the mounted ZIP file system that was mounted from \fIzipname\fR (at
\fImountpoint\fR). Errors are reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR.  The
result of this call is a standard Tcl result code.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
zipfs(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
compress, filesystem, zip

Added doc/zipfs.n.






























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Sean Woods <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH zipfs n 1.0 Zipfs "zipfs Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
zipfs \- Mount and work with ZIP files within Tcl
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require zipfs \fR?\fB1.0\fR?
.sp
\fBzipfs canonical\fR ?\fImntpnt\fR? \fIfilename\fR ?\fIZIPFS\fR?
\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdirectoryName\fR
\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfilename\fR
\fBzipfs list\fR ?(\fB\-glob\fR|\fB\-regexp\fR)? ?\fIpattern\fR?
\fBzipfs lmkimg\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword infile\fR?
\fBzipfs lmkzip\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword\fR?
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR? ?\fIinfile\fR?
\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
\fBzipfs mount\fR ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIzipfile\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
\fBzipfs root\fR
\fBzipfs unmount\fR \fImountpoint\fR
.fi
'\" The following subcommand is *UNDOCUMENTED*
'\" \fBzipfs mount_data\fR ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIdata\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBzipfs\fR command (the sole public command provided by the built-in
package with the same name) provides Tcl with the ability to mount the
contents of a ZIP archive file as a virtual file system. ZIP archives support
simple encryption, sufficient to prevent casual inspection of their contents
but not able to prevent access by even a moderately determined attacker.
.TP
\fBzipfs canonical\fR ?\fImountpoint\fR? \fIfilename\fR ?\fIinZipfs\fR?
.
This takes the name of a file, \fIfilename\fR, and produces where it would be
mapped into a zipfs mount as its result. If specified, \fImountpoint\fR says
within which mount the mapping will be done; if omitted, the main root of the
zipfs system is used. The \fIinZipfs\fR argument is a an optional boolean
which controls whether to fully canonicalise the name; it defaults to true.
.TP
\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
.
Return 1 if the given filename exists in the mounted zipfs and 0 if it does not.
.TP
\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdirectoryName\fR
.
Recursively lists files including and below the directory \fIdirectoryName\fR.
The result list consists of relative path names starting from the given
directory. This command is also used by the \fBzipfs mkzip\fR and \fBzipfs
mkimg\fR commands.
.TP
\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfile\fR
.
Return information about the given \fIfile\fR in the mounted zipfs.  The
information consists of:
.RS
.IP (1)
the name of the ZIP archive file that contains the file,
.IP (2)
the size of the file after decompressions,
.IP (3)
the compressed size of the file, and
.IP (4)
the offset of the compressed data in the ZIP archive file.
.PP
Note: querying the mount point gives the start of the zip data as the offset
in (4), which can be used to truncate the zip information from an executable.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs list\fR ?(\fB\-glob\fR|\fB\-regexp\fR)? ?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Return a list of all files in the mounted zipfs, or just those matching
\fIpattern\fR (optionally controlled by the option parameters).  The order of
the names in the list is arbitrary.
.TP
\fBzipfs mount ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIzipfile\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
.
The \fBzipfs mount\fR command mounts a ZIP archive file as a Tcl virtual
filesystem at \fImountpoint\fR.  After this command executes, files contained
in \fIzipfile\fR will appear to Tcl to be regular files at the mount point.
.RS
.PP
With no \fIzipfile\fR, returns the zipfile mounted at \fImountpoint\fR.  With
no \fImountpoint\fR, return all zipfile/mount pairs.  If \fImountpoint\fR is
specified as an empty string, mount on file path.
.PP
\fBNB:\fR because the current working directory is a concept maintained by the
operating system, using \fBcd\fR into a mounted archive will only work in the
current process, and then not entirely consistently (e.g., if a shared library
uses direct access to the OS rather than through Tcl's filesystem API, it will
not see the current directory as being inside the mount and will not be able
to access the files inside the mount).
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs root\fR
.
Returns a constant string which indicates the mount point for zipfs volumes
for the current platform. On Windows, this value is
.QW \fBzipfs:/\fR .
On Unix, this value is
.QW \fB//zipfs:/\fR .
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs unmount \fImountpoint\fR
.
Unmounts a previously mounted ZIP archive mounted to \fImountpoint\fR.
.SS "ZIP CREATION COMMANDS"
This package also provides several commands to aid the creation of ZIP
archives as Tcl applications.
.TP
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
.
Creates a ZIP archive file named \fIoutfile\fR from the contents of the input
directory \fIindir\fR (contained regular files only) with optional ZIP
password \fIpassword\fR. While processing the files below \fIindir\fR the
optional file name prefix given in \fIstrip\fR is stripped off the beginning
of the respective file name.  When stripping, it is common to remove either
the whole source directory name or the name of its parent directory.
.RS
.PP
\fBCaution:\fR the choice of the \fIindir\fR parameter (less the optional
stripped prefix) determines the later root name of the archive's content.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile indir\fR ?\fIstrip\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR? ?\fIinfile\fR?
.
Creates an image (potentially a new executable file) similar to \fBzipfs
mkzip\fR; see that command for a description of most parameters to this
command, as they behave identically here.
.RS
.PP
If the \fIinfile\fR parameter is specified, this file is prepended in front of
the ZIP archive, otherwise the file returned by \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR
(i.e., the executable file of the running process) is used. If the
\fIpassword\fR parameter is not empty, an obfuscated version of that password
(see \fBzipfs mkkey\fR) is placed between the image and ZIP chunks of the
output file and the contents of the ZIP chunk are protected with that
password.
.PP
If there is a file, \fBmain.tcl\fR, in the root directory of the resulting
archive and the image file that the archive is attached to is a \fBtclsh\fR
(or \fBwish\fR) instance (true by default, but depends on your configuration),
then the resulting image is an executable that will \fBsource\fR the script in
that \fBmain.tcl\fR after mounting the ZIP archive, and will \fBexit\fR once
that script has been executed.
.PP
\fBCaution:\fR highly experimental, not usable on Android, only partially
tested on Linux and Windows.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
.
Given the clear text \fIpassword\fR argument, an obfuscated string version is
returned with the same format used in the \fBzipfs mkimg\fR command.
.TP
\fBzipfs lmkimg\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword infile\fR?
.
This command is like \fBzipfs mkimg\fR, but instead of an input directory,
\fIinlist\fR must be a Tcl list where the odd elements are the names of files
to be copied into the archive in the image, and the even elements are their
respective names within that archive.
.TP
\fBzipfs lmkzip\fR \fIoutfile inlist\fR ?\fIpassword\fR?
.
This command is like \fBzipfs mkzip\fR, but instead of an input directory,
\fIinlist\fR must be a Tcl list where the odd elements are the names of files
to be copied into the archive, and the even elements are their respective
names within that archive.
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
Mounting an ZIP archive as an application directory and running code out of it
before unmounting it again:
.PP
.CS
set zip myApp.zip
set base [file join [\fbzipfs root\fR] myApp]

\fBzipfs mount\fR $base $zip
# $base now has the contents of myApp.zip

source [file join $base app.tcl]
# use the contents, load libraries from it, etc...

\fBzipfs unmount\fR $zip
.CE
.PP
Creating a ZIP archive, given that a directory exists containing the content
to put in the archive. Note that the source directory is given twice, in order
to strip the exterior directory name from each filename in the archive.
.PP
.CS
set sourceDirectory [file normalize myApp]
set targetZip myApp.zip

\fBzipfs mkzip\fR $targetZip $sourceDirectory $sourceDirectory
.CE
.PP
Encryption can be applied to ZIP archives by providing a password when
building the ZIP and when mounting it.
.PP
.CS
set zip myApp.zip
set sourceDir [file normalize myApp]
set password "hunter2"
set base [file join [\fbzipfs root\fR] myApp]

# Create with password
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR $targetZip $sourceDir $sourceDir $password

# Mount with password
\fBzipfs mount\fR $base $zip $password
.CE
.PP
When creating an executable image with a password, the password is placed
within the executable in a shrouded form so that the application can read
files inside the embedded ZIP archive yet casual inspection cannot read it.
.PP
.CS
set appDir [file normalize myApp]
set img "myApp.bin"
set password "hunter2"

# Create some simple content to define a basic application
file mkdir $appDir
set f [open $appDir/main.tcl]
puts $f {
    puts "Hi. This is [info script]"
}
close $f

# Create the executable
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR $img $appDir $appDir $password

# Launch the executable, printing its output to stdout
exec $img >@stdout
#    prints: \fIHi. This is //zipfs:/app/main.tcl\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tclsh(1), file(n), zipfs(3), zlib(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
compress, filesystem, zip
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to generic/tcl.decls.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
...
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
...
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
...
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
...
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
...
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
...
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
...
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
...
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
...
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
....
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
....
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333



2334


2335









2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
....
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380




2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
}
declare 20 {
    void Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 21 {
    int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 22 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 23 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 24 {
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue, const char *file,
	    int line)
}
declare 25 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 26 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 27 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 28 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
................................................................................
declare 34 {
    int Tcl_GetDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 35 {
    int Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    double *doublePtr)
}
declare 36 {
    int Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
}
declare 37 {
    int Tcl_GetInt(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr)
}
declare 38 {
................................................................................
    int Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
	    int *lengthPtr)
}
declare 48 {
    int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 49 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
}
declare 50 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 51 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
}
declare 52 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
}
declare 53 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 54 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
}
declare 55 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
}
declare 56 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 57 {
    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
}
declare 58 {
    unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 59 {
    void Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes,
	    int length)
}
declare 60 {
    void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
}
declare 61 {
    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
}
declare 62 {
    void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 63 {
    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
}
declare 64 {
    void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 65 {
    void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 66 {
    void Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message)
}
declare 67 {
    void Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message,
	    int length)
}
declare 68 {
    void Tcl_AllowExceptions(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 69 {
................................................................................
}
declare 129 {
    int Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script)
}
declare 130 {
    int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
}
declare 131 {
    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 132 {
    void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
}
declare 133 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status)
................................................................................
}
declare 173 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type)
}
declare 174 {
    const char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 175 {
    const char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags)
}
declare 176 {
    const char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags)
}
declare 177 {
    int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
}
declare 178 {
    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    const char *hiddenCmdToken)
}
declare 180 {
................................................................................
}
declare 235 {
    void Tcl_SetObjResult(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr)
}
declare 236 {
    void Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type)
}
declare 237 {
    const char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    const char *newValue, int flags)
}
declare 238 {
    const char *Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags)
}
................................................................................
}
declare 245 {
    int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
}
declare 246 {deprecated {}} {
    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 247 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
................................................................................
}
declare 251 {
    void Tcl_UnlinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 252 {
    int Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 253 {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags)
}
declare 254 {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags)
}
declare 255 {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 256 {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 257 {
    void Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 258 {
    int Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
	    const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 259 {
    int Tcl_UpVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 260 {
    int Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...)
}
declare 261 {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData)
}
declare 262 {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
	    ClientData prevClientData)
................................................................................
declare 269 {
    char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
}
declare 270 {
    const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    const char **termPtr)
}
declare 271 {
    const char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 272 {
    const char *Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
	    void *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 273 {
    int Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version)
}
# TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
declare 274 {
    const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 275 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 276 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
................................................................................
}
declare 380 {
    int Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 381 {
    int Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
}
declare 382 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 383 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_GetRange(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last)
}
declare 384 {
    void Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode,
................................................................................

# TIP #456
declare 631 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *service,
	    const char *host, unsigned int flags, Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc,
	    ClientData callbackData)
}

# ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #

















##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
# available on the designated platform.

interface tclPlat
................................................................................
##############################################################################

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    void Tcl_Main(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc)
}




export {
    const char *Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	int exact)
}
export {
    const char *TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp* interp,
	const char* version, int epoch, int revision)






|







 







|







 







|







 







|








|





|








|












|





|








|


|







 







|







 







|










|







 







|







 







|







 







|






|











|










|







 







|








|




|







 







|







 








|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
...
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
...
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
...
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
...
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
...
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
...
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
...
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
...
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
...
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
....
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
....
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
....
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
}
declare 20 {
    void Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 21 {
    int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 22 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 23 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 24 {
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue, const char *file,
	    int line)
}
declare 25 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 26 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 27 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 28 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
................................................................................
declare 34 {
    int Tcl_GetDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 35 {
    int Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    double *doublePtr)
}
declare 36 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
}
declare 37 {
    int Tcl_GetInt(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr)
}
declare 38 {
................................................................................
    int Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
	    int *lengthPtr)
}
declare 48 {
    int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 49 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
}
declare 50 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 51 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
}
declare 52 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
}
declare 53 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 54 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
}
declare 55 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
}
declare 56 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 57 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
}
declare 58 {
    unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 59 {
    void Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes,
	    int length)
}
declare 60 {
    void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
}
declare 61 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
}
declare 62 {
    void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 63 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
}
declare 64 {
    void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 65 {
    void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 66 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message)
}
declare 67 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message,
	    int length)
}
declare 68 {
    void Tcl_AllowExceptions(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 69 {
................................................................................
}
declare 129 {
    int Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script)
}
declare 130 {
    int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
}
declare 131 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 132 {
    void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
}
declare 133 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status)
................................................................................
}
declare 173 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type)
}
declare 174 {
    const char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 175 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags)
}
declare 176 {
    const char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags)
}
declare 177 {
    int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
}
declare 178 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    const char *hiddenCmdToken)
}
declare 180 {
................................................................................
}
declare 235 {
    void Tcl_SetObjResult(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr)
}
declare 236 {
    void Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type)
}
declare 237 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    const char *newValue, int flags)
}
declare 238 {
    const char *Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags)
}
................................................................................
}
declare 245 {
    int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
}
declare 246 {deprecated {}} {
    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 247 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
................................................................................
}
declare 251 {
    void Tcl_UnlinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 252 {
    int Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 253 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags)
}
declare 254 {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags)
}
declare 255 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 256 {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 257 {
    void Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 258 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
	    const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 259 {
    int Tcl_UpVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 260 {
    int Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...)
}
declare 261 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData)
}
declare 262 {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
	    ClientData prevClientData)
................................................................................
declare 269 {
    char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
}
declare 270 {
    const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    const char **termPtr)
}
declare 271 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 272 {
    const char *Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
	    void *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 273 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version)
}
# TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
declare 274 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 275 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 276 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
................................................................................
}
declare 380 {
    int Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 381 {
    int Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
}
declare 382 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 383 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_GetRange(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last)
}
declare 384 {
    void Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode,
................................................................................

# TIP #456
declare 631 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *service,
	    const char *host, unsigned int flags, Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc,
	    ClientData callbackData)
}

# TIP #430
declare 632 {
    int TclZipfs_Mount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint,
	    const char *zipname, const char *passwd)
}
declare 633 {
    int TclZipfs_Unmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint)
}
declare 634 {
    Tcl_Obj *TclZipfs_TclLibrary(void)
}
declare 635 {
    int TclZipfs_MountBuffer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint,
	    unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, int copy)
}

# ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #

##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
# available on the designated platform.

interface tclPlat
................................................................................
##############################################################################

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    void Tcl_Main(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc)
}
export {
    void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
export {
    const char *Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	int exact)
}
export {
    const char *TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp* interp,
	const char* version, int epoch, int revision)

Changes to generic/tcl.h.

220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
....
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336







2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
....
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405



2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
/*
 * These macros are used to control whether functions are being declared for
 * import or export. If a function is being declared while it is being built
 * to be included in a shared library, then it should have the DLLEXPORT
 * storage class. If is being declared for use by a module that is going to
 * link against the shared library, then it should have the DLLIMPORT storage
 * class. If the symbol is beind declared for a static build or for use from a
 * stub library, then the storage class should be empty.
 *
 * The convention is that a macro called BUILD_xxxx, where xxxx is the name of
 * a library we are building, is set on the compile line for sources that are
 * to be placed in the library. When this macro is set, the storage class will
 * be set to DLLEXPORT. At the end of the header file, the storage class will
 * be reset to DLLIMPORT.
................................................................................
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Definitions needed for the Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx function. [TIP #456]
 */
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEADDR (1<<0)
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEPORT (1<<1)








/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Single public declaration for NRE.
 */

typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
				int result);
................................................................................

/*
 * Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.
 * Tcl_GetMemoryInfo is needed for AOLserver. [Bug 1868171]
 */

#define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
	    ((Tcl_SetPanicProc(Tcl_ConsolePanic), Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
EXTERN void		Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
			    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *version, int exact);
EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);



 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Include the public function declarations that are accessible via the stubs
 * table.
 */







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|





>
>
>







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
....
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
....
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
/*
 * These macros are used to control whether functions are being declared for
 * import or export. If a function is being declared while it is being built
 * to be included in a shared library, then it should have the DLLEXPORT
 * storage class. If is being declared for use by a module that is going to
 * link against the shared library, then it should have the DLLIMPORT storage
 * class. If the symbol is being declared for a static build or for use from a
 * stub library, then the storage class should be empty.
 *
 * The convention is that a macro called BUILD_xxxx, where xxxx is the name of
 * a library we are building, is set on the compile line for sources that are
 * to be placed in the library. When this macro is set, the storage class will
 * be set to DLLEXPORT. At the end of the header file, the storage class will
 * be reset to DLLIMPORT.
................................................................................
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Definitions needed for the Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx function. [TIP #456]
 */
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEADDR (1<<0)
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEPORT (1<<1)

/*
 * Constants for special int-typed values, see TIP #494
 */

#define TCL_IO_FAILURE	(-1)
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH	(-1)

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Single public declaration for NRE.
 */

typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
				int result);
................................................................................

/*
 * Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.
 * Tcl_GetMemoryInfo is needed for AOLserver. [Bug 1868171]
 */

#define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
	    (((Tcl_SetPanicProc)(Tcl_ConsolePanic), Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
EXTERN void		Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
			    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *version, int exact);
EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
#ifndef _WIN32
EXTERN int		TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
#endif
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Include the public function declarations that are accessible via the stubs
 * table.
 */

Changes to generic/tclAssembly.c.

2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
    Tcl_Obj *value;
    int status;

    /* General operand validity check */
    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
     
    /* Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return. */
    /*
     * NOTE: Indexing a list with an index before it yields the
     * same result as indexing after it, and might be more easily portable
     * when list size limits grow.
     */
    status = TclIndexEncode(interp, value,






|







2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
    Tcl_Obj *value;
    int status;

    /* General operand validity check */
    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return. */
    /*
     * NOTE: Indexing a list with an index before it yields the
     * same result as indexing after it, and might be more easily portable
     * when list size limits grow.
     */
    status = TclIndexEncode(interp, value,

Changes to generic/tclBasic.c.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74











75
76
77
78
79
80
81
..
90
91
92
93
94
95
96

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
...
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
191
192
193
194
195
196
197


















198
199
200
201
202
203
204
...
291
292
293
294
295
296
297






























































298
299
300
301
302
303
304
...
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
...
427
428
429
430
431
432
433







434
435
436
437
438
439
440
...
500
501
502
503
504
505
506

507
508













509
510
511
512
513
514
515
...
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002



1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
....
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016

































































1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
....
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038

1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048

1049





































1050
1051


































1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
....
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
....
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
....
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
....
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
....
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
....
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
....
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
....
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
				 * a default result. */
    int length;			/* Length of the above error message. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Ignored */
    int flags;			/* Additional flags */
} CancelInfo;
static Tcl_HashTable cancelTable;
static int cancelTableInitialized = 0;	/* 0 means not yet initialized. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cancelLock)












/*
 * Declarations for managing contexts for non-recursive coroutines. Contexts
 * are used to save the evaluation state between NR calls to each coro.
 */

#define SAVE_CONTEXT(context)				\
................................................................................
    iPtr->cmdFramePtr = (context).cmdFramePtr;		\
    iPtr->lineLABCPtr = (context).lineLABCPtr
 
/*
 * Static functions in this file:
 */


static char *		CallCommandTraces(Interp *iPtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    const char *oldName, const char *newName,
			    int flags);
static int		CancelEvalProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int code);
static int		CheckDoubleResult(Tcl_Interp *interp, double dResult);
static void		DeleteCoroutine(ClientData clientData);
................................................................................
#   define DTraceCmdReturn	NULL
#endif /* USE_DTRACE */
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprAbsFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBinaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprEntierFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMaxFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMinFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
................................................................................
#define CMD_IS_SAFE         1   /* Whether this command is part of the set of
                                 * commands present by default in a safe
                                 * interpreter. */
/* CMD_COMPILES_EXPANDED - Whether the compiler for this command can handle
 * expansion for itself rather than needing the generic layer to take care of
 * it for it. Defined in tclInt.h. */



















/*
 * The built-in commands, and the functions that implement them:
 */

static const CmdInfo builtInCmds[] = {
    /*
     * Commands in the generic core.
................................................................................
    {"time",		Tcl_TimeObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"unload",		Tcl_UnloadObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	0},
    {"update",		Tcl_UpdateObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"vwait",		Tcl_VwaitObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {NULL,		NULL,			NULL,			NULL,	0}
};































































/*
 * Math functions. All are safe.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;		/* Name of the function. The full name is
				 * "::tcl::mathfunc::<name>". */
................................................................................
    { "atan",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) atan	},
    { "atan2",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) atan2	},
    { "bool",	ExprBoolFunc,	NULL			},
    { "ceil",	ExprCeilFunc,	NULL			},
    { "cos",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) cos	},
    { "cosh",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) cosh	},
    { "double",	ExprDoubleFunc,	NULL			},
    { "entier",	ExprEntierFunc,	NULL			},
    { "exp",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) exp	},
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
................................................................................
{
    Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
    if (cancelTableInitialized == 1) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cancelTable);
	cancelTableInitialized = 0;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);







}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CreateInterp --
 *
................................................................................

    if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
	if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&cancelTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    cancelTableInitialized = 1;
	}

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);
    }














    /*
     * Initialize support for namespaces and create the global namespace
     * (whose name is ""; an alias is "::"). This also initializes the Tcl
     * object type table and other object management code.
     */

................................................................................
     * compile and link against.
     */

#ifdef HAVE_ZLIB
    if (TclZlibInit(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s", TclGetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }



#endif

    TOP_CB(iPtr) = NULL;
    return interp;
}

static void
................................................................................
DeleteOpCmdClientData(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    TclOpCmdClientData *occdPtr = clientData;

    ckfree(occdPtr);
}

































































 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclHideUnsafeCommands --
 *
 *	Hides base commands that are not marked as safe from this interpreter.
................................................................................
 */

int
TclHideUnsafeCommands(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Hide commands in this interpreter. */
{
    register const CmdInfo *cmdInfoPtr;


    if (interp == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (cmdInfoPtr = builtInCmds; cmdInfoPtr->name != NULL; cmdInfoPtr++) {
	if (!(cmdInfoPtr->flags & CMD_IS_SAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdInfoPtr->name, cmdInfoPtr->name);
	}
    }
    TclMakeEncodingCommandSafe(interp); /* Ugh! */

    TclMakeFileCommandSafe(interp);     /* Ugh! */





































    return TCL_OK;
}


































 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CallWhenDeleted --
 *
 *	Arrange for a function to be called before a given interpreter is
................................................................................
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	resultPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	/* FALLTHROUGH */
    }
    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	result = TclGetLongFromObj(interp, resultPtr, ptr);
	break;

    case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, resultPtr, &d);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	Tcl_WideInt l = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);

	if (l > (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    const char *string = objv[1]->bytes;
	    if (string) {
................................................................................
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
			return TCL_OK;
		    }
		    string++;
		}
	    }
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == LLONG_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, l);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(-l));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(dResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprEntierFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    double d;
................................................................................
    }
    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	d = *((const double *) ptr);
	if ((d >= (double)LONG_MAX) || (d <= (double)LONG_MIN)) {
	    mp_int big;

	    if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
		/* Infinity */
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    long result = (long) d;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(result));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }

    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
	/*
	 * All integers are already of integer type.
................................................................................
     * Get the error message for NaN.
     */

    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

static int
ExprIntFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    long iResult;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    if (TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &iResult) != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Truncate the bignum; keep only bits in long range.
	 */

	mp_int big;

	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &big);
	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long), &big);
	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &iResult);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(iResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprWideFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    Tcl_WideInt wResult;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult) != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Truncate the bignum; keep only bits in wide int range.
	 */

	mp_int big;

	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &big);
	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(Tcl_WideInt), &big);
	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Common implmentation of max() and min().
 */
................................................................................

	iPtr->randSeed = TclpGetClicks() + (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetCurrentThread())<<12);

	/*
	 * Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= (2^31) - 2. See below.
	 */

	iPtr->randSeed &= (unsigned long) 0x7fffffff;
	if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	    iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Generate the random number using the linear congruential generator
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameter vector. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    long i = 0;			/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */

    /*
     * Convert argument and use it to reset the seed.
     */

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &i) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
	mp_int big;

	if (Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp, objv[1], &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    /* TODO: more ::errorInfo here? or in caller? */
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long), &big);
	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Reset the seed. Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= 2^31 - 2. See comments in
     * ExprRandFunc for more details.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;
    iPtr->randSeed = i;
    iPtr->randSeed &= (unsigned long) 0x7fffffff;
    if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
    }

    /*
     * To avoid duplicating the random number generation code we simply clean
     * up our state and call the real random number function. That function






|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>







 







<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>









<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|









|

|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









<

|


|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|







 







|










|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








|
<







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
...
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
...
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

129
130
131
132
133
134
135
...
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
...
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
...
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
...
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
...
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
....
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
....
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
....
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228

1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
....
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
....
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
....
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
....
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
....
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
....
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
































7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950

7951
7952
7953
7954
7955














7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
....
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
....
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213





8214







8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223

8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
				 * a default result. */
    int length;			/* Length of the above error message. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Ignored */
    int flags;			/* Additional flags */
} CancelInfo;
static Tcl_HashTable cancelTable;
static int cancelTableInitialized = 0;	/* 0 means not yet initialized. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cancelLock);

/*
 * Table used to map command implementation functions to a human-readable type
 * name, for [info type]. The keys in the table are function addresses, and
 * the values in the table are static char* containing strings in Tcl's
 * internal encoding (almost UTF-8).
 */

static Tcl_HashTable commandTypeTable;
static int commandTypeInit = 0;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(commandTypeLock);

/*
 * Declarations for managing contexts for non-recursive coroutines. Contexts
 * are used to save the evaluation state between NR calls to each coro.
 */

#define SAVE_CONTEXT(context)				\
................................................................................
    iPtr->cmdFramePtr = (context).cmdFramePtr;		\
    iPtr->lineLABCPtr = (context).lineLABCPtr
 
/*
 * Static functions in this file:
 */

static Tcl_ObjCmdProc   BadEnsembleSubcommand;
static char *		CallCommandTraces(Interp *iPtr, Command *cmdPtr,
			    const char *oldName, const char *newName,
			    int flags);
static int		CancelEvalProc(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int code);
static int		CheckDoubleResult(Tcl_Interp *interp, double dResult);
static void		DeleteCoroutine(ClientData clientData);
................................................................................
#   define DTraceCmdReturn	NULL
#endif /* USE_DTRACE */
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprAbsFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBinaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;

static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMaxFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMinFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
................................................................................
#define CMD_IS_SAFE         1   /* Whether this command is part of the set of
                                 * commands present by default in a safe
                                 * interpreter. */
/* CMD_COMPILES_EXPANDED - Whether the compiler for this command can handle
 * expansion for itself rather than needing the generic layer to take care of
 * it for it. Defined in tclInt.h. */

/*
 * The following struct states that the command it talks about (a subcommand
 * of one of Tcl's built-in ensembles) is unsafe and must be hidden when an
 * interpreter is made safe. (TclHideUnsafeCommands accesses an array of these
 * structs.) Alas, we can't sensibly just store the information directly in
 * the commands.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *ensembleNsName; /* The ensemble's name within ::tcl. NULL for
                                 * the end of the list of commands to hide. */
    const char *commandName;    /* The name of the command within the
                                 * ensemble. If this is NULL, we want to also
                                 * make the overall command be hidden, an ugly
                                 * hack because it is expected by security
                                 * policies in the wild. */
} UnsafeEnsembleInfo;

/*
 * The built-in commands, and the functions that implement them:
 */

static const CmdInfo builtInCmds[] = {
    /*
     * Commands in the generic core.
................................................................................
    {"time",		Tcl_TimeObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"unload",		Tcl_UnloadObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	0},
    {"update",		Tcl_UpdateObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"vwait",		Tcl_VwaitObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {NULL,		NULL,			NULL,			NULL,	0}
};

/*
 * Information about which pieces of ensembles to hide when making an
 * interpreter safe:
 */

static const UnsafeEnsembleInfo unsafeEnsembleCommands[] = {
    /* [encoding] has two unsafe commands. Assumed by older security policies
     * to be overall unsafe; it isn't but... */
    {"encoding", NULL},
    {"encoding", "dirs"},
    {"encoding", "system"},
    /* [file] has MANY unsafe commands! Assumed by older security policies to
     * be overall unsafe; it isn't but... */
    {"file", NULL},
    {"file", "atime"},
    {"file", "attributes"},
    {"file", "copy"},
    {"file", "delete"},
    {"file", "dirname"},
    {"file", "executable"},
    {"file", "exists"},
    {"file", "extension"},
    {"file", "isdirectory"},
    {"file", "isfile"},
    {"file", "link"},
    {"file", "lstat"},
    {"file", "mtime"},
    {"file", "mkdir"},
    {"file", "nativename"},
    {"file", "normalize"},
    {"file", "owned"},
    {"file", "readable"},
    {"file", "readlink"},
    {"file", "rename"},
    {"file", "rootname"},
    {"file", "size"},
    {"file", "stat"},
    {"file", "tail"},
    {"file", "tempfile"},
    {"file", "type"},
    {"file", "volumes"},
    {"file", "writable"},
    /* [info] has two unsafe commands */
    {"info", "cmdtype"},
    {"info", "nameofexecutable"},
    /* [tcl::process] has ONLY unsafe commands! */
    {"process", "list"},
    {"process", "status"},
    {"process", "purge"},
    {"process", "autopurge"},
    /* [zipfs] has MANY unsafe commands! */
    {"zipfs", "lmkimg"},
    {"zipfs", "lmkzip"},
    {"zipfs", "mkimg"},
    {"zipfs", "mkkey"},
    {"zipfs", "mkzip"},
    {"zipfs", "mount"},
    {"zipfs", "mount_data"},
    {"zipfs", "unmount"},
    {NULL, NULL}
};

/*
 * Math functions. All are safe.
 */

typedef struct {
    const char *name;		/* Name of the function. The full name is
				 * "::tcl::mathfunc::<name>". */
................................................................................
    { "atan",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) atan	},
    { "atan2",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) atan2	},
    { "bool",	ExprBoolFunc,	NULL			},
    { "ceil",	ExprCeilFunc,	NULL			},
    { "cos",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) cos	},
    { "cosh",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) cosh	},
    { "double",	ExprDoubleFunc,	NULL			},
    { "entier",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "exp",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) exp	},
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
................................................................................
{
    Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
    if (cancelTableInitialized == 1) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cancelTable);
	cancelTableInitialized = 0;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);

    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
    if (commandTypeInit) {
        Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&commandTypeTable);
        commandTypeInit = 0;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CreateInterp --
 *
................................................................................

    if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
	if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&cancelTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    cancelTableInitialized = 1;
	}

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);
    }

    if (commandTypeInit == 0) {
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclObjInterpProc, "proc");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclEnsembleImplementationCmd, "ensemble");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclAliasObjCmd, "alias");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclLocalAliasObjCmd, "alias");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclSlaveObjCmd, "slave");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclInvokeImportedCmd, "import");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOPublicObjectCmd, "object");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOPrivateObjectCmd, "privateObject");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOMyClassObjCmd, "privateClass");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclNRInterpCoroutine, "coroutine");
    }

    /*
     * Initialize support for namespaces and create the global namespace
     * (whose name is ""; an alias is "::"). This also initializes the Tcl
     * object type table and other object management code.
     */

................................................................................
     * compile and link against.
     */

#ifdef HAVE_ZLIB
    if (TclZlibInit(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s", TclGetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }
    if (TclZipfs_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }
#endif

    TOP_CB(iPtr) = NULL;
    return interp;
}

static void
................................................................................
DeleteOpCmdClientData(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    TclOpCmdClientData *occdPtr = clientData;

    ckfree(occdPtr);
}
 
/*
 * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclRegisterCommandTypeName, TclGetCommandTypeName --
 *
 *      Command type registration and lookup mechanism. Everything is keyed by
 *      the Tcl_ObjCmdProc for the command, and that is used as the *key* into
 *      the hash table that maps to constant strings that are names. (It is
 *      recommended that those names be ASCII.)
 *
 * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclRegisterCommandTypeName(
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *implementationProc,
    const char *nameStr)
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
    if (commandTypeInit == 0) {
        Tcl_InitHashTable(&commandTypeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
        commandTypeInit = 1;
    }
    if (nameStr != NULL) {
        int isNew;

        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&commandTypeTable,
                (void *) implementationProc, &isNew);
        Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (void *) nameStr);
    } else {
        hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&commandTypeTable,
                (void *) implementationProc);
        if (hPtr != NULL) {
            Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
        }
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);
}

const char *
TclGetCommandTypeName(
    Tcl_Command command)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) command;
    void *procPtr = cmdPtr->objProc;
    const char *name = "native";

    if (procPtr == NULL) {
        procPtr = cmdPtr->nreProc;
    }
    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
    if (commandTypeInit) {
        Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&commandTypeTable, procPtr);

        if (hPtr && Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)) {
            name = (const char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
        }
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);

    return name;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclHideUnsafeCommands --
 *
 *	Hides base commands that are not marked as safe from this interpreter.
................................................................................
 */

int
TclHideUnsafeCommands(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Hide commands in this interpreter. */
{
    register const CmdInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
    register const UnsafeEnsembleInfo *unsafePtr;

    if (interp == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (cmdInfoPtr = builtInCmds; cmdInfoPtr->name != NULL; cmdInfoPtr++) {
	if (!(cmdInfoPtr->flags & CMD_IS_SAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdInfoPtr->name, cmdInfoPtr->name);
	}
    }


    for (unsafePtr = unsafeEnsembleCommands;
            unsafePtr->ensembleNsName; unsafePtr++) {
        if (unsafePtr->commandName) {
            /*
             * Hide an ensemble subcommand.
             */

            Tcl_Obj *cmdName = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tcl::%s::%s",
                    unsafePtr->ensembleNsName, unsafePtr->commandName);
            Tcl_Obj *hideName = Tcl_ObjPrintf("tcl:%s:%s",
                    unsafePtr->ensembleNsName, unsafePtr->commandName);

            if (TclRenameCommand(interp, TclGetString(cmdName),
                        "___tmp") != TCL_OK
                    || Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "___tmp",
                            TclGetString(hideName)) != TCL_OK) {
                Tcl_Panic("problem making '%s %s' safe: %s",
                        unsafePtr->ensembleNsName, unsafePtr->commandName,
                        Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
            }
            Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, TclGetString(cmdName),
                    BadEnsembleSubcommand, (ClientData) unsafePtr, NULL);
            TclDecrRefCount(cmdName);
            TclDecrRefCount(hideName);
        } else {
            /*
             * Hide an ensemble main command (for compatibility).
             */

            if (Tcl_HideCommand(interp, unsafePtr->ensembleNsName,
                    unsafePtr->ensembleNsName) != TCL_OK) {
                Tcl_Panic("problem making '%s' safe: %s",
                        unsafePtr->ensembleNsName,
                        Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
            }
        }
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * BadEnsembleSubcommand --
 *
 *	Command used to act as a backstop implementation when subcommands of
 *	ensembles are unsafe (the real implementations of the subcommands are
 *	hidden). The clientData is description of what was hidden.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result (always a TCL_ERROR).
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
BadEnsembleSubcommand(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    const UnsafeEnsembleInfo *infoPtr = clientData;

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
            "not allowed to invoke subcommand %s of %s",
            infoPtr->commandName, infoPtr->ensembleNsName));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "SAFE", "SUBCOMMAND", NULL);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CallWhenDeleted --
 *
 *	Arrange for a function to be called before a given interpreter is
................................................................................
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	resultPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	/* FALLTHROUGH */
    }
    case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	result = TclGetLongFromObj(interp, resultPtr, ptr);
	break;

    case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, resultPtr, &d);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	Tcl_WideInt l = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);

	if (l > (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    const char *string = objv[1]->bytes;
	    if (string) {
................................................................................
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
			return TCL_OK;
		    }
		    string++;
		}
	    }
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == WIDE_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, l);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(-l));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(dResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprIntFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    double d;
................................................................................
    }
    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	d = *((const double *) ptr);
	if ((d >= (double)WIDE_MAX) || (d <= (double)WIDE_MIN)) {
	    mp_int big;

	    if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
		/* Infinity */
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    Tcl_WideInt result = (Tcl_WideInt) d;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(result));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }

    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
	/*
	 * All integers are already of integer type.
................................................................................
     * Get the error message for NaN.
     */

    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &d);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

































static int
ExprWideFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    Tcl_WideInt wResult;


    if (ExprIntFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &wResult);














    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Common implmentation of max() and min().
 */
................................................................................

	iPtr->randSeed = TclpGetClicks() + (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetCurrentThread())<<12);

	/*
	 * Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= (2^31) - 2. See below.
	 */

	iPtr->randSeed &= 0x7fffffff;
	if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	    iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Generate the random number using the linear congruential generator
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameter vector. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Tcl_WideInt w = 0;			/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */

    /*
     * Convert argument and use it to reset the seed.
     */

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &w) != TCL_OK) {





	return TCL_ERROR;







    }

    /*
     * Reset the seed. Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= 2^31 - 2. See comments in
     * ExprRandFunc for more details.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;
    iPtr->randSeed = (long) w & 0x7fffffff;

    if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
    }

    /*
     * To avoid duplicating the random number generation code we simply clean
     * up our state and call the real random number function. That function

Changes to generic/tclBinary.c.

1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
....
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
....
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
....
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
....
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
....
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
....
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
....
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
....
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
....
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
FormatNumber(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter, used to report
				 * errors. */
    int type,			/* Type of number to format. */
    Tcl_Obj *src,		/* Number to format. */
    unsigned char **cursorPtr)	/* Pointer to index into destination buffer. */
{
    long value;
    double dvalue;
    Tcl_WideInt wvalue;
    float fvalue;

    switch (type) {
    case 'd':
    case 'q':
................................................................................

	/*
	 * 64-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'w':
    case 'W':
    case 'm':
	if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
................................................................................

	/*
	 * 32-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'i':
    case 'I':
    case 'n':
	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 24);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 24);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 16-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 's':
    case 'S':
    case 't':
	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 8-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'c':
	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	return TCL_OK;

    default:
	Tcl_Panic("unexpected fallthrough");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}
................................................................................
	for (i=0 ; i<2 ; i++) {
	    if (data >= dataend) {
		value <<= 4;
		break;
	    }

	    c = *data++;
	    if (!isxdigit((int) c)) {
		if (strict || !isspace(c)) {
		    goto badChar;
		}
		i--;
		continue;
	    }

	    value <<= 4;
................................................................................

    while (data < dataend) {
	char d[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};

	if (lineLen < 0) {
	    c = *data++;
	    if (c < 32 || c > 96) {
		if (strict || !isspace(c)) {
		    goto badUu;
		}
		i--;
		continue;
	    }
	    lineLen = (c - 32) & 0x3f;
	}
................................................................................
	 */

	for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
	    if (data < dataend) {
		d[i] = c = *data++;
		if (c < 32 || c > 96) {
		    if (strict) {
			if (!isspace(c)) {
			    goto badUu;
			} else if (c == '\n') {
			    goto shortUu;
			}
		    }
		    i--;
		    continue;
................................................................................
	    do {
		c = *data++;
		if (c == '\n') {
		    break;
		} else if (c >= 32 && c <= 96) {
		    data--;
		    break;
		} else if (strict || !isspace(c)) {
		    goto badUu;
		}
	    } while (data < dataend);
	}
    }

    /*
................................................................................
	     * input whitespace characters.
	     */

	    if (cut) {
		if (c == '=' && i > 1) {
		     value <<= 6;
		     cut++;
		} else if (!strict && isspace(c)) {
		     i--;
		} else {
		    goto bad64;
		}
	    } else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - 'A') & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') {
................................................................................
	    } else if (c == '+') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3e;
	    } else if (c == '/') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3f;
	    } else if (c == '=') {
		value <<= 6;
		cut++;
	    } else if (strict || !isspace(c)) {
		goto bad64;
	    } else {
		i--;
	    }
	}
	*cursor++ = UCHAR((value >> 16) & 0xff);
	*cursor++ = UCHAR((value >> 8) & 0xff);
................................................................................
	 */

	if (cut && data < dataend) {
	    if (strict) {
		goto bad64;
	    }
	    for (; data < dataend; data++) {
		if (!isspace(*data)) {
		    goto bad64;
		}
	    }
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, cursor - begin - cut);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);






<







 







|







 







|



|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|









|



|
|

|
|







|


|







 







|
|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965

1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
....
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
....
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
....
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
....
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
....
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
....
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
....
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
....
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
....
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
FormatNumber(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter, used to report
				 * errors. */
    int type,			/* Type of number to format. */
    Tcl_Obj *src,		/* Number to format. */
    unsigned char **cursorPtr)	/* Pointer to index into destination buffer. */
{

    double dvalue;
    Tcl_WideInt wvalue;
    float fvalue;

    switch (type) {
    case 'd':
    case 'q':
................................................................................

	/*
	 * 64-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'w':
    case 'W':
    case 'm':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
................................................................................

	/*
	 * 32-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'i':
    case 'I':
    case 'n':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 16-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 's':
    case 'S':
    case 't':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 8-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'c':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	return TCL_OK;

    default:
	Tcl_Panic("unexpected fallthrough");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}
................................................................................
	for (i=0 ; i<2 ; i++) {
	    if (data >= dataend) {
		value <<= 4;
		break;
	    }

	    c = *data++;
	    if (!isxdigit(UCHAR(c))) {
		if (strict || !TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		    goto badChar;
		}
		i--;
		continue;
	    }

	    value <<= 4;
................................................................................

    while (data < dataend) {
	char d[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};

	if (lineLen < 0) {
	    c = *data++;
	    if (c < 32 || c > 96) {
		if (strict || !TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		    goto badUu;
		}
		i--;
		continue;
	    }
	    lineLen = (c - 32) & 0x3f;
	}
................................................................................
	 */

	for (i=0 ; i<4 ; i++) {
	    if (data < dataend) {
		d[i] = c = *data++;
		if (c < 32 || c > 96) {
		    if (strict) {
			if (!TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
			    goto badUu;
			} else if (c == '\n') {
			    goto shortUu;
			}
		    }
		    i--;
		    continue;
................................................................................
	    do {
		c = *data++;
		if (c == '\n') {
		    break;
		} else if (c >= 32 && c <= 96) {
		    data--;
		    break;
		} else if (strict || !TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		    goto badUu;
		}
	    } while (data < dataend);
	}
    }

    /*
................................................................................
	     * input whitespace characters.
	     */

	    if (cut) {
		if (c == '=' && i > 1) {
		     value <<= 6;
		     cut++;
		} else if (!strict && TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		     i--;
		} else {
		    goto bad64;
		}
	    } else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') {
		value = (value << 6) | ((c - 'A') & 0x3f);
	    } else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') {
................................................................................
	    } else if (c == '+') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3e;
	    } else if (c == '/') {
		value = (value << 6) | 0x3f;
	    } else if (c == '=') {
		value <<= 6;
		cut++;
	    } else if (strict || !TclIsSpaceProc(c)) {
		goto bad64;
	    } else {
		i--;
	    }
	}
	*cursor++ = UCHAR((value >> 16) & 0xff);
	*cursor++ = UCHAR((value >> 8) & 0xff);
................................................................................
	 */

	if (cut && data < dataend) {
	    if (strict) {
		goto bad64;
	    }
	    for (; data < dataend; data++) {
		if (!TclIsSpaceProc(*data)) {
		    goto bad64;
		}
	    }
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(resultObj, cursor - begin - cut);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);

Changes to generic/tclCmdAH.c.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
..
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
...
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
...
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
....
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
....
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
....
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
/*
 * Prototypes for local procedures defined in this file:
 */

static int		CheckAccess(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
			    int mode);
static int		BadEncodingSubcommand(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		EncodingConvertfromObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		EncodingConverttoObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		EncodingDirsObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
................................................................................
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForSetupCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForCondCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForNextCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForPostNextCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForeachLoopStep;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	EvalCmdErrMsg;

static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	BadFileSubcommand;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrAccessTimeCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsDirectoryCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsExecutableCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsExistingCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsFileCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsOwnedCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsReadableCmd;
................................................................................
{
    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return TCL_CONTINUE;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EncodingObjCmd --
 *
 *	This command manipulates encodings.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_EncodingObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int index;

    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"convertfrom", "convertto", "dirs", "names", "system",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	ENC_CONVERTFROM, ENC_CONVERTTO, ENC_DIRS, ENC_NAMES, ENC_SYSTEM
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case ENC_CONVERTTO:
	return EncodingConverttoObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_CONVERTFROM:
	return EncodingConvertfromObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_DIRS:
	return EncodingDirsObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_NAMES:
	return EncodingNamesObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_SYSTEM:
	return EncodingSystemObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclInitEncodingCmd --
 *
 *	This function creates the 'encoding' ensemble.
................................................................................
Tcl_Command
TclInitEncodingCmd(
    Tcl_Interp* interp)		/* Tcl interpreter */
{
    static const EnsembleImplMap encodingImplMap[] = {
	{"convertfrom", EncodingConvertfromObjCmd, TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"convertto",   EncodingConverttoObjCmd,   TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"dirs",        EncodingDirsObjCmd,        TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"names",       EncodingNamesObjCmd,       TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd,    NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"system",      EncodingSystemObjCmd,      TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{NULL,          NULL,                      NULL,                      NULL, NULL, 0}
    };

    return TclMakeEnsemble(interp, "encoding", encodingImplMap);
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclMakeEncodingCommandSafe --
 *
 *	This function hides the unsafe 'dirs' and 'system' subcommands of
 *	the "encoding" Tcl command ensemble. It must be called only from
 *	TclHideUnsafeCommands.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Adds commands to the table of hidden commands.
 *
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclMakeEncodingCommandSafe(
    Tcl_Interp* interp)		/* Tcl interpreter */
{
    static const struct {
	const char *cmdName;
	int unsafe;
    } unsafeInfo[] = {
	{"convertfrom", 0},
	{"convertto",   0},
	{"dirs",        1},
	{"names",       0},
	{"system",      0},
	{NULL,          0}
    };

    int i;
    Tcl_DString oldBuf, newBuf;

    Tcl_DStringInit(&oldBuf);
    TclDStringAppendLiteral(&oldBuf, "::tcl::encoding::");
    Tcl_DStringInit(&newBuf);
    TclDStringAppendLiteral(&newBuf, "tcl:encoding:");
    for (i=0 ; unsafeInfo[i].cmdName != NULL ; i++) {
	if (unsafeInfo[i].unsafe) {
	    const char *oldName, *newName;

	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&oldBuf, 17);
	    oldName = Tcl_DStringAppend(&oldBuf, unsafeInfo[i].cmdName, -1);
	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&newBuf, 13);
	    newName = Tcl_DStringAppend(&newBuf, unsafeInfo[i].cmdName, -1);
	    if (TclRenameCommand(interp, oldName, "___tmp") != TCL_OK
		    || Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "___tmp", newName) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_Panic("problem making 'encoding %s' safe: %s",
			unsafeInfo[i].cmdName,
			Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, oldName, BadEncodingSubcommand,
		    (ClientData) unsafeInfo[i].cmdName, NULL);
	}
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&oldBuf);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&newBuf);

    /*
     * Ugh. The [encoding] command is now actually safe, but it is assumed by
     * scripts that it is not, which messes up security policies.
     */

    if (Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "encoding", "encoding") != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("problem making 'encoding' safe: %s",
		Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * BadEncodingSubcommand --
 *
 *	Command used to act as a backstop implementation when subcommands of
 *	"encoding" are unsafe (the real implementations of the subcommands are
 *	hidden). The clientData is always the full official subcommand name.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result (always a TCL_ERROR).
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
BadEncodingSubcommand(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    const char *subcommandName = (const char *) clientData;

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	    "not allowed to invoke subcommand %s of encoding", subcommandName));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "SAFE", "SUBCOMMAND", NULL);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * EncodingConvertfromObjCmd --
 *
 *	This command converts a byte array in an external encoding into a
................................................................................
    /*
     * Note that most subcommands are unsafe because either they manipulate
     * the native filesystem or because they reveal information about the
     * native filesystem.
     */

    static const EnsembleImplMap initMap[] = {
	{"atime",	FileAttrAccessTimeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"attributes",	TclFileAttrsCmd,	NULL, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"channels",	TclChannelNamesCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"copy",	TclFileCopyCmd,		NULL, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"delete",	TclFileDeleteCmd,	TclCompileBasicMin0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"dirname",	PathDirNameCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"executable",	FileAttrIsExecutableCmd, TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"exists",	FileAttrIsExistingCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"extension",	PathExtensionCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"isdirectory",	FileAttrIsDirectoryCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"isfile",	FileAttrIsFileCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"join",	PathJoinCmd,		TclCompileBasicMin1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"link",	TclFileLinkCmd,		TclCompileBasic1To3ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"lstat",	FileAttrLinkStatCmd,	TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"mtime",	FileAttrModifyTimeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"mkdir",	TclFileMakeDirsCmd,	TclCompileBasicMin0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"nativename",	PathNativeNameCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"normalize",	PathNormalizeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"owned",	FileAttrIsOwnedCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"pathtype",	PathTypeCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"readable",	FileAttrIsReadableCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"readlink",	TclFileReadLinkCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"rename",	TclFileRenameCmd,	NULL, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"rootname",	PathRootNameCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"separator",	FilesystemSeparatorCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"size",	FileAttrSizeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"split",	PathSplitCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"stat",	FileAttrStatCmd,	TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"system",	PathFilesystemCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"tail",	PathTailCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"tempfile",	TclFileTemporaryCmd,	TclCompileBasic0To2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"type",	FileAttrTypeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"volumes",	FilesystemVolumesCmd,	TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"writable",	FileAttrIsWritableCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
    };
    return TclMakeEnsemble(interp, "file", initMap);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclMakeFileCommandSafe --
 *
 *	This function hides the unsafe subcommands of the "file" Tcl command
 *	ensemble. It must only be called from TclHideUnsafeCommands.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Adds commands to the table of hidden commands.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclMakeFileCommandSafe(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    static const struct {
	const char *cmdName;
	int unsafe;
    } unsafeInfo[] = {
	{"atime",	 1},
	{"attributes",	 1},
	{"channels",	 0},
	{"copy",	 1},
	{"delete",	 1},
	{"dirname",	 1},
	{"executable",	 1},
	{"exists",	 1},
	{"extension",	 1},
	{"isdirectory",	 1},
	{"isfile",	 1},
	{"join",	 0},
	{"link",	 1},
	{"lstat",	 1},
	{"mtime",	 1},
	{"mkdir",	 1},
	{"nativename",	 1},
	{"normalize",	 1},
	{"owned",	 1},
	{"pathtype",	 0},
	{"readable",	 1},
	{"readlink",	 1},
	{"rename",	 1},
	{"rootname",	 1},
	{"separator",	 0},
	{"size",	 1},
	{"split",	 0},
	{"stat",	 1},
	{"system",	 0},
	{"tail",	 1},
	{"tempfile",	 1},
	{"type",	 1},
	{"volumes",	 1},
	{"writable",	 1},
	{NULL, 0}
    };
    int i;
    Tcl_DString oldBuf, newBuf;

    Tcl_DStringInit(&oldBuf);
    TclDStringAppendLiteral(&oldBuf, "::tcl::file::");
    Tcl_DStringInit(&newBuf);
    TclDStringAppendLiteral(&newBuf, "tcl:file:");
    for (i=0 ; unsafeInfo[i].cmdName != NULL ; i++) {
	if (unsafeInfo[i].unsafe) {
	    const char *oldName, *newName;

	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&oldBuf, 13);
	    oldName = Tcl_DStringAppend(&oldBuf, unsafeInfo[i].cmdName, -1);
	    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&newBuf, 9);
	    newName = Tcl_DStringAppend(&newBuf, unsafeInfo[i].cmdName, -1);
	    if (TclRenameCommand(interp, oldName, "___tmp") != TCL_OK
		    || Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "___tmp", newName) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_Panic("problem making 'file %s' safe: %s",
			unsafeInfo[i].cmdName,
			Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	    }
	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, oldName, BadFileSubcommand,
		    (ClientData) unsafeInfo[i].cmdName, NULL);
	}
    }
    Tcl_DStringFree(&oldBuf);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&newBuf);

    /*
     * Ugh. The [file] command is now actually safe, but it is assumed by
     * scripts that it is not, which messes up security policies. [Bug
     * 3211758]
     */

    if (Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "file", "file") != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("problem making 'file' safe: %s",
		Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * BadFileSubcommand --
 *
 *	Command used to act as a backstop implementation when subcommands of
 *	"file" are unsafe (the real implementations of the subcommands are
 *	hidden). The clientData is always the full official subcommand name.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result (always a TCL_ERROR).
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
BadFileSubcommand(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    const char *subcommandName = (const char *) clientData;

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
	    "not allowed to invoke subcommand %s of file", subcommandName));
    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "SAFE", "SUBCOMMAND", NULL);
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileAttrAccessTimeCmd --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process the "file atime" Tcl command. See
................................................................................

    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	long newTime;

	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = newTime;
	tval.modtime = buf.st_mtime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {
................................................................................
#endif
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	long newTime;

	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = buf.st_atime;
	tval.modtime = newTime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {






<
<
<







 







<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|

|





<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|

|

|
|
|
|
|




<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|

|







 







|

|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48



49
50
51
52
53
54
55
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
...
504
505
506
507
508
509
510

























































511
512
513
514
515
516
517
...
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542











































































































543
544
545
546
547
548
549
....
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103







































































































































1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
....
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
....
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
/*
 * Prototypes for local procedures defined in this file:
 */

static int		CheckAccess(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
			    int mode);



static int		EncodingConvertfromObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		EncodingConverttoObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		EncodingDirsObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
................................................................................
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForSetupCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForCondCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForNextCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForPostNextCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	ForeachLoopStep;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	EvalCmdErrMsg;


static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrAccessTimeCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsDirectoryCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsExecutableCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsExistingCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsFileCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsOwnedCmd;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc FileAttrIsReadableCmd;
................................................................................
{
    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return TCL_CONTINUE;
}

























































 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclInitEncodingCmd --
 *
 *	This function creates the 'encoding' ensemble.
................................................................................
Tcl_Command
TclInitEncodingCmd(
    Tcl_Interp* interp)		/* Tcl interpreter */
{
    static const EnsembleImplMap encodingImplMap[] = {
	{"convertfrom", EncodingConvertfromObjCmd, TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"convertto",   EncodingConverttoObjCmd,   TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"dirs",        EncodingDirsObjCmd,        TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"names",       EncodingNamesObjCmd,       TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd,    NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"system",      EncodingSystemObjCmd,      TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{NULL,          NULL,                      NULL,                      NULL, NULL, 0}
    };

    return TclMakeEnsemble(interp, "encoding", encodingImplMap);
}











































































































 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * EncodingConvertfromObjCmd --
 *
 *	This command converts a byte array in an external encoding into a
................................................................................
    /*
     * Note that most subcommands are unsafe because either they manipulate
     * the native filesystem or because they reveal information about the
     * native filesystem.
     */

    static const EnsembleImplMap initMap[] = {
	{"atime",	FileAttrAccessTimeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"attributes",	TclFileAttrsCmd,	NULL, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"channels",	TclChannelNamesCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"copy",	TclFileCopyCmd,		NULL, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"delete",	TclFileDeleteCmd,	TclCompileBasicMin0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"dirname",	PathDirNameCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"executable",	FileAttrIsExecutableCmd, TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"exists",	FileAttrIsExistingCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"extension",	PathExtensionCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"isdirectory",	FileAttrIsDirectoryCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"isfile",	FileAttrIsFileCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"join",	PathJoinCmd,		TclCompileBasicMin1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"link",	TclFileLinkCmd,		TclCompileBasic1To3ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"lstat",	FileAttrLinkStatCmd,	TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"mtime",	FileAttrModifyTimeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"mkdir",	TclFileMakeDirsCmd,	TclCompileBasicMin0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"nativename",	PathNativeNameCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"normalize",	PathNormalizeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"owned",	FileAttrIsOwnedCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"pathtype",	PathTypeCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"readable",	FileAttrIsReadableCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"readlink",	TclFileReadLinkCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"rename",	TclFileRenameCmd,	NULL, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"rootname",	PathRootNameCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"separator",	FilesystemSeparatorCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"size",	FileAttrSizeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"split",	PathSplitCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"stat",	FileAttrStatCmd,	TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"system",	PathFilesystemCmd,	TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
	{"tail",	PathTailCmd,		TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"tempfile",	TclFileTemporaryCmd,	TclCompileBasic0To2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"type",	FileAttrTypeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"volumes",	FilesystemVolumesCmd,	TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{"writable",	FileAttrIsWritableCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
	{NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
    };
    return TclMakeEnsemble(interp, "file", initMap);
}







































































































































 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FileAttrAccessTimeCmd --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process the "file atime" Tcl command. See
................................................................................

    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = newTime;
	tval.modtime = buf.st_mtime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {
................................................................................
#endif
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = buf.st_atime;
	tval.modtime = newTime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {

Changes to generic/tclCmdIL.c.

133
134
135
136
137
138
139


140
141
142
143
144
145
146
...
152
153
154
155
156
157
158

159
160
161
162
163
164
165
...
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
....
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134






















































2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
....
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732


2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
....
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
....
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
static int		InfoPatchLevelCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoProcsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoScriptCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoSharedlibCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,


			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoTclVersionCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static SortElement *	MergeLists(SortElement *leftPtr, SortElement *rightPtr,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
static int		SortCompare(SortElement *firstPtr, SortElement *second,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
................................................................................
 * "info" command.
 */

static const EnsembleImplMap defaultInfoMap[] = {
    {"args",		   InfoArgsCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"body",		   InfoBodyCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"cmdcount",	   InfoCmdCountCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},

    {"commands",	   InfoCommandsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoCommandsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"complete",	   InfoCompleteCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"coroutine",	   TclInfoCoroutineCmd,     TclCompileInfoCoroutineCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"default",		   InfoDefaultCmd,	    TclCompileBasic3ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"errorstack",	   InfoErrorStackCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"exists",		   TclInfoExistsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoExistsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"frame",		   InfoFrameCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
................................................................................
    {"functions",	   InfoFunctionsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"globals",		   TclInfoGlobalsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"hostname",	   InfoHostnameCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"level",		   InfoLevelCmd,	    TclCompileInfoLevelCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"library",		   InfoLibraryCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"loaded",		   InfoLoadedCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"locals",		   TclInfoLocalsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"nameofexecutable",   InfoNameOfExecutableCmd, TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"patchlevel",	   InfoPatchLevelCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"procs",		   InfoProcsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"script",		   InfoScriptCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"sharedlibextension", InfoSharedlibCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"tclversion",	   InfoTclVersionCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"vars",		   TclInfoVarsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *






















































 * Tcl_JoinObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "join" Tcl command. See the
 *	user documentation for details on what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl object result.
................................................................................
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }

    if (first < 0) {
	first = 0;
    }



    /*
     * Complain if the user asked for a start element that is greater than the
     * list length. This won't ever trigger for the "end-*" case as that will
     * be properly constrained by TclGetIntForIndex because we use listLen-1
     * (to allow for replacing the last elem).
     */

    if ((first >= listLen) && (listLen > 0)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %s", TclGetString(objv[2])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LREPLACE", "BADIDX",
		NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (last >= listLen) {
	last = listLen - 1;
    }
    if (first <= last) {
	numToDelete = last - first + 1;
    } else {
	numToDelete = 0;
................................................................................
	/*
	 * If the data is sorted, we can do a more intelligent search. Note
	 * that there is no point in being smart when -all was specified; in
	 * that case, we have to look at all items anyway, and there is no
	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
	 */

	/* 
	 * With -stride, lower, upper and i are kept as multiples of groupSize.
	 */

	lower = start - groupSize;
	upper = listc;
	while (lower + groupSize != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
	    i = (lower + upper)/2;
................................................................................
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		/*
		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]
		 * 
		 * TODO: Consider a pointer increment to replace this
		 * array shift.
		 */

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}






>
>







 







>







 







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|







 







|







133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
...
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
....
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
....
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792






2793







2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
....
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
....
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
static int		InfoPatchLevelCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoProcsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoScriptCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoSharedlibCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoCmdTypeCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoTclVersionCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static SortElement *	MergeLists(SortElement *leftPtr, SortElement *rightPtr,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
static int		SortCompare(SortElement *firstPtr, SortElement *second,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
................................................................................
 * "info" command.
 */

static const EnsembleImplMap defaultInfoMap[] = {
    {"args",		   InfoArgsCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"body",		   InfoBodyCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"cmdcount",	   InfoCmdCountCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"cmdtype",		   InfoCmdTypeCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
    {"commands",	   InfoCommandsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoCommandsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"complete",	   InfoCompleteCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"coroutine",	   TclInfoCoroutineCmd,     TclCompileInfoCoroutineCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"default",		   InfoDefaultCmd,	    TclCompileBasic3ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"errorstack",	   InfoErrorStackCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"exists",		   TclInfoExistsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoExistsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"frame",		   InfoFrameCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
................................................................................
    {"functions",	   InfoFunctionsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"globals",		   TclInfoGlobalsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"hostname",	   InfoHostnameCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"level",		   InfoLevelCmd,	    TclCompileInfoLevelCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"library",		   InfoLibraryCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"loaded",		   InfoLoadedCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"locals",		   TclInfoLocalsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"nameofexecutable",   InfoNameOfExecutableCmd, TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
    {"patchlevel",	   InfoPatchLevelCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"procs",		   InfoProcsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"script",		   InfoScriptCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"sharedlibextension", InfoSharedlibCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"tclversion",	   InfoTclVersionCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"vars",		   TclInfoVarsCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0}
................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * InfoCmdTypeCmd --
 *
 *	Called to implement the "info cmdtype" command that returns the type
 *	of a given command. Handles the following syntax:
 *
 *	    info cmdtype cmdName
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if successful and TCL_ERROR if there is an error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Returns a type name. If there is an error, the result is an error
 *	message.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
InfoCmdTypeCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tcl_Command command;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "commandName");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    command = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL,
	    TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
    if (command == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * There's one special case: safe slave interpreters can't see aliases as
     * aliases as they're part of the security mechanisms.
     */

    if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)
	    && (((Command *) command)->objProc == TclAliasObjCmd)) {
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "native", NULL);
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(TclGetCommandTypeName(command), -1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_JoinObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "join" Tcl command. See the
 *	user documentation for details on what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl object result.
................................................................................
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }

    if (first < 0) {
	first = 0;
    }
    if (first > listLen) {
	first = listLen;
    }














    if (last >= listLen) {
	last = listLen - 1;
    }
    if (first <= last) {
	numToDelete = last - first + 1;
    } else {
	numToDelete = 0;
................................................................................
	/*
	 * If the data is sorted, we can do a more intelligent search. Note
	 * that there is no point in being smart when -all was specified; in
	 * that case, we have to look at all items anyway, and there is no
	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
	 */

	/*
	 * With -stride, lower, upper and i are kept as multiples of groupSize.
	 */

	lower = start - groupSize;
	upper = listc;
	while (lower + groupSize != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
	    i = (lower + upper)/2;
................................................................................
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		/*
		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]
		 *
		 * TODO: Consider a pointer increment to replace this
		 * array shift.
		 */

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}

Changes to generic/tclCmdMZ.c.

254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
...
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
....
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449



1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
....
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
....
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
....
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
     * regexp to avoid shimmering problems.
     */

    objPtr = objv[1];
    stringLength = Tcl_GetCharLength(objPtr);

    if (startIndex) {
	TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startIndex);
	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}
    }

    regExpr = Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(interp, objv[0], cflags);
................................................................................

    objc -= idx;
    objv += idx;

    if (startIndex) {
	int stringLength = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);

	TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startIndex);
	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}
    }

    if (all && (offset == 0) && (command == 0)
................................................................................
	    unsigned char uch = (unsigned char) ch;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(&uch, 1));
	} else {
	    char buf[4];

	    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);



	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length));
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	}
	break;
    }
    case STR_IS_GRAPH:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsGraph;
	break;
    case STR_IS_INT:
	if (TCL_OK == TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i)) {
	    break;
	}
	goto failedIntParse;
    case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
................................................................................
	}
	break;
    case STR_IS_WIDE:
	if (TCL_OK == TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &w)) {
	    break;
	}

    failedIntParse:
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    }
	    goto str_is_done;
	}
................................................................................
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80);
}

static int
UniCharIsHexDigit(
    int character)
{
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80) && isxdigit(character);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringMapCmd --
 *






|







 







|







 







>
>
>







 







<
<
<
<







 







<







 







|







254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
...
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
....
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
....
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625




1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
....
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672

1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
....
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
     * regexp to avoid shimmering problems.
     */

    objPtr = objv[1];
    stringLength = Tcl_GetCharLength(objPtr);

    if (startIndex) {
	TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startIndex);
	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}
    }

    regExpr = Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(interp, objv[0], cflags);
................................................................................

    objc -= idx;
    objv += idx;

    if (startIndex) {
	int stringLength = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);

	TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startIndex, stringLength, &offset);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startIndex);
	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}
    }

    if (all && (offset == 0) && (command == 0)
................................................................................
	    unsigned char uch = (unsigned char) ch;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(&uch, 1));
	} else {
	    char buf[4];

	    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
	    if (!length) {
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(-1, buf);
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length));
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	}
	break;
    }
    case STR_IS_GRAPH:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsGraph;
	break;
    case STR_IS_INT:




    case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
................................................................................
	}
	break;
    case STR_IS_WIDE:
	if (TCL_OK == TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &w)) {
	    break;
	}


	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    }
	    goto str_is_done;
	}
................................................................................
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80);
}

static int
UniCharIsHexDigit(
    int character)
{
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80) && isxdigit(UCHAR(character));
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringMapCmd --
 *

Changes to generic/tclCompCmdsGR.c.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
....
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
....
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524


1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
....
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetIndexFromToken --
 *
 *	Parse a token to determine if an index value is known at
 *	compile time. 
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When TCL_OK is returned, the encoded index value is written
 *	to *index.
................................................................................
				 * command. */
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds the resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *listTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    int idx1, idx2, i, offset, offset2;
    int emptyPrefix=1, suffixStart = 0;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);

................................................................................

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * idx1, idx2 are the conventional encoded forms of the tokens parsed
     * as all forms of index values.  Values of idx1 that come before the
     * list are treated the same as if they were the start of the list.
     * Values of idx2 that come after the list are treated the same as if
     * they were the end of the list.
     */

    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	/*
	 * [lreplace] treats idx1 value end+1 differently from end+2, etc.
	 * The operand encoding cannot distinguish them, so we must bail
	 * out to direct evaluation.
	 */
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * General structure of the [lreplace] result is
     *		prefix replacement suffix
     * In a few cases we can predict various parts will be empty and
     * take advantage.
     *
     * The proper suffix begins with the greater of indices idx1 or
     * idx2 + 1. If we cannot tell at compile time which is greater,
     * we must defer to direct evaluation.
     */



    if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
	suffixStart = idx1;
    } else if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_END) {
	suffixStart = TCL_INDEX_AFTER;
    } else if (((idx2 < TCL_INDEX_END) && (idx1 <= TCL_INDEX_END))
	    || ((idx2 >= TCL_INDEX_START) && (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START))) {
	suffixStart = (idx1 > idx2 + 1) ? idx1 : idx2 + 1;
    } else {
................................................................................
	}

	/* Make a list of them... */
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST, i - 4,		envPtr);

	emptyPrefix = 0;
    }
     
    /*
     * [lreplace] raises an error when idx1 points after the list, but
     * only when the list is not empty. This is maximum stupidity.
     *
     * TODO: TIP this nonsense away!
     */
    if (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START) {
	if (emptyPrefix) {
	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	} else {
	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
	}
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);

	/* List is not empty */
	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1),
							NULL),	envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GT,			envPtr);
	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 0,		envPtr);

	/* Idx1 >= list length ===> raise an error */
	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %d", idx1), NULL), envPtr);
	CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR, 0,
		Tcl_ObjPrintf("-errorcode {TCL OPERATION LREPLACE BADIDX}"));
	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset + 1);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset2,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset2 + 1);
    }

    if ((idx1 == suffixStart) && (parsePtr->numWords == 4)) {
	/*
	 * This is a "no-op". Example: [lreplace {a b c} 2 0]
	 * We still do a list operation to get list-verification
	 * and canonicalization side effects.
	 */






|







 







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











>
>
|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
....
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
....
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496

















1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
....
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540




































1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetIndexFromToken --
 *
 *	Parse a token to determine if an index value is known at
 *	compile time.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When TCL_OK is returned, the encoded index value is written
 *	to *index.
................................................................................
				 * command. */
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds the resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *listTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    int idx1, idx2, i;
    int emptyPrefix=1, suffixStart = 0;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);

................................................................................

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


















    /*
     * General structure of the [lreplace] result is
     *		prefix replacement suffix
     * In a few cases we can predict various parts will be empty and
     * take advantage.
     *
     * The proper suffix begins with the greater of indices idx1 or
     * idx2 + 1. If we cannot tell at compile time which is greater,
     * we must defer to direct evaluation.
     */

    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	suffixStart = idx1;
    } else if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
	suffixStart = idx1;
    } else if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_END) {
	suffixStart = TCL_INDEX_AFTER;
    } else if (((idx2 < TCL_INDEX_END) && (idx1 <= TCL_INDEX_END))
	    || ((idx2 >= TCL_INDEX_START) && (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START))) {
	suffixStart = (idx1 > idx2 + 1) ? idx1 : idx2 + 1;
    } else {
................................................................................
	}

	/* Make a list of them... */
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST, i - 4,		envPtr);

	emptyPrefix = 0;
    }





































    if ((idx1 == suffixStart) && (parsePtr->numWords == 4)) {
	/*
	 * This is a "no-op". Example: [lreplace {a b c} 2 0]
	 * We still do a list operation to get list-verification
	 * and canonicalization side effects.
	 */

Changes to generic/tclCompCmdsSZ.c.

687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701

702
703
704
705
706
707
708
...
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
....
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
....
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
....
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
	} else {
	    OP(		NUM_TYPE);
	    OP(		DUP);
	    JUMP1(	JUMP_FALSE, end);
	}

	switch (t) {
	case STR_IS_INT:
	    PUSH(	"1");
	    OP(		EQ);
	    break;
	case STR_IS_WIDE:
	    PUSH(	"2");
	    OP(		LE);
	    break;

	case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	    PUSH(	"3");
	    OP(		LE);
	    break;
	}
	FIXJUMP1(	end);
	return TCL_OK;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    int first, last;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4 || parsePtr->numWords > 5) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
 
    /* Bytecode to compute/push string argument being replaced */
    valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
    CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);

    /*
     * Check for first index known and useful at compile time. 
     */
    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &first) != TCL_OK) {
	goto genericReplace;
    }

    /*
     * Check for last index known and useful at compile time. 
     */
    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &last) != TCL_OK) {
	goto genericReplace;
    }

    /* 
     * [string replace] is an odd bird.  For many arguments it is
     * a conventional substring replacer.  However it also goes out
     * of its way to become a no-op for many cases where it would be
     * replacing an empty substring.  Precisely, it is a no-op when
     *
     *		(last < first)		OR
     *		(last < 0)		OR
................................................................................
     * The encoded indices (last >= TCL_INDEX_START) and
     * (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) always meet this condition but any
     * other encoded last index has some list for which it fails.
     *
     * Finally we need, third:
     *
     *		(first <= last)
     * 
     * Considered in combination with the constraints we already have,
     * we see that we can proceed when (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
     * or (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER). These also permit simplification
     * of the prefix|replace|suffix construction. The other constraints,
     * though, interfere with getting a guarantee that first <= last. 
     */

    if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) && (last >= TCL_INDEX_START)) {
	/* empty prefix */
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
................................................................................
	OP1(		STR_CONCAT1, 2);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

	/* FLOW THROUGH TO genericReplace */

    } else {
	/* 
	 * When we have no replacement string to worry about, we may
	 * have more luck, because the forbidden empty string replacements
	 * are harmless when they are replaced by another empty string.
	 */

	if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) || (first == TCL_INDEX_START)) {
	    /* empty prefix - build suffix only */
................................................................................
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80);
}

static int
UniCharIsHexDigit(
    int character)
{
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80) && isxdigit(character);
}

StringClassDesc const tclStringClassTable[] = {
    {"alnum",	Tcl_UniCharIsAlnum},
    {"alpha",	Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha},
    {"ascii",	UniCharIsAscii},
    {"control", Tcl_UniCharIsControl},






<
<
<
<




>







 







|





|








|







|







 







|




|







 







|







 







|







687
688
689
690
691
692
693




694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
...
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
....
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
....
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
....
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
	} else {
	    OP(		NUM_TYPE);
	    OP(		DUP);
	    JUMP1(	JUMP_FALSE, end);
	}

	switch (t) {




	case STR_IS_WIDE:
	    PUSH(	"2");
	    OP(		LE);
	    break;
	case STR_IS_INT:
	case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	    PUSH(	"3");
	    OP(		LE);
	    break;
	}
	FIXJUMP1(	end);
	return TCL_OK;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    int first, last;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4 || parsePtr->numWords > 5) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Bytecode to compute/push string argument being replaced */
    valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
    CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);

    /*
     * Check for first index known and useful at compile time.
     */
    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &first) != TCL_OK) {
	goto genericReplace;
    }

    /*
     * Check for last index known and useful at compile time.
     */
    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &last) != TCL_OK) {
	goto genericReplace;
    }

    /*
     * [string replace] is an odd bird.  For many arguments it is
     * a conventional substring replacer.  However it also goes out
     * of its way to become a no-op for many cases where it would be
     * replacing an empty substring.  Precisely, it is a no-op when
     *
     *		(last < first)		OR
     *		(last < 0)		OR
................................................................................
     * The encoded indices (last >= TCL_INDEX_START) and
     * (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) always meet this condition but any
     * other encoded last index has some list for which it fails.
     *
     * Finally we need, third:
     *
     *		(first <= last)
     *
     * Considered in combination with the constraints we already have,
     * we see that we can proceed when (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
     * or (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER). These also permit simplification
     * of the prefix|replace|suffix construction. The other constraints,
     * though, interfere with getting a guarantee that first <= last.
     */

    if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) && (last >= TCL_INDEX_START)) {
	/* empty prefix */
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
................................................................................
	OP1(		STR_CONCAT1, 2);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

	/* FLOW THROUGH TO genericReplace */

    } else {
	/*
	 * When we have no replacement string to worry about, we may
	 * have more luck, because the forbidden empty string replacements
	 * are harmless when they are replaced by another empty string.
	 */

	if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) || (first == TCL_INDEX_START)) {
	    /* empty prefix - build suffix only */
................................................................................
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80);
}

static int
UniCharIsHexDigit(
    int character)
{
    return (character >= 0) && (character < 0x80) && isxdigit(UCHAR(character));
}

StringClassDesc const tclStringClassTable[] = {
    {"alnum",	Tcl_UniCharIsAlnum},
    {"alpha",	Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha},
    {"ascii",	UniCharIsAscii},
    {"control", Tcl_UniCharIsControl},

Changes to generic/tclCompExpr.c.

1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
		 */

		subExprTokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr + subExprTokenIdx;
		subExprTokenPtr->size = start - subExprTokenPtr->start;

		/*
		 * All the Tcl_Tokens allocated and filled belong to
		 * this subexpresion. The first token is the leading
		 * TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token, and all the rest (one fewer)
		 * are its components.
		 */

		subExprTokenPtr->numComponents =
			(parsePtr->numTokens - subExprTokenIdx) - 1;







|







1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
		 */

		subExprTokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr + subExprTokenIdx;
		subExprTokenPtr->size = start - subExprTokenPtr->start;

		/*
		 * All the Tcl_Tokens allocated and filled belong to
		 * this subexpression. The first token is the leading
		 * TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token, and all the rest (one fewer)
		 * are its components.
		 */

		subExprTokenPtr->numComponents =
			(parsePtr->numTokens - subExprTokenIdx) - 1;

Changes to generic/tclCompile.h.

1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
#   define TclGetInt1AtPtr(p) ((int) *((signed char *) p))
#else
#   define TclGetInt1AtPtr(p) \
    (((int) *((char *) p)) | ((*(p) & 0200) ? (-256) : 0))
#endif

#define TclGetInt4AtPtr(p) \
    (((int) TclGetInt1AtPtr(p) << 24) |				\
		     (*((p)+1) << 16) |				\
		     (*((p)+2) <<  8) |				\
		     (*((p)+3)))

#define TclGetUInt1AtPtr(p) \
    ((unsigned int) *(p))
#define TclGetUInt4AtPtr(p) \






|







1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
#   define TclGetInt1AtPtr(p) ((int) *((signed char *) p))
#else
#   define TclGetInt1AtPtr(p) \
    (((int) *((char *) p)) | ((*(p) & 0200) ? (-256) : 0))
#endif

#define TclGetInt4AtPtr(p) \
    (((int) (TclGetUInt1AtPtr(p) << 24)) |				\
		     (*((p)+1) << 16) |				\
		     (*((p)+2) <<  8) |				\
		     (*((p)+3)))

#define TclGetUInt1AtPtr(p) \
    ((unsigned int) *(p))
#define TclGetUInt4AtPtr(p) \

Changes to generic/tclDate.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60




61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
...
125
126
127
128
129
130
131

132
133
134
135
136
137
138
...
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259

260



261

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272










273
274




















275
276

277

278
279
280

281
282
283
284
285


286
287
288
289
290
291

292
293

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303





304
305
306
307
308
309
310
...
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361





362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377



























378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399


400
401
402
403


404

405
406
407
408
409
410
411
...
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425

426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532




















533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548

549
550
551
552
553
554
555

556
557
558
559
560
561
562
...
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632






633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664

665
666

667
668

669
670
671
672


673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681



682
683
684

685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699







700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
...
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811

















812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

822
823

824
825
826
827
828
829
830



831
832
833
834
835

836
837
838

839
















840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854

855
856



857
858
859
860
861
862



863
864
865



866
867
868
869



















870

871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881



882
883
884
885
886

887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910


911
912


913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948

949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973



974

975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001

1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011

1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
....
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
....
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
....
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153

1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163






1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175



1176


1177
1178


1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197



1198




1199
1200


1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212

1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221

1222
1223



1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229




















1230
1231


1232
1233
1234







1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241

1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290

1291
1292

1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349

1350



1351
1352








1353
1354







1355

















1356

1357



1358

1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364





1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409





1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
....
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466

1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509



1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
....
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575

1576

1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
....
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609

1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617

1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624

1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631

1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638

1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645

1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652

1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660

1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669

1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679


1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689


1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701


1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711


1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724


1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732


1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740


1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748


1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756

1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764

1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772


1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780


1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788

1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796


1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805


1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814


1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823


1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832


1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840


1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849


1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857


1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866

1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875


1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883

1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891


1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904


1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917


1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929


1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945


1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954

1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961


1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968

1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975

1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982

1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989

1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996

1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003

2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011


2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019


2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027


2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047

2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054

2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061

2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068











2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
....
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096




2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103


2104

2105
2106




2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119

2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129

2130
2131

2132
2133
2134

2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
....
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220

2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
....
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260




2261
2262

2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
....
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
....
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.3.  */

/* Skeleton implementation for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C

   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
   any later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */

/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
   part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
   under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
   parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
   as a parser skeleton.  Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
   the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
................................................................................
   define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
   USER NAME SPACE" below.  */

/* Identify Bison output.  */
#define YYBISON 1

/* Bison version.  */
#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.3"

/* Skeleton name.  */
#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"

/* Pure parsers.  */
#define YYPURE 1

/* Using locations.  */
#define YYLSP_NEEDED 1





/* Substitute the variable and function names.  */
#define yyparse TclDateparse
#define yylex   TclDatelex
#define yyerror TclDateerror
#define yylval  TclDatelval
#define yychar  TclDatechar
#define yydebug TclDatedebug
#define yynerrs TclDatenerrs
#define yylloc TclDatelloc

/* Tokens.  */
#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
# define YYTOKENTYPE
   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
      know about them.  */
   enum yytokentype {
     tAGO = 258,
     tDAY = 259,
     tDAYZONE = 260,
     tID = 261,
     tMERIDIAN = 262,
     tMONTH = 263,
     tMONTH_UNIT = 264,
     tSTARDATE = 265,
     tSEC_UNIT = 266,
     tSNUMBER = 267,
     tUNUMBER = 268,
     tZONE = 269,
     tEPOCH = 270,
     tDST = 271,
     tISOBASE = 272,
     tDAY_UNIT = 273,
     tNEXT = 274
   };
#endif
/* Tokens.  */
#define tAGO 258
#define tDAY 259
#define tDAYZONE 260
#define tID 261
#define tMERIDIAN 262
#define tMONTH 263
#define tMONTH_UNIT 264
#define tSTARDATE 265
#define tSEC_UNIT 266
#define tSNUMBER 267
#define tUNUMBER 268
#define tZONE 269
#define tEPOCH 270
#define tDST 271
#define tISOBASE 272
#define tDAY_UNIT 273
#define tNEXT 274




/* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */


/*
 * tclDate.c --
................................................................................
 *	tclGetDate.y. It should not be edited directly.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1995 Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans.
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

 */
#include "tclInt.h"

/*
 * Bison generates several labels that happen to be unused. MS Visual C++
 * doesn't like that, and complains. Tell it to shut up.
 */
................................................................................

typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
    MERam, MERpm, MER24
} MERIDIAN;



/* Enabling traces.  */

#ifndef YYDEBUG



# define YYDEBUG 0

#endif

/* Enabling verbose error messages.  */
#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
# undef YYERROR_VERBOSE
# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1
#else
# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 0
#endif

/* Enabling the token table.  */










#ifndef YYTOKEN_TABLE
# define YYTOKEN_TABLE 0




















#endif


#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED

typedef union YYSTYPE

{

    time_t Number;
    enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;
}
/* Line 187 of yacc.c.  */



	YYSTYPE;
# define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */
# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
#endif


#if ! defined YYLTYPE && ! defined YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED
typedef struct YYLTYPE

{
  int first_line;
  int first_column;
  int last_line;
  int last_column;
} YYLTYPE;
# define yyltype YYLTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */
# define YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
# define YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
#endif







/* Copy the second part of user declarations.  */



/*
................................................................................
				   DateInfo* info);
static time_t		ToSeconds(time_t Hours, time_t Minutes,
			    time_t Seconds, MERIDIAN Meridian);
MODULE_SCOPE int	yyparse(DateInfo*);
 


/* Line 216 of yacc.c.  */


#ifdef short
# undef short
#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8
typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8;
#else
typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_INT8
typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8;
#elif (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
typedef signed char yytype_int8;
#else
typedef short int yytype_int8;
#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16
typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16;
#else
typedef unsigned short int yytype_uint16;
#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_INT16
typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16;
#else
typedef short int yytype_int16;
#endif

#ifndef YYSIZE_T
# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
#  define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__





# else
#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
# endif
#endif

#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1)

#ifndef YY_
# if YYENABLE_NLS
#  if ENABLE_NLS
#   include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   define YY_(msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", msgid)
#  endif
# endif
# ifndef YY_
#  define YY_(msgid) msgid



























# endif
#endif

/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E.  */
#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
# define YYUSE(e) ((void) (e))
#else
# define YYUSE(e) /* empty */
#endif

/* Identity function, used to suppress warnings about constant conditions.  */
#ifndef lint
# define YYID(n) (n)
#else
#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static int
YYID (int i)
#else
static int
YYID (i)
    int i;


#endif
{
  return i;
}


#endif


#if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE

/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */

# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
#  if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
................................................................................
#   elif defined _AIX
#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
#   elif defined _MSC_VER
#    include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#    define alloca _alloca
#   else
#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
#    if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
#     include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */

#     ifndef _STDLIB_H
#      define _STDLIB_H 1
#     endif
#    endif
#   endif
#  endif
# endif

# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
   /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning.  */
#  define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (YYID (0))
#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
    /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
       and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
       invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096.  Use a slightly smaller number
       to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
#  endif
# else
#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
#  define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
#  endif
#  if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined _STDLIB_H \
       && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
	     && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
#   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   ifndef _STDLIB_H
#    define _STDLIB_H 1
#   endif
#  endif
#  ifndef YYMALLOC
#   define YYMALLOC malloc
#   if ! defined malloc && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   endif
#  endif
#  ifndef YYFREE
#   define YYFREE free
#   if ! defined free && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   endif
#  endif
# endif
#endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */


#if (! defined yyoverflow \
     && (! defined __cplusplus \
	 || (defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL \
	     && defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))

/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
union yyalloc
{
  yytype_int16 yyss;
  YYSTYPE yyvs;
    YYLTYPE yyls;
};

/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)

/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
   N elements.  */
# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
     ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \
      + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)

/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO.  The source and destination do
   not overlap.  */
# ifndef YYCOPY
#  if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
#   define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
      __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
#  else
#   define YYCOPY(To, From, Count)		\
      do					\
	{					\
	  YYSIZE_T yyi;				\
	  for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++)	\
	    (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi];		\
	}					\
      while (YYID (0))
#  endif
# endif

/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one.  The
   local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
   stack.  */
# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack)					\
    do									\
      {									\
	YYSIZE_T yynewbytes;						\
	YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize);				\
	Stack = &yyptr->Stack;						\
	yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
	yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr);				\
      }									\
    while (YYID (0))

#endif





















/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state.  */
#define YYFINAL  2
/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE.  */
#define YYLAST   79

/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals.  */
#define YYNTOKENS  26
/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals.  */
#define YYNNTS  16
/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules.  */
#define YYNRULES  56
/* YYNRULES -- Number of states.  */
#define YYNSTATES  83

/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */

#define YYUNDEFTOK  2
#define YYMAXUTOK   274

#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX)						\
  ((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK)

/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */

static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] =
{
       0,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,    25,    22,    21,    24,    23,     2,     2,
................................................................................
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     2,     3,     4,
       5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
      15,    16,    17,    18,    19
};

#if YYDEBUG
/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
   YYRHS.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yyprhs[] =
{
       0,     0,     3,     4,     7,     9,    11,    13,    15,    17,
      19,    21,    23,    25,    28,    33,    39,    46,    54,    57,
      59,    61,    63,    66,    69,    73,    76,    80,    86,    88,
      94,   100,   103,   108,   111,   113,   117,   120,   124,   128,
     136,   139,   144,   147,   149,   153,   156,   159,   163,   165,
     167,   169,   171,   173,   175,   177,   178
};

/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS.  */
static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] =
{
      27,     0,    -1,    -1,    27,    28,    -1,    29,    -1,    30,
      -1,    32,    -1,    33,    -1,    31,    -1,    36,    -1,    34,
      -1,    35,    -1,    40,    -1,    13,     7,    -1,    13,    20,
      13,    41,    -1,    13,    20,    13,    21,    13,    -1,    13,
      20,    13,    20,    13,    41,    -1,    13,    20,    13,    20,
      13,    21,    13,    -1,    14,    16,    -1,    14,    -1,     5,
      -1,     4,    -1,     4,    22,    -1,    13,     4,    -1,    38,
      13,     4,    -1,    19,     4,    -1,    13,    23,    13,    -1,
      13,    23,    13,    23,    13,    -1,    17,    -1,    13,    21,
       8,    21,    13,    -1,    13,    21,    13,    21,    13,    -1,
       8,    13,    -1,     8,    13,    22,    13,    -1,    13,     8,
      -1,    15,    -1,    13,     8,    13,    -1,    19,     8,    -1,
      19,    13,     8,    -1,    17,    14,    17,    -1,    17,    14,
      13,    20,    13,    20,    13,    -1,    17,    17,    -1,    10,
      13,    24,    13,    -1,    37,     3,    -1,    37,    -1,    38,
      13,    39,    -1,    13,    39,    -1,    19,    39,    -1,    19,
      13,    39,    -1,    39,    -1,    21,    -1,    25,    -1,    11,
      -1,    18,    -1,     9,    -1,    13,    -1,    -1,     7,    -1
};

/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] =
{
       0,   225,   225,   226,   229,   232,   235,   238,   241,   244,
     247,   251,   256,   259,   265,   271,   279,   285,   296,   300,
     304,   310,   314,   318,   322,   326,   332,   336,   341,   346,
     351,   356,   360,   365,   369,   374,   381,   385,   391,   400,
     409,   419,   433,   438,   441,   444,   447,   450,   453,   458,
     461,   466,   470,   474,   480,   498,   501






};
#endif

#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || YYTOKEN_TABLE
/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals.  */
static const char *const yytname[] =
{
  "$end", "error", "$undefined", "tAGO", "tDAY", "tDAYZONE", "tID",
  "tMERIDIAN", "tMONTH", "tMONTH_UNIT", "tSTARDATE", "tSEC_UNIT",
  "tSNUMBER", "tUNUMBER", "tZONE", "tEPOCH", "tDST", "tISOBASE",
  "tDAY_UNIT", "tNEXT", "':'", "'-'", "','", "'/'", "'.'", "'+'",
  "$accept", "spec", "item", "time", "zone", "day", "date", "ordMonth",
  "iso", "trek", "relspec", "relunits", "sign", "unit", "number",
  "o_merid", 0
};
#endif

# ifdef YYPRINT
/* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to
   token YYLEX-NUM.  */
static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] =
{
       0,   256,   257,   258,   259,   260,   261,   262,   263,   264,
     265,   266,   267,   268,   269,   270,   271,   272,   273,   274,
      58,    45,    44,    47,    46,    43
};
# endif

/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] =
{

       0,    26,    27,    27,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,
      28,    28,    28,    29,    29,    29,    29,    29,    30,    30,

      30,    31,    31,    31,    31,    31,    32,    32,    32,    32,
      32,    32,    32,    32,    32,    32,    33,    33,    34,    34,

      34,    35,    36,    36,    37,    37,    37,    37,    37,    38,
      38,    39,    39,    39,    40,    41,    41
};



/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] =
{
       0,     2,     0,     2,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,
       1,     1,     1,     2,     4,     5,     6,     7,     2,     1,
       1,     1,     2,     2,     3,     2,     3,     5,     1,     5,
       5,     2,     4,     2,     1,     3,     2,     3,     3,     7,
       2,     4,     2,     1,     3,     2,     2,     3,     1,     1,
       1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     0,     1



};

/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default rule to reduce with in state

   STATE-NUM when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero
   means the default is an error.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] =
{
       2,     0,     1,    21,    20,     0,    53,     0,    51,    54,
      19,    34,    28,    52,     0,    49,    50,     3,     4,     5,
       8,     6,     7,    10,    11,     9,    43,     0,    48,    12,
      22,    31,     0,    23,    13,    33,     0,     0,     0,    45,
      18,     0,    40,    25,    36,     0,    46,    42,     0,     0,
       0,    35,    55,     0,     0,    26,     0,    38,    37,    47,
      24,    44,    32,    41,    56,     0,     0,    14,     0,     0,
       0,     0,    55,    15,    29,    30,    27,     0,     0,    16,
       0,    17,    39
};








/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] =
{
      -1,     1,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,    22,    23,    24,
      25,    26,    27,    28,    29,    67
};

/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
   STATE-NUM.  */
#define YYPACT_NINF -22
static const yytype_int8 yypact[] =
{
     -22,     2,   -22,   -21,   -22,    -4,   -22,     1,   -22,    22,
      18,   -22,     8,   -22,    40,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,
     -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,    32,    28,   -22,   -22,
     -22,    24,    26,   -22,   -22,    42,    47,    -5,    49,   -22,
     -22,    15,   -22,   -22,   -22,    48,   -22,   -22,    43,    50,
      51,   -22,    17,    44,    46,    45,    52,   -22,   -22,   -22,
     -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,    56,    57,   -22,    58,    60,
      61,    62,    -3,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,    59,    63,   -22,
      64,   -22,   -22
};

/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] =
{
     -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,
     -22,   -22,   -22,    -9,   -22,     6
};

/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]].  What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule which
   number is the opposite.  If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.
   If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error.  */
#define YYTABLE_NINF -1
static const yytype_uint8 yytable[] =
{
      39,    30,     2,    53,    64,    46,     3,     4,    54,    31,
       5,     6,     7,     8,    32,     9,    10,    11,    78,    12,
      13,    14,    41,    15,    64,    42,    33,    16,    56,    34,
      35,     6,    57,     8,    40,    47,    59,    65,    66,    61,
      13,    48,    36,    37,    43,    38,    49,    60,    44,     6,
................................................................................
       8,     9,    17,    11,    16,     3,    45,    20,    21,    48,
      18,    13,    20,    21,     4,    23,    22,     4,     8,     9,
      24,    11,     9,    13,    11,    13,     8,     9,    18,    11,
      13,    18,    13,    13,    13,    21,    18,    21,    23,    13,
      13,    13,    20,    13,    13,    13,    13,    13,    72,    20
};

/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
   symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] =
{
       0,    27,     0,     4,     5,     8,     9,    10,    11,    13,
      14,    15,    17,    18,    19,    21,    25,    28,    29,    30,
      31,    32,    33,    34,    35,    36,    37,    38,    39,    40,
      22,    13,    13,     4,     7,     8,    20,    21,    23,    39,
      16,    14,    17,     4,     8,    13,    39,     3,    13,    22,
      24,    13,    13,     8,    13,    13,    13,    17,     8,    39,
       4,    39,    13,    13,     7,    20,    21,    41,    21,    21,
      23,    20,    13,    13,    13,    13,    13,    13,    21,    41,
      20,    13,    13
};

#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
#define YYEMPTY		(-2)
#define YYEOF		0

#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
#define YYABORT		goto yyabortlab
#define YYERROR		goto yyerrorlab


/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.  This remains here temporarily
   to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */

#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab

#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)

#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value)					\
do								\
  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
    {								\
      yychar = (Token);						\
      yylval = (Value);						\
      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
      YYPOPSTACK (1);						\
      goto yybackup;						\
    }								\
  else								\
    {								\
      yyerror (&yylloc, info, YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
      YYERROR;							\
    }								\
while (YYID (0))


#define YYTERROR	1
#define YYERRCODE	256



















/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N].
   If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends
   the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined).  */

#define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K])
#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)				\
    do									\

      if (YYID (N))                                                    \
	{								\

	  (Current).first_line   = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line;	\
	  (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column;	\
	  (Current).last_line    = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line;		\
	  (Current).last_column  = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column;	\
	}								\
      else								\
	{								\



	  (Current).first_line   = (Current).last_line   =		\
	    YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line;				\
	  (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column =		\
	    YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column;				\
	}								\

    while (YYID (0))
#endif



















/* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream.
   This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know
   we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know.  */

#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT
# if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
#  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc)			\
     fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d",			\
	      (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column,	\
	      (Loc).last_line,  (Loc).last_column)
# else
#  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0)
# endif
#endif



/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments.  */




#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
#else
# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, info)
#endif




/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
#if YYDEBUG




# ifndef YYFPRINTF
#  include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#  define YYFPRINTF fprintf



















# endif


# define YYDPRINTF(Args)			\
do {						\
  if (yydebug)					\
    YYFPRINTF Args;				\
} while (YYID (0))

# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)			  \
do {									  \
  if (yydebug)								  \
    {									  \



      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title);					  \
      yy_symbol_print (stderr,						  \
		  Type, Value, Location, info); \
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");						  \
    }									  \

} while (YYID (0))


/*--------------------------------.
| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT.  |
`--------------------------------*/

/*ARGSUSED*/
#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, DateInfo* info)
#else
static void
yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, info)
    FILE *yyoutput;
    int yytype;
    YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep;
    YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp;
    DateInfo* info;
#endif
{
  if (!yyvaluep)
    return;


  YYUSE (yylocationp);
  YYUSE (info);


# ifdef YYPRINT
  if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
    YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep);
# else
  YYUSE (yyoutput);
# endif
  switch (yytype)
    {
      default:
	break;
    }
}


/*--------------------------------.
| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT.  |
`--------------------------------*/

#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, DateInfo* info)
#else
static void
yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, info)
    FILE *yyoutput;
    int yytype;
    YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep;
    YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp;
    DateInfo* info;
#endif
{
  if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
    YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]);
  else
    YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]);


  YY_LOCATION_PRINT (yyoutput, *yylocationp);
  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ": ");
  yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, info);
  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
| TOP (included).                                                   |
`------------------------------------------------------------------*/

#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *bottom, yytype_int16 *top)
#else
static void
yy_stack_print (bottom, top)
    yytype_int16 *bottom;
    yytype_int16 *top;
#endif
{
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
  for (; bottom <= top; ++bottom)



    YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *bottom);

  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
}

# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)				\
do {								\
  if (yydebug)							\
    yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top));				\
} while (YYID (0))


/*------------------------------------------------.
| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced.  |
`------------------------------------------------*/

#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
yy_reduce_print (YYSTYPE *yyvsp, YYLTYPE *yylsp, int yyrule, DateInfo* info)
#else
static void
yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yylsp, yyrule, info)
    YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
    YYLTYPE *yylsp;
    int yyrule;
    DateInfo* info;
#endif
{

  int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
  int yyi;
  unsigned long int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n",
	     yyrule - 1, yylno);
  /* The symbols being reduced.  */
  for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
    {
      fprintf (stderr, "   $%d = ", yyi + 1);
      yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi],

		       &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])
		       , &(yylsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])		       , info);
      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
    }
}

# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)		\
do {					\
  if (yydebug)				\
    yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yylsp, Rule, info); \
} while (YYID (0))

/* Nonzero means print parse trace.  It is left uninitialized so that
   multiple parsers can coexist.  */
int yydebug;
#else /* !YYDEBUG */
# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)
# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
#endif /* !YYDEBUG */


/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks.  */
#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
# define YYINITDEPTH 200
#endif

/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
   if the built-in stack extension method is used).

   Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
................................................................................
   YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */

#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
#endif

 

#if YYERROR_VERBOSE

# ifndef yystrlen
#  if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H
#   define yystrlen strlen
#  else
/* Return the length of YYSTR.  */
#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static YYSIZE_T
yystrlen (const char *yystr)
#else
static YYSIZE_T
yystrlen (yystr)
    const char *yystr;
#endif
{
  YYSIZE_T yylen;
  for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++)
    continue;
  return yylen;
}
#  endif
................................................................................

# ifndef yystpcpy
#  if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE
#   define yystpcpy stpcpy
#  else
/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
   YYDEST.  */
#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static char *
yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
#else
static char *
yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
    char *yydest;
    const char *yysrc;
#endif
{
  char *yyd = yydest;
  const char *yys = yysrc;

  while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
    continue;

................................................................................
{
  if (*yystr == '"')
    {
      YYSIZE_T yyn = 0;
      char const *yyp = yystr;

      for (;;)
	switch (*++yyp)
	  {
	  case '\'':
	  case ',':
	    goto do_not_strip_quotes;

	  case '\\':
	    if (*++yyp != '\\')
	      goto do_not_strip_quotes;
	    /* Fall through.  */
	  default:
	    if (yyres)
	      yyres[yyn] = *yyp;
	    yyn++;
	    break;

	  case '"':
	    if (yyres)
	      yyres[yyn] = '\0';
	    return yyn;
	  }
    do_not_strip_quotes: ;
    }

  if (! yyres)
    return yystrlen (yystr);

  return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres;
}
# endif


/* Copy into YYRESULT an error message about the unexpected token
   YYCHAR while in state YYSTATE.  Return the number of bytes copied,
   including the terminating null byte.  If YYRESULT is null, do not
   copy anything; just return the number of bytes that would be
   copied.  As a special case, return 0 if an ordinary "syntax error"
   message will do.  Return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM if overflow occurs during
   size calculation.  */
static YYSIZE_T
yysyntax_error (char *yyresult, int yystate, int yychar)
{






  int yyn = yypact[yystate];

  if (! (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn <= YYLAST))
    return 0;
  else
    {
      int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
      YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (0, yytname[yytype]);
      YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0;
      YYSIZE_T yysize1;
      int yysize_overflow = 0;
      enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 };



      char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM];


      int yyx;



# if 0
      /* This is so xgettext sees the translatable formats that are
	 constructed on the fly.  */
      YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s");
      YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s");
      YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s");
      YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s");
      YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s");
# endif
      char *yyfmt;
      char const *yyf;
      static char const yyunexpected[] = "syntax error, unexpected %s";
      static char const yyexpecting[] = ", expecting %s";
      static char const yyor[] = " or %s";
      char yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected
		    + sizeof yyexpecting - 1
		    + ((YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM - 2)
		       * (sizeof yyor - 1))];
      char const *yyprefix = yyexpecting;








      /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
	 YYCHECK.  */


      int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;

      /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname.  */
      int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1;
      int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS;
      int yycount = 1;

      yyarg[0] = yytname[yytype];
      yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyformat, yyunexpected);

      for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
	if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)

	  {
	    if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM)
	      {
		yycount = 1;
		yysize = yysize0;
		yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected - 1] = '\0';
		break;
	      }
	    yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx];

	    yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (0, yytname[yyx]);
	    yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize);



	    yysize = yysize1;
	    yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyfmt, yyprefix);
	    yyprefix = yyor;
	  }

      yyf = YY_(yyformat);




















      yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyf);
      yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize);


      yysize = yysize1;

      if (yysize_overflow)







	return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM;

      if (yyresult)
	{
	  /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space.
	     Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation
	     produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s.  */

	  char *yyp = yyresult;
	  int yyi = 0;
	  while ((*yyp = *yyf) != '\0')
	    {
	      if (*yyp == '%' && yyf[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount)
		{
		  yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]);
		  yyf += 2;
		}
	      else
		{
		  yyp++;
		  yyf++;
		}
	    }
	}
      return yysize;
    }
}
#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
 

/*-----------------------------------------------.
| Release the memory associated to this symbol.  |
`-----------------------------------------------*/

/*ARGSUSED*/
#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
static void
yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep, YYLTYPE *yylocationp, DateInfo* info)
#else
static void
yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, info)
    const char *yymsg;
    int yytype;
    YYSTYPE *yyvaluep;
    YYLTYPE *yylocationp;
    DateInfo* info;
#endif
{
  YYUSE (yyvaluep);
  YYUSE (yylocationp);
  YYUSE (info);

  if (!yymsg)
    yymsg = "Deleting";
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp);


  switch (yytype)
    {


      default:
	break;
    }
}
 

/* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes.  */

#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM);
#else
int yyparse ();
#endif
#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
int yyparse (DateInfo* info);
#else
int yyparse ();
#endif
#endif /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */






/*----------.
| yyparse.  |
`----------*/

#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
int
yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM)
#else
int
yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM)
    void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
#endif
#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */
#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
int
yyparse (DateInfo* info)
#else
int
yyparse (info)
    DateInfo* info;
#endif
#endif
{
  /* The look-ahead symbol.  */
int yychar;


/* The semantic value of the look-ahead symbol.  */



YYSTYPE yylval;









/* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
int yynerrs;







/* Location data for the look-ahead symbol.  */

















YYLTYPE yylloc;





  int yystate;

  int yyn;
  int yyresult;
  /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
  int yyerrstatus;
  /* Look-ahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
  int yytoken = 0;





#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
  /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size.  */
  char yymsgbuf[128];
  char *yymsg = yymsgbuf;
  YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
#endif

  /* Three stacks and their tools:
     `yyss': related to states,
     `yyvs': related to semantic values,
     `yyls': related to locations.

     Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
     to reallocate them elsewhere.  */

  /* The state stack.  */
  yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
  yytype_int16 *yyss = yyssa;
  yytype_int16 *yyssp;

  /* The semantic value stack.  */
  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
  YYSTYPE *yyvsp;

  /* The location stack.  */
  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
  /* The locations where the error started and ended.  */
  YYLTYPE yyerror_range[2];

#define YYPOPSTACK(N)   (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N), yylsp -= (N))

  YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;

  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
     action routines.  */
  YYSTYPE yyval;
  YYLTYPE yyloc;

  /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
     Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped.  */
  int yylen = 0;






  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));

  yystate = 0;
  yyerrstatus = 0;
  yynerrs = 0;
  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */

  /* Initialize stack pointers.
     Waste one element of value and location stack
     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */

  yyssp = yyss;
  yyvsp = yyvs;
  yylsp = yyls;
#if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
  /* Initialize the default location before parsing starts.  */
  yylloc.first_line   = yylloc.last_line   = 1;
  yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
#endif

  goto yysetstate;

/*------------------------------------------------------------.
| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
`------------------------------------------------------------*/
 yynewstate:
  /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
................................................................................
  if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
    {
      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
      YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;

#ifdef yyoverflow
      {
	/* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack.  Use copies of
	   these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
	   memory.  */
	YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
	yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
	YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;

	/* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
	   data in use in that stack, in bytes.  This used to be a
	   conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
	   be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
	yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
		    &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
		    &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
		    &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
		    &yystacksize);

	yyls = yyls1;
	yyss = yyss1;
	yyvs = yyvs1;
      }
#else /* no yyoverflow */
# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
      goto yyexhaustedlab;
# else
      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
      if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
	goto yyexhaustedlab;
      yystacksize *= 2;
      if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;

      {
	yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
	union yyalloc *yyptr =
	  (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
	if (! yyptr)
	  goto yyexhaustedlab;
	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls);
#  undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
	if (yyss1 != yyssa)
	  YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
      }
# endif
#endif /* no yyoverflow */

      yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
      yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
      yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;

      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
		  (unsigned long int) yystacksize));

      if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
	YYABORT;
    }

  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));




  goto yybackup;

/*-----------.
| yybackup.  |
`-----------*/
yybackup:

  /* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  Read a
     look-ahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */

  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to look-ahead token.  */
  yyn = yypact[yystate];
  if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF)
    goto yydefault;

  /* Not known => get a look-ahead token if don't already have one.  */

  /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid look-ahead symbol.  */
  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
    {
      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
      yychar = YYLEX;
    }

  if (yychar <= YYEOF)
    {
      yychar = yytoken = YYEOF;
      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
    }
................................................................................
     detect an error, take that action.  */
  yyn += yytoken;
  if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
    goto yydefault;
  yyn = yytable[yyn];
  if (yyn <= 0)
    {
      if (yyn == 0 || yyn == YYTABLE_NINF)
	goto yyerrlab;
      yyn = -yyn;
      goto yyreduce;
    }

  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
    YYACCEPT;

  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
     status.  */
  if (yyerrstatus)
    yyerrstatus--;

  /* Shift the look-ahead token.  */
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);

  /* Discard the shifted token unless it is eof.  */
  if (yychar != YYEOF)
    yychar = YYEMPTY;

  yystate = yyn;

  *++yyvsp = yylval;

  *++yylsp = yylloc;
  goto yynewstate;


/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state.  |
`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
................................................................................
| yyreduce -- Do a reduction.  |
`-----------------------------*/
yyreduce:
  /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
  yylen = yyr2[yyn];

  /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
     `$$ = $1'.

     Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
     This behavior is undocumented and Bison
     users should not rely upon it.  Assigning to YYVAL
     unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
     GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized.  */
  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];

  /* Default location.  */
  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);

  YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
  switch (yyn)
    {
        case 4:

    {
	    yyHaveTime++;
	;}

    break;

  case 5:

    {
	    yyHaveZone++;
	;}

    break;

  case 6:

    {
	    yyHaveDate++;
	;}

    break;

  case 7:

    {
	    yyHaveOrdinalMonth++;
	;}

    break;

  case 8:

    {
	    yyHaveDay++;
	;}

    break;

  case 9:

    {
	    yyHaveRel++;
	;}

    break;

  case 10:

    {
	    yyHaveTime++;
	    yyHaveDate++;
	;}

    break;

  case 11:

    {
	    yyHaveTime++;
	    yyHaveDate++;
	    yyHaveRel++;
	;}

    break;

  case 13:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number);
	    yyMinutes = 0;
	    yySeconds = 0;
	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Meridian);
	;}


    break;

  case 14:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(1) - (4)].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[(3) - (4)].Number);
	    yySeconds = 0;
	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].Meridian);
	;}


    break;

  case 15:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(1) - (5)].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[(3) - (5)].Number);
	    yyMeridian = MER24;
	    yyDSTmode = DSToff;
	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[(5) - (5)].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[(5) - (5)].Number) / 100) * 60);
	    ++yyHaveZone;
	;}


    break;

  case 16:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(1) - (6)].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[(3) - (6)].Number);
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[(5) - (6)].Number);
	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[(6) - (6)].Meridian);
	;}


    break;

  case 17:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(1) - (7)].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[(3) - (7)].Number);
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[(5) - (7)].Number);
	    yyMeridian = MER24;
	    yyDSTmode = DSToff;
	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[(7) - (7)].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[(7) - (7)].Number) / 100) * 60);
	    ++yyHaveZone;
	;}


    break;

  case 18:

    {
	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number);
	    yyDSTmode = DSTon;
	;}


    break;

  case 19:

    {
	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	    yyDSTmode = DSToff;
	;}


    break;

  case 20:

    {
	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	    yyDSTmode = DSTon;
	;}


    break;

  case 21:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 22:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 23:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number);
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 24:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].Number) * (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number);
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 25:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = 2;
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 26:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 27:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(1) - (5)].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(3) - (5)].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 28:

    {
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number) % 100;
	;}


    break;

  case 29:

    {
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(1) - (5)].Number);
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(3) - (5)].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 30:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(3) - (5)].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(1) - (5)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 31:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 32:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(1) - (4)].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 33:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 34:

    {
	    yyMonth = 1;
	    yyDay = 1;
	    yyYear = EPOCH;
	;}

    break;

  case 35:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 36:

    {
	    yyMonthOrdinal = 1;
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 37:

    {
	    yyMonthOrdinal = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number);
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 38:

    {
	    if ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number) != HOUR( 7)) YYABORT;
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[(1) - (3)].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].Number) % 100;
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMinutes = ((yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number) % 100;
	;}


    break;

  case 39:

    {
	    if ((yyvsp[(2) - (7)].Number) != HOUR( 7)) YYABORT;
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(1) - (7)].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[(1) - (7)].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(1) - (7)].Number) % 100;
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(3) - (7)].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[(5) - (7)].Number);
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[(7) - (7)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 40:

    {
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number) % 100;
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMinutes = ((yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number) % 100;
	;}


    break;

  case 41:

    {
	    /*
	     * Offset computed year by -377 so that the returned years will be
	     * in a range accessible with a 32 bit clock seconds value.
	     */

	    yyYear = (yyvsp[(2) - (4)].Number)/1000 + 2323 - 377;
	    yyDay  = 1;
	    yyMonth = 1;
	    yyRelDay += (((yyvsp[(2) - (4)].Number)%1000)*(365 + IsLeapYear(yyYear)))/1000;
	    yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[(4) - (4)].Number) * 144 * 60;
	;}


    break;

  case 42:

    {
	    yyRelSeconds *= -1;
	    yyRelMonth *= -1;
	    yyRelDay *= -1;
	;}

    break;

  case 44:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].Number) * (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number) * (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
	;}


    break;

  case 45:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[(1) - (2)].Number) * (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 46:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 47:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number) * (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 48:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	;}

    break;

  case 49:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = -1;
	;}

    break;

  case 50:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) =  1;
	;}

    break;

  case 51:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	    yyRelPointer = &yyRelSeconds;
	;}


    break;

  case 52:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	    yyRelPointer = &yyRelDay;
	;}


    break;

  case 53:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	    yyRelPointer = &yyRelMonth;
	;}


    break;

  case 54:

    {
	    if (yyHaveTime && yyHaveDate && !yyHaveRel) {
		yyYear = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
	    } else {
		yyHaveTime++;
		if (yyDigitCount <= 2) {
		    yyHour = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number);
		    yyMinutes = 0;
		} else {
		    yyHour = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number) / 100;
		    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Number) % 100;
		}
		yySeconds = 0;
		yyMeridian = MER24;
	    }
	;}

    break;

  case 55:

    {
	    (yyval.Meridian) = MER24;
	;}

    break;

  case 56:

    {
	    (yyval.Meridian) = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].Meridian);
	;}

    break;


/* Line 1267 of yacc.c.  */

      default: break;
    }











  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc);

  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
  yylen = 0;
  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);

  *++yyvsp = yyval;
  *++yylsp = yyloc;

  /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction.  Determine what state
     that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
     number reduced by.  */

  yyn = yyr1[yyn];

  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp;
  if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
................................................................................
    yystate = yytable[yystate];
  else
    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS];

  goto yynewstate;


/*------------------------------------.
| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
`------------------------------------*/
yyerrlab:




  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
  if (!yyerrstatus)
    {
      ++yynerrs;
#if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE
      yyerror (&yylloc, info, YY_("syntax error"));
#else


      {

	YYSIZE_T yysize = yysyntax_error (0, yystate, yychar);
	if (yymsg_alloc < yysize && yymsg_alloc < YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)




	  {
	    YYSIZE_T yyalloc = 2 * yysize;
	    if (! (yysize <= yyalloc && yyalloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM))
	      yyalloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM;
	    if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
	      YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
	    yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yyalloc);
	    if (yymsg)
	      yymsg_alloc = yyalloc;
	    else
	      {
		yymsg = yymsgbuf;
		yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;

	      }
	  }

	if (0 < yysize && yysize <= yymsg_alloc)
	  {
	    (void) yysyntax_error (yymsg, yystate, yychar);
	    yyerror (&yylloc, info, yymsg);
	  }
	else
	  {

	    yyerror (&yylloc, info, YY_("syntax error"));
	    if (yysize != 0)

	      goto yyexhaustedlab;
	  }
      }

#endif
    }

  yyerror_range[0] = yylloc;

  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
    {
      /* If just tried and failed to reuse look-ahead token after an
	 error, discard it.  */

      if (yychar <= YYEOF)
	{
	  /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
	  if (yychar == YYEOF)
	    YYABORT;
	}
      else
	{
	  yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
		      yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, info);
	  yychar = YYEMPTY;
	}
    }

  /* Else will try to reuse look-ahead token after shifting the error
     token.  */
  goto yyerrlab1;


/*---------------------------------------------------.
| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR.  |
`---------------------------------------------------*/
................................................................................

  /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes
     YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user
     code.  */
  if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
     goto yyerrorlab;

  yyerror_range[0] = yylsp[1-yylen];
  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered
     this YYERROR.  */
  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
  yylen = 0;
  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
  yystate = *yyssp;
  goto yyerrlab1;


/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR.  |
`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
yyerrlab1:
  yyerrstatus = 3;	/* Each real token shifted decrements this.  */

  for (;;)
    {
      yyn = yypact[yystate];
      if (yyn != YYPACT_NINF)
	{
	  yyn += YYTERROR;
	  if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR)
	    {
	      yyn = yytable[yyn];
	      if (0 < yyn)
		break;
	    }
	}

      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
      if (yyssp == yyss)
	YYABORT;

      yyerror_range[0] = *yylsp;
      yydestruct ("Error: popping",
		  yystos[yystate], yyvsp, yylsp, info);
      YYPOPSTACK (1);
      yystate = *yyssp;
      YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
    }

  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
    YYACCEPT;

  *++yyvsp = yylval;


  yyerror_range[1] = yylloc;
  /* Using YYLLOC is tempting, but would change the location of
     the look-ahead.  YYLOC is available though.  */
  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yyerror_range - 1), 2);
  *++yylsp = yyloc;

  /* Shift the error token.  */
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp);

  yystate = yyn;
  goto yynewstate;
................................................................................
/*-----------------------------------.
| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
`-----------------------------------*/
yyabortlab:
  yyresult = 1;
  goto yyreturn;

#ifndef yyoverflow
/*-------------------------------------------------.
| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here.  |
`-------------------------------------------------*/
yyexhaustedlab:
  yyerror (&yylloc, info, YY_("memory exhausted"));
  yyresult = 2;
  /* Fall through.  */
#endif

yyreturn:
  if (yychar != YYEOF && yychar != YYEMPTY)




     yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
		 yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, info);

  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered
     this YYABORT or YYACCEPT.  */
  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
  while (yyssp != yyss)
    {
      yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
		  yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp, yylsp, info);
      YYPOPSTACK (1);
    }
#ifndef yyoverflow
  if (yyss != yyssa)
    YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
#endif
#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
  if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
    YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
#endif
  /* Make sure YYID is used.  */
  return YYID (yyresult);
}




/*
 * Month and day table.
 */

static const TABLE MonthDayTable[] = {
................................................................................
    register char c;
    register char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (TclIsSpaceProc(*yyInput)) {
	    yyInput++;
	}

	if (isdigit(UCHAR(c = *yyInput))) { /* INTL: digit */
	    /*
	     * Convert the string into a number; count the number of digits.
	     */
................................................................................
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

|

|

<
|

|

|
|







|
<
<







 







|







|
|

>
>
>
>

|
|
|
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>







 







<
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
|









<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>

>
|
|
|
>


|
<

>
>
|
<
|
|


>

|
>





|
<



>
>
>
>
>







 







<
<













|
<

<
<





|





|





>
>
>
>
>

|






|


|



|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|

|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
>
>

<
<
<
>
>

>







 







|
<

>
|
|







|
|













|

|

|
|




|
<





|
<









|
|




|
|
|











<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|


|
>



|
|

|
>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|


<
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>



|










|




|
|








|
<
|
>
|
<
>
|
<
>
|
<
<
|
>
>
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>


<
>
|
|













>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
|
<







 







|
|













|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






<

|
<
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
<
>
|


>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

>

<
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
>
>
>
|
<
<
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>

<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
>
>
>
|
|
|
|
<
>
|


|
|
|

<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
>
>


>
>



<
<

|
<
<
<
<







<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
|
<
<
>












<
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
>
>
>
|
>



|
|
|
|
|






<
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

>


<

|



|
|
>
|
|
|



|
|
|
|
|













|







 







<








<
<


<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|










>
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|

>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
|
<
|
|
|
|

<
<
<
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
>
|
<
>
>
>
|
<
<
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
|
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
<

<





<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




<




>
|
<
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<

|


>
|
>
>
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>

>
>
>
|
>


<
<
|

>
>
>
>
>







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


<
<
<
<
<
<
<




>
>
>
>
>





|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|







|


|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|









|


|



>
>
>









|

|

|


|

|



|







 







|
|




<
<
<





|


|
<
|


>

>







 







|








|

>







|
>






|
>






|
>






|
>






|
>






|
>







|
>








|
>





|


|
<
>
>





|
|

|
<
>
>





|
|


|

<
>
>





|
|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|


|

<
>
>





|

<
>
>





|

<
>
>





|

<
>
>






|
|
>






|
|
>





|
|
<
>
>





|
|
<
>
>






|
|
>





|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
<
>
>








|
>





|
|
|
<
>
>






|
|
>





|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>





|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
>










|


|
|
<
>
>








|
>





|
<
>
>





|
|
>





|
|
>





|
|
>





|
|
>






|
>






|
>





|

<
>
>





|

<
>
>





|

<
>
>






|



|


|
|




|
>






|
>





|
|
>



<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









|







 







|
|
|

>
>
>
>







>
>

>
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
|
|
>
|
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
>
|
<
>
|
|
<
>



|



|
|


|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|


|







 







<
|












|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|



|

|

|





|
<
<

>

|

|
|







 







|










|
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
|






|










<
|

<
<







 







|







 







<
1
2
3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18


19
20
21
22
23
24
25
..
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65


66
67















































68
69
70
71
72
73
74
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
...
205
206
207
208
209
210
211

212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228

229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272

273
274
275
276

277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290

291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
...
313
314
315
316
317
318
319


320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333

334


335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424



425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
...
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447

448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484

485
486
487
488
489
490

491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519




520












521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
...
610
611
612
613
614
615
616



































617
618
619






620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655

656
657
658

659
660

661
662


663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679

680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709























710
711

712

713
714
715
716
717
718
719
...
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812

813
814

815
816

817
818
819
820
821



822
823
824
825
826
827
828

829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856








857
858
859

860
861
862
863





864
865
866
867


868
869
870
871



872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893





894
895



896
897
898
899
900
901
902

903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910



911
912









913


914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922


923
924




925
926
927
928
929
930
931


932
933









934

935


936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948


949
950






951
952

953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971


972
973








974
975
976
977

978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
....
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024

1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032


1033
1034





1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
....
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049


1050
1051






1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
....
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113

1114






1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123





1124
1125


1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164

1165
1166
1167

1168
1169
1170
1171
1172



1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180

1181
1182
1183
1184
1185

1186
1187
1188
1189


1190
1191

1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212

1213
1214
1215
1216

1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225

1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233

1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244

1245
1246

1247

1248
1249
1250
1251
1252



1253
1254









1255
1256
1257
1258

1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264

1265
1266























1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274



1275










1276






1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332


1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346

























1347
1348







1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363








1364






1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
....
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
....
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497



1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506

1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
....
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623

1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634

1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647

1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658

1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672

1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681

1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690

1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699

1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726

1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735

1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753

1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763

1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773

1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783

1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793

1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802

1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812

1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821

1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841

1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859

1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873

1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887

1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900

1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917

1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935

1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992

1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052

2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
....
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110

2111
2112
2113
2114
2115



2116
2117
2118
2119


2120
2121
2122
2123
2124


2125
2126
2127
2128
2129


2130
2131

2132
2133
2134

2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
....
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175

2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217


2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
....
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284

2285
2286


2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
....
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
....
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914

/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.1.  */

/* Bison implementation for Yacc-like parsers in C


   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
   (at your option) any later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */



/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
   part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
   under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
   parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
   as a parser skeleton.  Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
   the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
................................................................................
   define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
   USER NAME SPACE" below.  */

/* Identify Bison output.  */
#define YYBISON 1

/* Bison version.  */
#define YYBISON_VERSION "3.1"

/* Skeleton name.  */
#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"

/* Pure parsers.  */
#define YYPURE 1

/* Push parsers.  */
#define YYPUSH 0

/* Pull parsers.  */
#define YYPULL 1


/* Substitute the variable and function names.  */
#define yyparse         TclDateparse
#define yylex           TclDatelex
#define yyerror         TclDateerror


#define yydebug         TclDatedebug
#define yynerrs         TclDatenerrs

















































/* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */


/*
 * tclDate.c --
................................................................................
 *	tclGetDate.y. It should not be edited directly.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1995 Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans.
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
 */
#include "tclInt.h"

/*
 * Bison generates several labels that happen to be unused. MS Visual C++
 * doesn't like that, and complains. Tell it to shut up.
 */
................................................................................

typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
    MERam, MERpm, MER24
} MERIDIAN;





# ifndef YY_NULLPTR
#  if defined __cplusplus && 201103L <= __cplusplus
#   define YY_NULLPTR nullptr
#  else
#   define YY_NULLPTR 0
#  endif
# endif

/* Enabling verbose error messages.  */
#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
# undef YYERROR_VERBOSE
# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1
#else
# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 0
#endif



/* Debug traces.  */
#ifndef YYDEBUG
# define YYDEBUG 0
#endif
#if YYDEBUG
extern int TclDatedebug;
#endif

/* Token type.  */
#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
# define YYTOKENTYPE
  enum yytokentype
  {
    tAGO = 258,
    tDAY = 259,
    tDAYZONE = 260,
    tID = 261,
    tMERIDIAN = 262,
    tMONTH = 263,
    tMONTH_UNIT = 264,
    tSTARDATE = 265,
    tSEC_UNIT = 266,
    tSNUMBER = 267,
    tUNUMBER = 268,
    tZONE = 269,
    tEPOCH = 270,
    tDST = 271,
    tISOBASE = 272,
    tDAY_UNIT = 273,
    tNEXT = 274
  };
#endif

/* Value type.  */
#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED

union YYSTYPE
{


    time_t Number;
    enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;



};

typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;

# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
#endif

/* Location type.  */
#if ! defined YYLTYPE && ! defined YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED
typedef struct YYLTYPE YYLTYPE;
struct YYLTYPE
{
  int first_line;
  int first_column;
  int last_line;
  int last_column;
};

# define YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
# define YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
#endif



int TclDateparse (DateInfo* info);



/* Copy the second part of user declarations.  */



/*
................................................................................
				   DateInfo* info);
static time_t		ToSeconds(time_t Hours, time_t Minutes,
			    time_t Seconds, MERIDIAN Meridian);
MODULE_SCOPE int	yyparse(DateInfo*);
 





#ifdef short
# undef short
#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8
typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8;
#else
typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_INT8
typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8;
#else

typedef signed char yytype_int8;


#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16
typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16;
#else
typedef unsigned short yytype_uint16;
#endif

#ifdef YYTYPE_INT16
typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16;
#else
typedef short yytype_int16;
#endif

#ifndef YYSIZE_T
# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
#  define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
# elif defined size_t
#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
# elif ! defined YYSIZE_T
#  include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
# else
#  define YYSIZE_T unsigned
# endif
#endif

#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1)

#ifndef YY_
# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS
#  if ENABLE_NLS
#   include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   define YY_(Msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", Msgid)
#  endif
# endif
# ifndef YY_
#  define YY_(Msgid) Msgid
# endif
#endif

#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE
# if (defined __GNUC__                                               \
      && (2 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 96 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)))  \
     || defined __SUNPRO_C && 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE(Spec) __attribute__(Spec)
# else
#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
#endif

#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
# define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE   YY_ATTRIBUTE ((__pure__))
#endif

#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
# define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED YY_ATTRIBUTE ((__unused__))
#endif

#if !defined _Noreturn \
     && (!defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112)
# if defined _MSC_VER && 1200 <= _MSC_VER
#  define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
#  define _Noreturn YY_ATTRIBUTE ((__noreturn__))
# endif
#endif

/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E.  */
#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
# define YYUSE(E) ((void) (E))
#else
# define YYUSE(E) /* empty */
#endif

#if defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 407 <= __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__
/* Suppress an incorrect diagnostic about yylval being uninitialized.  */
# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN \
    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")\
    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmaybe-uninitialized\"")
# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END \
    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
#else
# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) Value
#endif
#ifndef YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
#endif



#ifndef YY_INITIAL_VALUE
# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) /* Nothing. */
#endif


#if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE

/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */

# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
#  if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
................................................................................
#   elif defined _AIX
#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
#   elif defined _MSC_VER
#    include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#    define alloca _alloca
#   else
#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
#    if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS

#     include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
      /* Use EXIT_SUCCESS as a witness for stdlib.h.  */
#     ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
#      define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
#     endif
#    endif
#   endif
#  endif
# endif

# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
   /* Pacify GCC's 'empty if-body' warning.  */
#  define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
    /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
       and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
       invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096.  Use a slightly smaller number
       to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
#  endif
# else
#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
#  define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
#  endif
#  if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS \
       && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
             && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
#   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
#    define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
#   endif
#  endif
#  ifndef YYMALLOC
#   define YYMALLOC malloc
#   if ! defined malloc && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS

void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   endif
#  endif
#  ifndef YYFREE
#   define YYFREE free
#   if ! defined free && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS

void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#   endif
#  endif
# endif
#endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */


#if (! defined yyoverflow \
     && (! defined __cplusplus \
         || (defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL \
             && defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))

/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
union yyalloc
{
  yytype_int16 yyss_alloc;
  YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc;
  YYLTYPE yyls_alloc;
};

/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)

/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
   N elements.  */
# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
     ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \
      + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)





# define YYCOPY_NEEDED 1













/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one.  The
   local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
   stack.  */
# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack)                           \
    do                                                                  \
      {                                                                 \
        YYSIZE_T yynewbytes;                                            \
        YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize);                    \
        Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc;                                    \
        yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
        yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr);                          \
      }                                                                 \
    while (0)

#endif

#if defined YYCOPY_NEEDED && YYCOPY_NEEDED
/* Copy COUNT objects from SRC to DST.  The source and destination do
   not overlap.  */
# ifndef YYCOPY
#  if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \
      __builtin_memcpy (Dst, Src, (Count) * sizeof (*(Src)))
#  else
#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count)              \
      do                                        \
        {                                       \
          YYSIZE_T yyi;                         \
          for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++)   \
            (Dst)[yyi] = (Src)[yyi];            \
        }                                       \
      while (0)
#  endif
# endif
#endif /* !YYCOPY_NEEDED */

/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state.  */
#define YYFINAL  2
/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE.  */
#define YYLAST   79

/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals.  */
#define YYNTOKENS  26
/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals.  */
#define YYNNTS  16
/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules.  */
#define YYNRULES  56
/* YYNSTATES -- Number of states.  */
#define YYNSTATES  83

/* YYTRANSLATE[YYX] -- Symbol number corresponding to YYX as returned
   by yylex, with out-of-bounds checking.  */
#define YYUNDEFTOK  2
#define YYMAXUTOK   274

#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX)                                                \
  ((unsigned) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK)

/* YYTRANSLATE[TOKEN-NUM] -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
   as returned by yylex, without out-of-bounds checking.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] =
{
       0,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,    25,    22,    21,    24,    23,     2,     2,
................................................................................
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     2,     3,     4,
       5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
      15,    16,    17,    18,    19
};

#if YYDEBUG



































  /* YYRLINE[YYN] -- Source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] =
{






       0,   223,   223,   224,   227,   230,   233,   236,   239,   242,
     245,   249,   254,   257,   263,   269,   277,   283,   294,   298,
     302,   308,   312,   316,   320,   324,   330,   334,   339,   344,
     349,   354,   358,   363,   367,   372,   379,   383,   389,   398,
     407,   417,   431,   436,   439,   442,   445,   448,   451,   456,
     459,   464,   468,   472,   478,   496,   499
};
#endif

#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || 0
/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals.  */
static const char *const yytname[] =
{
  "$end", "error", "$undefined", "tAGO", "tDAY", "tDAYZONE", "tID",
  "tMERIDIAN", "tMONTH", "tMONTH_UNIT", "tSTARDATE", "tSEC_UNIT",
  "tSNUMBER", "tUNUMBER", "tZONE", "tEPOCH", "tDST", "tISOBASE",
  "tDAY_UNIT", "tNEXT", "':'", "'-'", "','", "'/'", "'.'", "'+'",
  "$accept", "spec", "item", "time", "zone", "day", "date", "ordMonth",
  "iso", "trek", "relspec", "relunits", "sign", "unit", "number",
  "o_merid", YY_NULLPTR
};
#endif

# ifdef YYPRINT
/* YYTOKNUM[NUM] -- (External) token number corresponding to the
   (internal) symbol number NUM (which must be that of a token).  */
static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] =
{
       0,   256,   257,   258,   259,   260,   261,   262,   263,   264,
     265,   266,   267,   268,   269,   270,   271,   272,   273,   274,
      58,    45,    44,    47,    46,    43
};
# endif

#define YYPACT_NINF -22


#define yypact_value_is_default(Yystate) \
  (!!((Yystate) == (-22)))


#define YYTABLE_NINF -1


#define yytable_value_is_error(Yytable_value) \


  0

  /* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
     STATE-NUM.  */
static const yytype_int8 yypact[] =
{
     -22,     2,   -22,   -21,   -22,    -4,   -22,     1,   -22,    22,
      18,   -22,     8,   -22,    40,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,
     -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,    32,    28,   -22,   -22,
     -22,    24,    26,   -22,   -22,    42,    47,    -5,    49,   -22,
     -22,    15,   -22,   -22,   -22,    48,   -22,   -22,    43,    50,
      51,   -22,    17,    44,    46,    45,    52,   -22,   -22,   -22,
     -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,    56,    57,   -22,    58,    60,
      61,    62,    -3,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,    59,    63,   -22,
      64,   -22,   -22
};


  /* YYDEFACT[STATE-NUM] -- Default reduction number in state STATE-NUM.
     Performed when YYTABLE does not specify something else to do.  Zero
     means the default is an error.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] =
{
       2,     0,     1,    21,    20,     0,    53,     0,    51,    54,
      19,    34,    28,    52,     0,    49,    50,     3,     4,     5,
       8,     6,     7,    10,    11,     9,    43,     0,    48,    12,
      22,    31,     0,    23,    13,    33,     0,     0,     0,    45,
      18,     0,    40,    25,    36,     0,    46,    42,     0,     0,
       0,    35,    55,     0,     0,    26,     0,    38,    37,    47,
      24,    44,    32,    41,    56,     0,     0,    14,     0,     0,
       0,     0,    55,    15,    29,    30,    27,     0,     0,    16,
       0,    17,    39
};

  /* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] =
{
     -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,   -22,
     -22,   -22,   -22,    -9,   -22,     6
};

  /* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] =
{
      -1,     1,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,    22,    23,    24,
      25,    26,    27,    28,    29,    67
};
























  /* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]] -- What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
     positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule whose

     number is the opposite.  If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error.  */

static const yytype_uint8 yytable[] =
{
      39,    30,     2,    53,    64,    46,     3,     4,    54,    31,
       5,     6,     7,     8,    32,     9,    10,    11,    78,    12,
      13,    14,    41,    15,    64,    42,    33,    16,    56,    34,
      35,     6,    57,     8,    40,    47,    59,    65,    66,    61,
      13,    48,    36,    37,    43,    38,    49,    60,    44,     6,
................................................................................
       8,     9,    17,    11,    16,     3,    45,    20,    21,    48,
      18,    13,    20,    21,     4,    23,    22,     4,     8,     9,
      24,    11,     9,    13,    11,    13,     8,     9,    18,    11,
      13,    18,    13,    13,    13,    21,    18,    21,    23,    13,
      13,    13,    20,    13,    13,    13,    13,    13,    72,    20
};

  /* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
     symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] =
{
       0,    27,     0,     4,     5,     8,     9,    10,    11,    13,
      14,    15,    17,    18,    19,    21,    25,    28,    29,    30,
      31,    32,    33,    34,    35,    36,    37,    38,    39,    40,
      22,    13,    13,     4,     7,     8,    20,    21,    23,    39,
      16,    14,    17,     4,     8,    13,    39,     3,    13,    22,
      24,    13,    13,     8,    13,    13,    13,    17,     8,    39,
       4,    39,    13,    13,     7,    20,    21,    41,    21,    21,
      23,    20,    13,    13,    13,    13,    13,    13,    21,    41,
      20,    13,    13
};

  /* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] =
{
       0,    26,    27,    27,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,
      28,    28,    28,    29,    29,    29,    29,    29,    30,    30,
      30,    31,    31,    31,    31,    31,    32,    32,    32,    32,
      32,    32,    32,    32,    32,    32,    33,    33,    34,    34,
      34,    35,    36,    36,    37,    37,    37,    37,    37,    38,
      38,    39,    39,    39,    40,    41,    41
};

  /* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols on the right hand side of rule YYN.  */
static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] =
{
       0,     2,     0,     2,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,
       1,     1,     1,     2,     4,     5,     6,     7,     2,     1,
       1,     1,     2,     2,     3,     2,     3,     5,     1,     5,
       5,     2,     4,     2,     1,     3,     2,     3,     3,     7,
       2,     4,     2,     1,     3,     2,     2,     3,     1,     1,
       1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     0,     1
};


#define yyerrok         (yyerrstatus = 0)
#define yyclearin       (yychar = YYEMPTY)
#define YYEMPTY         (-2)
#define YYEOF           0

#define YYACCEPT        goto yyacceptlab
#define YYABORT         goto yyabortlab
#define YYERROR         goto yyerrorlab


#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)

#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value)                                  \
do                                                              \
  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)                                        \
    {                                                           \
      yychar = (Token);                                         \
      yylval = (Value);                                         \
      YYPOPSTACK (yylen);                                       \
      yystate = *yyssp;                                         \
      goto yybackup;                                            \
    }                                                           \
  else                                                          \
    {                                                           \
      yyerror (&yylloc, info, YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
      YYERROR;                                                  \
    }                                                           \
while (0)

/* Error token number */
#define YYTERROR        1
#define YYERRCODE       256


/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N].
   If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends
   the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined).  */


#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)                                \

    do                                                                  \
      if (N)                                                            \

        {                                                               \
          (Current).first_line   = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line;        \
          (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column;      \
          (Current).last_line    = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line;         \
          (Current).last_column  = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column;       \



        }                                                               \
      else                                                              \
        {                                                               \
          (Current).first_line   = (Current).last_line   =              \
            YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line;                                \
          (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column =              \
            YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column;                              \

        }                                                               \
    while (0)
#endif

#define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K])


/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
#if YYDEBUG

# ifndef YYFPRINTF
#  include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
#  define YYFPRINTF fprintf
# endif

# define YYDPRINTF(Args)                        \
do {                                            \
  if (yydebug)                                  \
    YYFPRINTF Args;                             \
} while (0)


/* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream.
   This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know
   we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know.  */

#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT
# if defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL









/* Print *YYLOCP on YYO.  Private, do not rely on its existence. */


YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
static unsigned
yy_location_print_ (FILE *yyo, YYLTYPE const * const yylocp)
{





  unsigned res = 0;
  int end_col = 0 != yylocp->last_column ? yylocp->last_column - 1 : 0;
  if (0 <= yylocp->first_line)
    {


      res += YYFPRINTF (yyo, "%d", yylocp->first_line);
      if (0 <= yylocp->first_column)
        res += YYFPRINTF (yyo, ".%d", yylocp->first_column);
    }



  if (0 <= yylocp->last_line)
    {
      if (yylocp->first_line < yylocp->last_line)
        {
          res += YYFPRINTF (yyo, "-%d", yylocp->last_line);
          if (0 <= end_col)
            res += YYFPRINTF (yyo, ".%d", end_col);
        }
      else if (0 <= end_col && yylocp->first_column < end_col)
        res += YYFPRINTF (yyo, "-%d", end_col);
    }
  return res;
 }

#  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc)          \
  yy_location_print_ (File, &(Loc))

# else
#  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0)
# endif
#endif







# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)                    \



do {                                                                      \
  if (yydebug)                                                            \
    {                                                                     \
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title);                                   \
      yy_symbol_print (stderr,                                            \
                  Type, Value, Location, info); \
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");                                           \

    }                                                                     \
} while (0)


/*----------------------------------------.
| Print this symbol's value on YYOUTPUT.  |
`----------------------------------------*/




static void
yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, DateInfo* info)









{


  FILE *yyo = yyoutput;
  YYUSE (yyo);
  YYUSE (yylocationp);
  YYUSE (info);
  if (!yyvaluep)
    return;
# ifdef YYPRINT
  if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
    YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep);


# endif
  YYUSE (yytype);




}


/*--------------------------------.
| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT.  |
`--------------------------------*/



static void
yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, YYLTYPE const * const yylocationp, DateInfo* info)









{

  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "%s %s (",


             yytype < YYNTOKENS ? "token" : "nterm", yytname[yytype]);

  YY_LOCATION_PRINT (yyoutput, *yylocationp);
  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ": ");
  yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, info);
  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
}

/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
| TOP (included).                                                   |
`------------------------------------------------------------------*/



static void
yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *yybottom, yytype_int16 *yytop)






{
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");

  for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++)
    {
      int yybot = *yybottom;
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot);
    }
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
}

# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)                            \
do {                                                            \
  if (yydebug)                                                  \
    yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top));                           \
} while (0)


/*------------------------------------------------.
| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced.  |
`------------------------------------------------*/



static void
yy_reduce_print (yytype_int16 *yyssp, YYSTYPE *yyvsp, YYLTYPE *yylsp, int yyrule, DateInfo* info)








{
  unsigned long yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
  int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
  int yyi;

  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n",
             yyrule - 1, yylno);
  /* The symbols being reduced.  */
  for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
    {
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "   $%d = ", yyi + 1);
      yy_symbol_print (stderr,
                       yystos[yyssp[yyi + 1 - yynrhs]],
                       &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])
                       , &(yylsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])                       , info);
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
    }
}

# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)          \
do {                                    \
  if (yydebug)                          \
    yy_reduce_print (yyssp, yyvsp, yylsp, Rule, info); \
} while (0)

/* Nonzero means print parse trace.  It is left uninitialized so that
   multiple parsers can coexist.  */
int yydebug;
#else /* !YYDEBUG */
# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)
# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
#endif /* !YYDEBUG */


/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks.  */
#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
# define YYINITDEPTH 200
#endif

/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
   if the built-in stack extension method is used).

   Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
................................................................................
   YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */

#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
#endif



#if YYERROR_VERBOSE

# ifndef yystrlen
#  if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H
#   define yystrlen strlen
#  else
/* Return the length of YYSTR.  */


static YYSIZE_T
yystrlen (const char *yystr)





{
  YYSIZE_T yylen;
  for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++)
    continue;
  return yylen;
}
#  endif
................................................................................

# ifndef yystpcpy
#  if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE
#   define yystpcpy stpcpy
#  else
/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
   YYDEST.  */


static char *
yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)






{
  char *yyd = yydest;
  const char *yys = yysrc;

  while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
    continue;

................................................................................
{
  if (*yystr == '"')
    {
      YYSIZE_T yyn = 0;
      char const *yyp = yystr;

      for (;;)
        switch (*++yyp)
          {
          case '\'':
          case ',':
            goto do_not_strip_quotes;

          case '\\':
            if (*++yyp != '\\')
              goto do_not_strip_quotes;
            /* Fall through.  */
          default:
            if (yyres)
              yyres[yyn] = *yyp;
            yyn++;
            break;

          case '"':
            if (yyres)
              yyres[yyn] = '\0';
            return yyn;
          }
    do_not_strip_quotes: ;
    }

  if (! yyres)
    return yystrlen (yystr);

  return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres;
}
# endif

/* Copy into *YYMSG, which is of size *YYMSG_ALLOC, an error message
   about the unexpected token YYTOKEN for the state stack whose top is

   YYSSP.







   Return 0 if *YYMSG was successfully written.  Return 1 if *YYMSG is
   not large enough to hold the message.  In that case, also set
   *YYMSG_ALLOC to the required number of bytes.  Return 2 if the
   required number of bytes is too large to store.  */
static int
yysyntax_error (YYSIZE_T *yymsg_alloc, char **yymsg,
                yytype_int16 *yyssp, int yytoken)
{





  YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (YY_NULLPTR, yytname[yytoken]);
  YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0;


  enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 };
  /* Internationalized format string. */
  const char *yyformat = YY_NULLPTR;
  /* Arguments of yyformat. */
  char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM];
  /* Number of reported tokens (one for the "unexpected", one per
     "expected"). */
  int yycount = 0;

  /* There are many possibilities here to consider:
     - If this state is a consistent state with a default action, then
       the only way this function was invoked is if the default action
       is an error action.  In that case, don't check for expected
       tokens because there are none.
     - The only way there can be no lookahead present (in yychar) is if
       this state is a consistent state with a default action.  Thus,
       detecting the absence of a lookahead is sufficient to determine
       that there is no unexpected or expected token to report.  In that
       case, just report a simple "syntax error".
     - Don't assume there isn't a lookahead just because this state is a
       consistent state with a default action.  There might have been a
       previous inconsistent state, consistent state with a non-default
       action, or user semantic action that manipulated yychar.
     - Of course, the expected token list depends on states to have
       correct lookahead information, and it depends on the parser not
       to perform extra reductions after fetching a lookahead from the
       scanner and before detecting a syntax error.  Thus, state merging
       (from LALR or IELR) and default reductions corrupt the expected
       token list.  However, the list is correct for canonical LR with
       one exception: it will still contain any token that will not be
       accepted due to an error action in a later state.
  */
  if (yytoken != YYEMPTY)
    {
      int yyn = yypact[*yyssp];
      yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yytoken];
      if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
        {
          /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in

             YYCHECK.  In other words, skip the first -YYN actions for
             this state because they are default actions.  */
          int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;

          /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname.  */
          int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1;
          int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS;
          int yyx;




          for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
            if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR
                && !yytable_value_is_error (yytable[yyx + yyn]))
              {
                if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM)
                  {
                    yycount = 1;
                    yysize = yysize0;

                    break;
                  }
                yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx];
                {
                  YYSIZE_T yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (YY_NULLPTR, yytname[yyx]);

                  if (! (yysize <= yysize1
                         && yysize1 <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM))
                    return 2;
                  yysize = yysize1;


                }
              }

        }
    }

  switch (yycount)
    {
# define YYCASE_(N, S)                      \
      case N:                               \
        yyformat = S;                       \
      break
    default: /* Avoid compiler warnings. */
      YYCASE_(0, YY_("syntax error"));
      YYCASE_(1, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s"));
      YYCASE_(2, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s"));
      YYCASE_(3, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s"));
      YYCASE_(4, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s"));
      YYCASE_(5, YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s"));
# undef YYCASE_
    }

  {
    YYSIZE_T yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyformat);

    if (! (yysize <= yysize1 && yysize1 <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM))
      return 2;
    yysize = yysize1;
  }


  if (*yymsg_alloc < yysize)
    {
      *yymsg_alloc = 2 * yysize;
      if (! (yysize <= *yymsg_alloc
             && *yymsg_alloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM))
        *yymsg_alloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM;
      return 1;
    }


  /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space.
     Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation
     produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s.  */
  {
    char *yyp = *yymsg;
    int yyi = 0;
    while ((*yyp = *yyformat) != '\0')

      if (*yyp == '%' && yyformat[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount)
        {
          yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]);
          yyformat += 2;
        }
      else
        {
          yyp++;
          yyformat++;
        }
  }

  return 0;
}

#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */


/*-----------------------------------------------.
| Release the memory associated to this symbol.  |
`-----------------------------------------------*/




static void
yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep, YYLTYPE *yylocationp, DateInfo* info)









{
  YYUSE (yyvaluep);
  YYUSE (yylocationp);
  YYUSE (info);

  if (!yymsg)
    yymsg = "Deleting";
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp);

  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
  YYUSE (yytype);

  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
}



























/*----------.
| yyparse.  |
`----------*/




int










yyparse (DateInfo* info)






{
/* The lookahead symbol.  */
int yychar;


/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol.  */
/* Default value used for initialization, for pacifying older GCCs
   or non-GCC compilers.  */
YY_INITIAL_VALUE (static YYSTYPE yyval_default;)
YYSTYPE yylval YY_INITIAL_VALUE (= yyval_default);

/* Location data for the lookahead symbol.  */
static YYLTYPE yyloc_default
# if defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
  = { 1, 1, 1, 1 }
# endif
;
YYLTYPE yylloc = yyloc_default;

    /* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
    int yynerrs;

    int yystate;
    /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
    int yyerrstatus;

    /* The stacks and their tools:
       'yyss': related to states.
       'yyvs': related to semantic values.
       'yyls': related to locations.

       Refer to the stacks through separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
       to reallocate them elsewhere.  */

    /* The state stack.  */
    yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
    yytype_int16 *yyss;
    yytype_int16 *yyssp;

    /* The semantic value stack.  */
    YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
    YYSTYPE *yyvs;
    YYSTYPE *yyvsp;

    /* The location stack.  */
    YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
    YYLTYPE *yyls;
    YYLTYPE *yylsp;

    /* The locations where the error started and ended.  */
    YYLTYPE yyerror_range[3];

    YYSIZE_T yystacksize;

  int yyn;
  int yyresult;


  /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
  int yytoken = 0;
  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
     action routines.  */
  YYSTYPE yyval;
  YYLTYPE yyloc;

#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
  /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size.  */
  char yymsgbuf[128];
  char *yymsg = yymsgbuf;
  YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
#endif


























#define YYPOPSTACK(N)   (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N), yylsp -= (N))








  /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
     Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped.  */
  int yylen = 0;

  yyssp = yyss = yyssa;
  yyvsp = yyvs = yyvsa;
  yylsp = yyls = yylsa;
  yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;

  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));

  yystate = 0;
  yyerrstatus = 0;
  yynerrs = 0;
  yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read.  */








  yylsp[0] = yylloc;






  goto yysetstate;

/*------------------------------------------------------------.
| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
`------------------------------------------------------------*/
 yynewstate:
  /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
................................................................................
  if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
    {
      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
      YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;

#ifdef yyoverflow
      {
        /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack.  Use copies of
           these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
           memory.  */
        YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
        yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
        YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;

        /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
           data in use in that stack, in bytes.  This used to be a
           conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
           be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
        yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
                    &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
                    &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
                    &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
                    &yystacksize);

        yyls = yyls1;
        yyss = yyss1;
        yyvs = yyvs1;
      }
#else /* no yyoverflow */
# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
      goto yyexhaustedlab;
# else
      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
      if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
        goto yyexhaustedlab;
      yystacksize *= 2;
      if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
        yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;

      {
        yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss;
        union yyalloc *yyptr =
          (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
        if (! yyptr)
          goto yyexhaustedlab;
        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss);
        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs);
        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls_alloc, yyls);
#  undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
        if (yyss1 != yyssa)
          YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
      }
# endif
#endif /* no yyoverflow */

      yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
      yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
      yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;

      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
                  (unsigned long) yystacksize));

      if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
        YYABORT;
    }

  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));

  if (yystate == YYFINAL)
    YYACCEPT;

  goto yybackup;

/*-----------.
| yybackup.  |
`-----------*/
yybackup:

  /* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  Read a
     lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */

  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
  yyn = yypact[yystate];
  if (yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
    goto yydefault;

  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */

  /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid lookahead symbol.  */
  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
    {
      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
      yychar = yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, info);
    }

  if (yychar <= YYEOF)
    {
      yychar = yytoken = YYEOF;
      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
    }
................................................................................
     detect an error, take that action.  */
  yyn += yytoken;
  if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
    goto yydefault;
  yyn = yytable[yyn];
  if (yyn <= 0)
    {
      if (yytable_value_is_error (yyn))
        goto yyerrlab;
      yyn = -yyn;
      goto yyreduce;
    }




  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
     status.  */
  if (yyerrstatus)
    yyerrstatus--;

  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);

  /* Discard the shifted token.  */

  yychar = YYEMPTY;

  yystate = yyn;
  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
  *++yyvsp = yylval;
  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
  *++yylsp = yylloc;
  goto yynewstate;


/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state.  |
`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
................................................................................
| yyreduce -- Do a reduction.  |
`-----------------------------*/
yyreduce:
  /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
  yylen = yyr2[yyn];

  /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
     '$$ = $1'.

     Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
     This behavior is undocumented and Bison
     users should not rely upon it.  Assigning to YYVAL
     unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
     GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized.  */
  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];

  /* Default location. */
  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
  yyerror_range[1] = yyloc;
  YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
  switch (yyn)
    {
        case 4:

    {
	    yyHaveTime++;
	}

    break;

  case 5:

    {
	    yyHaveZone++;
	}

    break;

  case 6:

    {
	    yyHaveDate++;
	}

    break;

  case 7:

    {
	    yyHaveOrdinalMonth++;
	}

    break;

  case 8:

    {
	    yyHaveDay++;
	}

    break;

  case 9:

    {
	    yyHaveRel++;
	}

    break;

  case 10:

    {
	    yyHaveTime++;
	    yyHaveDate++;
	}

    break;

  case 11:

    {
	    yyHaveTime++;
	    yyHaveDate++;
	    yyHaveRel++;
	}

    break;

  case 13:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyMinutes = 0;
	    yySeconds = 0;
	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);

	}

    break;

  case 14:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yySeconds = 0;
	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);

	}

    break;

  case 15:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyMeridian = MER24;
	    yyDSTmode = DSToff;
	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60);
	    ++yyHaveZone;

	}

    break;

  case 16:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-5].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);

	}

    break;

  case 17:

    {
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-6].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyMeridian = MER24;
	    yyDSTmode = DSToff;
	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60);
	    ++yyHaveZone;

	}

    break;

  case 18:

    {
	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyDSTmode = DSTon;

	}

    break;

  case 19:

    {
	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    yyDSTmode = DSToff;

	}

    break;

  case 20:

    {
	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    yyDSTmode = DSTon;

	}

    break;

  case 21:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 22:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 23:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 24:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = (yyvsp[-2].Number) * (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 25:

    {
	    yyDayOrdinal = 2;
	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 26:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 27:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 28:

    {
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number) % 100;

	}

    break;

  case 29:

    {
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 30:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[-4].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 31:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 32:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 33:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-1].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 34:

    {
	    yyMonth = 1;
	    yyDay = 1;
	    yyYear = EPOCH;
	}

    break;

  case 35:

    {
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 36:

    {
	    yyMonthOrdinal = 1;
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 37:

    {
	    yyMonthOrdinal = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 38:

    {
	    if ((yyvsp[-1].Number) != HOUR( 7)) YYABORT;
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[-2].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[-2].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number) % 100;
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMinutes = ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[0].Number) % 100;

	}

    break;

  case 39:

    {
	    if ((yyvsp[-5].Number) != HOUR( 7)) YYABORT;
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[-6].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[-6].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-6].Number) % 100;
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 40:

    {
	    yyYear = (yyvsp[-1].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMonth = ((yyvsp[-1].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-1].Number) % 100;
	    yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number) / 10000;
	    yyMinutes = ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 10000)/100;
	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[0].Number) % 100;

	}

    break;

  case 41:

    {
	    /*
	     * Offset computed year by -377 so that the returned years will be
	     * in a range accessible with a 32 bit clock seconds value.
	     */

	    yyYear = (yyvsp[-2].Number)/1000 + 2323 - 377;
	    yyDay  = 1;
	    yyMonth = 1;
	    yyRelDay += (((yyvsp[-2].Number)%1000)*(365 + IsLeapYear(yyYear)))/1000;
	    yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[0].Number) * 144 * 60;

	}

    break;

  case 42:

    {
	    yyRelSeconds *= -1;
	    yyRelMonth *= -1;
	    yyRelDay *= -1;
	}

    break;

  case 44:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[-2].Number) * (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);

	}

    break;

  case 45:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 46:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[0].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 47:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 48:

    {
	    *yyRelPointer += (yyvsp[0].Number);
	}

    break;

  case 49:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = -1;
	}

    break;

  case 50:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) =  1;
	}

    break;

  case 51:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    yyRelPointer = &yyRelSeconds;

	}

    break;

  case 52:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    yyRelPointer = &yyRelDay;

	}

    break;

  case 53:

    {
	    (yyval.Number) = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    yyRelPointer = &yyRelMonth;

	}

    break;

  case 54:

    {
	    if (yyHaveTime && yyHaveDate && !yyHaveRel) {
		yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
	    } else {
		yyHaveTime++;
		if (yyDigitCount <= 2) {
		    yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number);
		    yyMinutes = 0;
		} else {
		    yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number) / 100;
		    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[0].Number) % 100;
		}
		yySeconds = 0;
		yyMeridian = MER24;
	    }
	}

    break;

  case 55:

    {
	    (yyval.Meridian) = MER24;
	}

    break;

  case 56:

    {
	    (yyval.Meridian) = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
	}

    break;




      default: break;
    }
  /* User semantic actions sometimes alter yychar, and that requires
     that yytoken be updated with the new translation.  We take the
     approach of translating immediately before every use of yytoken.
     One alternative is translating here after every semantic action,
     but that translation would be missed if the semantic action invokes
     YYABORT, YYACCEPT, or YYERROR immediately after altering yychar or
     if it invokes YYBACKUP.  In the case of YYABORT or YYACCEPT, an
     incorrect destructor might then be invoked immediately.  In the
     case of YYERROR or YYBACKUP, subsequent parser actions might lead
     to an incorrect destructor call or verbose syntax error message
     before the lookahead is translated.  */
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc);

  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
  yylen = 0;
  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);

  *++yyvsp = yyval;
  *++yylsp = yyloc;

  /* Now 'shift' the result of the reduction.  Determine what state
     that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
     number reduced by.  */

  yyn = yyr1[yyn];

  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp;
  if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
................................................................................
    yystate = yytable[yystate];
  else
    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS];

  goto yynewstate;


/*--------------------------------------.
| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error.  |
`--------------------------------------*/
yyerrlab:
  /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
     user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
  yytoken = yychar == YYEMPTY ? YYEMPTY : YYTRANSLATE (yychar);

  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
  if (!yyerrstatus)
    {
      ++yynerrs;
#if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE
      yyerror (&yylloc, info, YY_("syntax error"));
#else
# define YYSYNTAX_ERROR yysyntax_error (&yymsg_alloc, &yymsg, \
                                        yyssp, yytoken)
      {
        char const *yymsgp = YY_("syntax error");
        int yysyntax_error_status;

        yysyntax_error_status = YYSYNTAX_ERROR;
        if (yysyntax_error_status == 0)
          yymsgp = yymsg;
        else if (yysyntax_error_status == 1)
          {



            if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
              YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
            yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yymsg_alloc);
            if (!yymsg)


              {
                yymsg = yymsgbuf;
                yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
                yysyntax_error_status = 2;
              }


            else
              {
                yysyntax_error_status = YYSYNTAX_ERROR;
                yymsgp = yymsg;
              }


          }
        yyerror (&yylloc, info, yymsgp);

        if (yysyntax_error_status == 2)
          goto yyexhaustedlab;
      }

# undef YYSYNTAX_ERROR
#endif
    }

  yyerror_range[1] = yylloc;

  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
    {
      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
         error, discard it.  */

      if (yychar <= YYEOF)
        {
          /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
          if (yychar == YYEOF)
            YYABORT;
        }
      else
        {
          yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
                      yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, info);
          yychar = YYEMPTY;
        }
    }

  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
     token.  */
  goto yyerrlab1;


/*---------------------------------------------------.
| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR.  |
`---------------------------------------------------*/
................................................................................

  /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes
     YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user
     code.  */
  if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0)
     goto yyerrorlab;


  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
     this YYERROR.  */
  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
  yylen = 0;
  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
  yystate = *yyssp;
  goto yyerrlab1;


/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR.  |
`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
yyerrlab1:
  yyerrstatus = 3;      /* Each real token shifted decrements this.  */

  for (;;)
    {
      yyn = yypact[yystate];
      if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
        {
          yyn += YYTERROR;
          if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR)
            {
              yyn = yytable[yyn];
              if (0 < yyn)
                break;
            }
        }

      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
      if (yyssp == yyss)
        YYABORT;

      yyerror_range[1] = *yylsp;
      yydestruct ("Error: popping",
                  yystos[yystate], yyvsp, yylsp, info);
      YYPOPSTACK (1);
      yystate = *yyssp;
      YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
    }

  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN


  *++yyvsp = yylval;
  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END

  yyerror_range[2] = yylloc;
  /* Using YYLLOC is tempting, but would change the location of
     the lookahead.  YYLOC is available though.  */
  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, yyerror_range, 2);
  *++yylsp = yyloc;

  /* Shift the error token.  */
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp);

  yystate = yyn;
  goto yynewstate;
................................................................................
/*-----------------------------------.
| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
`-----------------------------------*/
yyabortlab:
  yyresult = 1;
  goto yyreturn;

#if !defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE
/*-------------------------------------------------.
| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here.  |
`-------------------------------------------------*/
yyexhaustedlab:
  yyerror (&yylloc, info, YY_("memory exhausted"));
  yyresult = 2;
  /* Fall through.  */
#endif

yyreturn:
  if (yychar != YYEMPTY)
    {
      /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
         user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
      yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
                  yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, info);
    }
  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
     this YYABORT or YYACCEPT.  */
  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
  while (yyssp != yyss)
    {
      yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
                  yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp, yylsp, info);
      YYPOPSTACK (1);
    }
#ifndef yyoverflow
  if (yyss != yyssa)
    YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
#endif
#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
  if (yymsg != yymsgbuf)
    YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
#endif

  return yyresult;
}




/*
 * Month and day table.
 */

static const TABLE MonthDayTable[] = {
................................................................................
    register char c;
    register char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (TclIsSpaceProc(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
	    yyInput++;
	}

	if (isdigit(UCHAR(c = *yyInput))) { /* INTL: digit */
	    /*
	     * Convert the string into a number; count the number of digits.
	     */
................................................................................
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tclDecls.h.

115
116
117
118
119
120
121

122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133

134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
...
194
195
196
197
198
199
200

201
202
203
204
205
206
207

208
209
210
211

212
213
214
215
216
217

218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226

227
228
229
230
231

232
233
234
235
236
237
238

239
240
241

242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
...
418
419
420
421
422
423
424

425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
...
545
546
547
548
549
550
551

552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560

561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
...
709
710
711
712
713
714
715

716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
...
739
740
741
742
743
744
745

746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
...
760
761
762
763
764
765
766

767
768
769
770
771
772

773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785

786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795

796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
...
821
822
823
824
825
826
827

828
829
830
831
832
833
834

835
836
837

838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
....
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127

1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
....
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840













1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
....
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
....
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
....
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
....
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
....
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
....
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507




2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
....
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801








3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830

3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
....
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979


3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
/* 20 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 21 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 22 */

EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 23 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
				int length, const char *file, int line);
/* 24 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 25 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 26 */

EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 27 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line);
/* 28 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 29 */
................................................................................
/* 34 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src,
				double *doublePtr);
/* 35 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
/* 36 */

EXTERN int		Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *const *tablePtr,
				const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr);
/* 37 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetInt(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src,
				int *intPtr);
/* 38 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
EXTERN int		Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *lengthPtr);
/* 48 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count,
				int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 49 */

EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue);
/* 50 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
				int length);
/* 51 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue);
/* 52 */

EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue);
/* 53 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 54 */

EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue);
/* 55 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewObj(void);
/* 56 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length);
/* 57 */

EXTERN void		Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue);
/* 58 */
EXTERN unsigned char *	Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 59 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const unsigned char *bytes, int length);
/* 60 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue);
/* 61 */

EXTERN void		Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue);
/* 62 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 63 */

EXTERN void		Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue);
/* 64 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 65 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes,
				int length);
/* 66 */

EXTERN void		Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *message);
/* 67 */

EXTERN void		Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *message, int length);
/* 68 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_AllowExceptions(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 69 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_AppendElement(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *element);
/* 70 */
................................................................................
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err);
/* 129 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script);
/* 130 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *fileName);
/* 131 */

EXTERN int		Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 132 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
/* 133 */
EXTERN TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status);
/* 134 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_ExposeCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
EXTERN Tcl_Interp *	Tcl_GetSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *slaveName);
/* 173 */
EXTERN Tcl_Channel	Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type);
/* 174 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 175 */

EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				int flags);
/* 176 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, int flags);
/* 177 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *command);
/* 178 */

EXTERN int		Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 179 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *cmdName,
				const char *hiddenCmdToken);
/* 180 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
................................................................................
				Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr);
/* 235 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetObjResult(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr);
/* 236 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type);
/* 237 */

EXTERN const char *	Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				const char *newValue, int flags);
/* 238 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, const char *newValue,
				int flags);
/* 239 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_SignalId(int sig);
................................................................................
				Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc);
/* 245 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern);
/* 246 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("")
int			Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan);
/* 247 */

EXTERN int		Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, int flags,
				Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
................................................................................
/* 251 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_UnlinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName);
/* 252 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Channel chan);
/* 253 */

EXTERN int		Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				int flags);
/* 254 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, int flags);
/* 255 */

EXTERN void		Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName, int flags,
				Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 256 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_UntraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *part1, const char *part2,
				int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 257 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName);
/* 258 */

EXTERN int		Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
				const char *varName, const char *localName,
				int flags);
/* 259 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_UpVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
				const char *part1, const char *part2,
				const char *localName, int flags);
/* 260 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...);
/* 261 */

EXTERN ClientData	Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName, int flags,
				Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
				ClientData prevClientData);
/* 262 */
EXTERN ClientData	Tcl_VarTraceInfo2(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *part1, const char *part2,
				int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
................................................................................
				va_list argList);
/* 269 */
EXTERN char *		Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
/* 270 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
				const char **termPtr);
/* 271 */

EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version, int exact);
/* 272 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name, const char *version,
				int exact, void *clientDataPtr);
/* 273 */

EXTERN int		Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version);
/* 274 */

EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version, int exact);
/* 275 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("see TIP #422")
void			Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				va_list argList);
/* 276 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("see TIP #422")
................................................................................
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetUnicodeObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int numChars);
/* 380 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 381 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index);
/* 382 */

EXTERN Tcl_UniChar *	Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 383 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_GetRange(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last);
/* 384 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int length);
/* 385 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_RegExpMatchObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
				Tcl_Obj *compressionDictionaryObj);
/* 631 */
EXTERN Tcl_Channel	Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *service, const char *host,
				unsigned int flags,
				Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc,
				ClientData callbackData);














typedef struct {
    const struct TclPlatStubs *tclPlatStubs;
    const struct TclIntStubs *tclIntStubs;
    const struct TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubs;
} TclStubHooks;

................................................................................
    void (*tcl_AppendStringsToObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, ...); /* 15 */
    void (*tcl_AppendToObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length); /* 16 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_ConcatObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 17 */
    int (*tcl_ConvertToType) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr); /* 18 */
    void (*tcl_DbDecrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 19 */
    void (*tcl_DbIncrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 20 */
    int (*tcl_DbIsShared) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 21 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewBooleanObj) (int boolValue, const char *file, int line); /* 22 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 23 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue, const char *file, int line); /* 24 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, const char *file, int line); /* 25 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewLongObj) (long longValue, const char *file, int line); /* 26 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewObj) (const char *file, int line); /* 27 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 28 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DuplicateObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 29 */
    void (*tclFreeObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 30 */
    int (*tcl_GetBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *boolPtr); /* 31 */
    int (*tcl_GetBooleanFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *boolPtr); /* 32 */
    unsigned char * (*tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 33 */
    int (*tcl_GetDouble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, double *doublePtr); /* 34 */
    int (*tcl_GetDoubleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 35 */
    int (*tcl_GetIndexFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr); /* 36 */
    int (*tcl_GetInt) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr); /* 37 */
    int (*tcl_GetIntFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 38 */
    int (*tcl_GetLongFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long *longPtr); /* 39 */
    CONST86 Tcl_ObjType * (*tcl_GetObjType) (const char *typeName); /* 40 */
    char * (*tcl_GetStringFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 41 */
    void (*tcl_InvalidateStringRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 42 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjAppendList) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, Tcl_Obj *elemListPtr); /* 43 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjAppendElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 44 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjGetElements) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *objcPtr, Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr); /* 45 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int index, Tcl_Obj **objPtrPtr); /* 46 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjLength) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 47 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjReplace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 48 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewBooleanObj) (int boolValue); /* 49 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 50 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue); /* 51 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewIntObj) (int intValue); /* 52 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 53 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewLongObj) (long longValue); /* 54 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewObj) (void); /* 55 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length); /* 56 */
    void (*tcl_SetBooleanObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue); /* 57 */
    unsigned char * (*tcl_SetByteArrayLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 58 */
    void (*tcl_SetByteArrayObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 59 */
    void (*tcl_SetDoubleObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue); /* 60 */
    void (*tcl_SetIntObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue); /* 61 */
    void (*tcl_SetListObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 62 */
    void (*tcl_SetLongObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue); /* 63 */
    void (*tcl_SetObjLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 64 */
    void (*tcl_SetStringObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length); /* 65 */
    void (*tcl_AddErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message); /* 66 */
    void (*tcl_AddObjErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message, int length); /* 67 */
    void (*tcl_AllowExceptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 68 */
    void (*tcl_AppendElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *element); /* 69 */
    void (*tcl_AppendResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 70 */
    Tcl_AsyncHandler (*tcl_AsyncCreate) (Tcl_AsyncProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 71 */
    void (*tcl_AsyncDelete) (Tcl_AsyncHandler async); /* 72 */
    int (*tcl_AsyncInvoke) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int code); /* 73 */
    void (*tcl_AsyncMark) (Tcl_AsyncHandler async); /* 74 */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_DStringSetLength) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr, int length); /* 124 */
    void (*tcl_DStringStartSublist) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 125 */
    int (*tcl_Eof) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 126 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoId) (void); /* 127 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoMsg) (int err); /* 128 */
    int (*tcl_Eval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script); /* 129 */
    int (*tcl_EvalFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName); /* 130 */
    int (*tcl_EvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 131 */
    void (*tcl_EventuallyFree) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 132 */
    TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_Exit) (int status); /* 133 */
    int (*tcl_ExposeCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *hiddenCmdToken, const char *cmdName); /* 134 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, int *ptr); /* 135 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBooleanObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *ptr); /* 136 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDouble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, double *ptr); /* 137 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDoubleObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *ptr); /* 138 */
................................................................................
    Tcl_PathType (*tcl_GetPathType) (const char *path); /* 168 */
    int (*tcl_Gets) (Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 169 */
    int (*tcl_GetsObj) (Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 170 */
    int (*tcl_GetServiceMode) (void); /* 171 */
    Tcl_Interp * (*tcl_GetSlave) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveName); /* 172 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_GetStdChannel) (int type); /* 173 */
    const char * (*tcl_GetStringResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 174 */
    const char * (*tcl_GetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 175 */
    const char * (*tcl_GetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags); /* 176 */
    int (*tcl_GlobalEval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command); /* 177 */
    int (*tcl_GlobalEvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tcl_HideCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, const char *hiddenCmdToken); /* 179 */
    int (*tcl_Init) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 180 */
    void (*tcl_InitHashTable) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType); /* 181 */
    int (*tcl_InputBlocked) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 182 */
    int (*tcl_InputBuffered) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 183 */
    int (*tcl_InterpDeleted) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 184 */
    int (*tcl_IsSafe) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 185 */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_SetPanicProc) (TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc); /* 230 */
    int (*tcl_SetRecursionLimit) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int depth); /* 231 */
    void (*tcl_SetResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *result, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 232 */
    int (*tcl_SetServiceMode) (int mode); /* 233 */
    void (*tcl_SetObjErrorCode) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr); /* 234 */
    void (*tcl_SetObjResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr); /* 235 */
    void (*tcl_SetStdChannel) (Tcl_Channel channel, int type); /* 236 */
    const char * (*tcl_SetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, const char *newValue, int flags); /* 237 */
    const char * (*tcl_SetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags); /* 238 */
    const char * (*tcl_SignalId) (int sig); /* 239 */
    const char * (*tcl_SignalMsg) (int sig); /* 240 */
    void (*tcl_SourceRCFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 241 */
    int (*tcl_SplitList) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *listStr, int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr); /* 242 */
    void (*tcl_SplitPath) (const char *path, int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr); /* 243 */
    void (*tcl_StaticPackage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName, Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc); /* 244 */
    int (*tcl_StringMatch) (const char *str, const char *pattern); /* 245 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("") int (*tcl_TellOld) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 246 */
    int (*tcl_TraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 247 */
    int (*tcl_TraceVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 248 */
    char * (*tcl_TranslateFileName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_DString *bufferPtr); /* 249 */
    int (*tcl_Ungets) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *str, int len, int atHead); /* 250 */
    void (*tcl_UnlinkVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName); /* 251 */
    int (*tcl_UnregisterChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan); /* 252 */
    int (*tcl_UnsetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 253 */
    int (*tcl_UnsetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags); /* 254 */
    void (*tcl_UntraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 255 */
    void (*tcl_UntraceVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 256 */
    void (*tcl_UpdateLinkedVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName); /* 257 */
    int (*tcl_UpVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags); /* 258 */
    int (*tcl_UpVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *part1, const char *part2, const char *localName, int flags); /* 259 */
    int (*tcl_VarEval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 260 */
    ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 261 */
    ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 262 */
    int (*tcl_Write) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *s, int slen); /* 263 */
    void (*tcl_WrongNumArgs) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message); /* 264 */
    int (*tcl_DumpActiveMemory) (const char *fileName); /* 265 */
    void (*tcl_ValidateAllMemory) (const char *file, int line); /* 266 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_AppendResultVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 267 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList); /* 268 */
    char * (*tcl_HashStats) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); /* 269 */
    const char * (*tcl_ParseVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, const char **termPtr); /* 270 */
    const char * (*tcl_PkgPresent) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 271 */
    const char * (*tcl_PkgPresentEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact, void *clientDataPtr); /* 272 */
    int (*tcl_PkgProvide) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version); /* 273 */
    const char * (*tcl_PkgRequire) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 274 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_SetErrorCodeVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 275 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") int (*tcl_VarEvalVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 276 */
    Tcl_Pid (*tcl_WaitPid) (Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options); /* 277 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_PanicVA) (const char *format, va_list argList); /* 278 */
    void (*tcl_GetVersion) (int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type); /* 279 */
    void (*tcl_InitMemory) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 280 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_StackChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tcl_ChannelType *typePtr, ClientData instanceData, int mask, Tcl_Channel prevChan); /* 281 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsPunct) (int ch); /* 375 */
    int (*tcl_RegExpExecObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_Obj *textObj, int offset, int nmatches, int flags); /* 376 */
    void (*tcl_RegExpGetInfo) (Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_RegExpInfo *infoPtr); /* 377 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewUnicodeObj) (const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int numChars); /* 378 */
    void (*tcl_SetUnicodeObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int numChars); /* 379 */
    int (*tcl_GetCharLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 380 */
    int (*tcl_GetUniChar) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index); /* 381 */
    Tcl_UniChar * (*tcl_GetUnicode) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 382 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_GetRange) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last); /* 383 */
    void (*tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int length); /* 384 */
    int (*tcl_RegExpMatchObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *textObj, Tcl_Obj *patternObj); /* 385 */
    void (*tcl_SetNotifier) (Tcl_NotifierProcs *notifierProcPtr); /* 386 */
    Tcl_Mutex * (*tcl_GetAllocMutex) (void); /* 387 */
    int (*tcl_GetChannelNames) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 388 */
    int (*tcl_GetChannelNamesEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern); /* 389 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_NRExprObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tcl_Obj *resultPtr); /* 625 */
    int (*tcl_NRSubstObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags); /* 626 */
    int (*tcl_LoadFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, const char *const symv[], int flags, void *procPtrs, Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr); /* 627 */
    void * (*tcl_FindSymbol) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_LoadHandle handle, const char *symbol); /* 628 */
    int (*tcl_FSUnloadFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_LoadHandle handlePtr); /* 629 */
    void (*tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary) (Tcl_ZlibStream zhandle, Tcl_Obj *compressionDictionaryObj); /* 630 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_OpenTcpServerEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *service, const char *host, unsigned int flags, Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc, ClientData callbackData); /* 631 */




} TclStubs;

extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_FindSymbol) /* 628 */
#define Tcl_FSUnloadFile \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_FSUnloadFile) /* 629 */
#define Tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary) /* 630 */
#define Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_OpenTcpServerEx) /* 631 */









#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
#   undef Tcl_CreateInterp
#   undef Tcl_FindExecutable
#   undef Tcl_GetStringResult
#   undef Tcl_Init
#   undef Tcl_SetPanicProc
#   undef Tcl_SetVar
#   undef Tcl_ObjSetVar2
#   undef Tcl_StaticPackage
#   define Tcl_CreateInterp() (tclStubsPtr->tcl_CreateInterp())
#   define Tcl_GetStringResult(interp) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetStringResult(interp))
#   define Tcl_Init(interp) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_Init(interp))
#   define Tcl_SetPanicProc(proc) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetPanicProc(proc))
#   define Tcl_SetVar(interp, varName, newValue, flags) \
	    (tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetVar(interp, varName, newValue, flags))
#   define Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, part1, part2, newValue, flags) \
	    (tclStubsPtr->tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, part1, part2, newValue, flags))
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tcl_FindExecutable(arg) ((Tcl_FindExecutable)((const char *)(arg)))
#   define Tcl_MainEx Tcl_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tcl_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);

#endif

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#undef Tcl_SeekOld
#undef Tcl_TellOld
................................................................................
#undef Tcl_NewLongObj
#define Tcl_NewLongObj(value) Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)(value))
#undef Tcl_NewIntObj
#define Tcl_NewIntObj(value) Tcl_NewWideIntObj((int)(value))
#undef Tcl_DbNewLongObj
#define Tcl_DbNewLongObj(value, file, line) Tcl_DbNewWideIntObj((long)(value), file, line)
#undef Tcl_SetIntObj
#define Tcl_SetIntObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, (int)(value))
#undef Tcl_SetLongObj
#define Tcl_SetLongObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, (long)(value))



/*
 * Deprecated Tcl procedures:
 */

#undef Tcl_EvalObj
#define Tcl_EvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0)
#undef Tcl_GlobalEvalObj
#define Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL)

#endif /* _TCLDECLS */






>
|











>
|







 







>
|







 







>
|






>
|



>
|





>
|








>
|




>
|






>
|


>
|







 







>
|







 







>
|








>
|







 







>
|







 







>
|







 







>
|





>
|












>
|









>
|







 







>
|






>
|


>
|







 







>
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|



|









|












|


|

|


|



|

|


|
|







 







|







 







|


|







 







|









|





|

|


|


|









|

|
|







 







|







 







>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











<






<
<









>







 







|

|
>
>













115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
...
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
...
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
...
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
...
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
...
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
...
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
...
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
...
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
....
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
....
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
....
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
....
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
....
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
....
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
....
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
....
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
....
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861

3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867


3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
....
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
/* 20 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 21 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 22 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 23 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
				int length, const char *file, int line);
/* 24 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 25 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 26 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 27 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line);
/* 28 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 29 */
................................................................................
/* 34 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src,
				double *doublePtr);
/* 35 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
/* 36 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
int			Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *const *tablePtr,
				const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr);
/* 37 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetInt(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src,
				int *intPtr);
/* 38 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
EXTERN int		Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *lengthPtr);
/* 48 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count,
				int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 49 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue);
/* 50 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
				int length);
/* 51 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue);
/* 52 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue);
/* 53 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 54 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
Tcl_Obj *		Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue);
/* 55 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewObj(void);
/* 56 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length);
/* 57 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
void			Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue);
/* 58 */
EXTERN unsigned char *	Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 59 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const unsigned char *bytes, int length);
/* 60 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue);
/* 61 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
void			Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue);
/* 62 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 63 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
void			Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue);
/* 64 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 65 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes,
				int length);
/* 66 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
void			Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *message);
/* 67 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
void			Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *message, int length);
/* 68 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_AllowExceptions(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 69 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_AppendElement(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *element);
/* 70 */
................................................................................
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err);
/* 129 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script);
/* 130 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *fileName);
/* 131 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
int			Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 132 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
/* 133 */
EXTERN TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status);
/* 134 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_ExposeCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
EXTERN Tcl_Interp *	Tcl_GetSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *slaveName);
/* 173 */
EXTERN Tcl_Channel	Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type);
/* 174 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 175 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
const char *		Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				int flags);
/* 176 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, int flags);
/* 177 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *command);
/* 178 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
int			Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 179 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *cmdName,
				const char *hiddenCmdToken);
/* 180 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
................................................................................
				Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr);
/* 235 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetObjResult(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr);
/* 236 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type);
/* 237 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
const char *		Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				const char *newValue, int flags);
/* 238 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, const char *newValue,
				int flags);
/* 239 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_SignalId(int sig);
................................................................................
				Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc);
/* 245 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern);
/* 246 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("")
int			Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan);
/* 247 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
int			Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, int flags,
				Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
................................................................................
/* 251 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_UnlinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName);
/* 252 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Channel chan);
/* 253 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
int			Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
				int flags);
/* 254 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
				const char *part2, int flags);
/* 255 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
void			Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName, int flags,
				Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 256 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_UntraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *part1, const char *part2,
				int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
				ClientData clientData);
/* 257 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName);
/* 258 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
int			Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
				const char *varName, const char *localName,
				int flags);
/* 259 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_UpVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
				const char *part1, const char *part2,
				const char *localName, int flags);
/* 260 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...);
/* 261 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
ClientData		Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *varName, int flags,
				Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
				ClientData prevClientData);
/* 262 */
EXTERN ClientData	Tcl_VarTraceInfo2(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *part1, const char *part2,
				int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
................................................................................
				va_list argList);
/* 269 */
EXTERN char *		Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
/* 270 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
				const char **termPtr);
/* 271 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
const char *		Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version, int exact);
/* 272 */
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name, const char *version,
				int exact, void *clientDataPtr);
/* 273 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
int			Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version);
/* 274 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
const char *		Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version, int exact);
/* 275 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("see TIP #422")
void			Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				va_list argList);
/* 276 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("see TIP #422")
................................................................................
EXTERN void		Tcl_SetUnicodeObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int numChars);
/* 380 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 381 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index);
/* 382 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("No longer in use, changed to macro")
Tcl_UniChar *		Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 383 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_GetRange(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last);
/* 384 */
EXTERN void		Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int length);
/* 385 */
EXTERN int		Tcl_RegExpMatchObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
				Tcl_Obj *compressionDictionaryObj);
/* 631 */
EXTERN Tcl_Channel	Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *service, const char *host,
				unsigned int flags,
				Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc,
				ClientData callbackData);
/* 632 */
EXTERN int		TclZipfs_Mount(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *mountPoint, const char *zipname,
				const char *passwd);
/* 633 */
EXTERN int		TclZipfs_Unmount(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *mountPoint);
/* 634 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj *	TclZipfs_TclLibrary(void);
/* 635 */
EXTERN int		TclZipfs_MountBuffer(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *mountPoint, unsigned char *data,
				size_t datalen, int copy);

typedef struct {
    const struct TclPlatStubs *tclPlatStubs;
    const struct TclIntStubs *tclIntStubs;
    const struct TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubs;
} TclStubHooks;

................................................................................
    void (*tcl_AppendStringsToObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, ...); /* 15 */
    void (*tcl_AppendToObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length); /* 16 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_ConcatObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 17 */
    int (*tcl_ConvertToType) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr); /* 18 */
    void (*tcl_DbDecrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 19 */
    void (*tcl_DbIncrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 20 */
    int (*tcl_DbIsShared) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 21 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewBooleanObj) (int boolValue, const char *file, int line); /* 22 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 23 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue, const char *file, int line); /* 24 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, const char *file, int line); /* 25 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewLongObj) (long longValue, const char *file, int line); /* 26 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewObj) (const char *file, int line); /* 27 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 28 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DuplicateObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 29 */
    void (*tclFreeObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 30 */
    int (*tcl_GetBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *boolPtr); /* 31 */
    int (*tcl_GetBooleanFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *boolPtr); /* 32 */
    unsigned char * (*tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 33 */
    int (*tcl_GetDouble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, double *doublePtr); /* 34 */
    int (*tcl_GetDoubleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 35 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_GetIndexFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr); /* 36 */
    int (*tcl_GetInt) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr); /* 37 */
    int (*tcl_GetIntFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 38 */
    int (*tcl_GetLongFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long *longPtr); /* 39 */
    CONST86 Tcl_ObjType * (*tcl_GetObjType) (const char *typeName); /* 40 */
    char * (*tcl_GetStringFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 41 */
    void (*tcl_InvalidateStringRep) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 42 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjAppendList) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, Tcl_Obj *elemListPtr); /* 43 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjAppendElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 44 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjGetElements) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *objcPtr, Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr); /* 45 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int index, Tcl_Obj **objPtrPtr); /* 46 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjLength) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 47 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjReplace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 48 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewBooleanObj) (int boolValue); /* 49 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 50 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue); /* 51 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewIntObj) (int intValue); /* 52 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 53 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewLongObj) (long longValue); /* 54 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewObj) (void); /* 55 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length); /* 56 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_SetBooleanObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue); /* 57 */
    unsigned char * (*tcl_SetByteArrayLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 58 */
    void (*tcl_SetByteArrayObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 59 */
    void (*tcl_SetDoubleObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue); /* 60 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_SetIntObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue); /* 61 */
    void (*tcl_SetListObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 62 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_SetLongObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue); /* 63 */
    void (*tcl_SetObjLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 64 */
    void (*tcl_SetStringObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length); /* 65 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_AddErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message); /* 66 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_AddObjErrorInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message, int length); /* 67 */
    void (*tcl_AllowExceptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 68 */
    void (*tcl_AppendElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *element); /* 69 */
    void (*tcl_AppendResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 70 */
    Tcl_AsyncHandler (*tcl_AsyncCreate) (Tcl_AsyncProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 71 */
    void (*tcl_AsyncDelete) (Tcl_AsyncHandler async); /* 72 */
    int (*tcl_AsyncInvoke) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int code); /* 73 */
    void (*tcl_AsyncMark) (Tcl_AsyncHandler async); /* 74 */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_DStringSetLength) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr, int length); /* 124 */
    void (*tcl_DStringStartSublist) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 125 */
    int (*tcl_Eof) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 126 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoId) (void); /* 127 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoMsg) (int err); /* 128 */
    int (*tcl_Eval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script); /* 129 */
    int (*tcl_EvalFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName); /* 130 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_EvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 131 */
    void (*tcl_EventuallyFree) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 132 */
    TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_Exit) (int status); /* 133 */
    int (*tcl_ExposeCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *hiddenCmdToken, const char *cmdName); /* 134 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, int *ptr); /* 135 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBooleanObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *ptr); /* 136 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDouble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, double *ptr); /* 137 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDoubleObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *ptr); /* 138 */
................................................................................
    Tcl_PathType (*tcl_GetPathType) (const char *path); /* 168 */
    int (*tcl_Gets) (Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 169 */
    int (*tcl_GetsObj) (Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 170 */
    int (*tcl_GetServiceMode) (void); /* 171 */
    Tcl_Interp * (*tcl_GetSlave) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveName); /* 172 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_GetStdChannel) (int type); /* 173 */
    const char * (*tcl_GetStringResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 174 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_GetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 175 */
    const char * (*tcl_GetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags); /* 176 */
    int (*tcl_GlobalEval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command); /* 177 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_GlobalEvalObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tcl_HideCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, const char *hiddenCmdToken); /* 179 */
    int (*tcl_Init) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 180 */
    void (*tcl_InitHashTable) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType); /* 181 */
    int (*tcl_InputBlocked) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 182 */
    int (*tcl_InputBuffered) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 183 */
    int (*tcl_InterpDeleted) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 184 */
    int (*tcl_IsSafe) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 185 */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_SetPanicProc) (TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc); /* 230 */
    int (*tcl_SetRecursionLimit) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int depth); /* 231 */
    void (*tcl_SetResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *result, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 232 */
    int (*tcl_SetServiceMode) (int mode); /* 233 */
    void (*tcl_SetObjErrorCode) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr); /* 234 */
    void (*tcl_SetObjResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr); /* 235 */
    void (*tcl_SetStdChannel) (Tcl_Channel channel, int type); /* 236 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_SetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, const char *newValue, int flags); /* 237 */
    const char * (*tcl_SetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags); /* 238 */
    const char * (*tcl_SignalId) (int sig); /* 239 */
    const char * (*tcl_SignalMsg) (int sig); /* 240 */
    void (*tcl_SourceRCFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 241 */
    int (*tcl_SplitList) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *listStr, int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr); /* 242 */
    void (*tcl_SplitPath) (const char *path, int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr); /* 243 */
    void (*tcl_StaticPackage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName, Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc); /* 244 */
    int (*tcl_StringMatch) (const char *str, const char *pattern); /* 245 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("") int (*tcl_TellOld) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 246 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_TraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 247 */
    int (*tcl_TraceVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 248 */
    char * (*tcl_TranslateFileName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_DString *bufferPtr); /* 249 */
    int (*tcl_Ungets) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *str, int len, int atHead); /* 250 */
    void (*tcl_UnlinkVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName); /* 251 */
    int (*tcl_UnregisterChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan); /* 252 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_UnsetVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags); /* 253 */
    int (*tcl_UnsetVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags); /* 254 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") void (*tcl_UntraceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 255 */
    void (*tcl_UntraceVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 256 */
    void (*tcl_UpdateLinkedVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName); /* 257 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_UpVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags); /* 258 */
    int (*tcl_UpVar2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *part1, const char *part2, const char *localName, int flags); /* 259 */
    int (*tcl_VarEval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 260 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 261 */
    ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 262 */
    int (*tcl_Write) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *s, int slen); /* 263 */
    void (*tcl_WrongNumArgs) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message); /* 264 */
    int (*tcl_DumpActiveMemory) (const char *fileName); /* 265 */
    void (*tcl_ValidateAllMemory) (const char *file, int line); /* 266 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_AppendResultVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 267 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList); /* 268 */
    char * (*tcl_HashStats) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); /* 269 */
    const char * (*tcl_ParseVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, const char **termPtr); /* 270 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_PkgPresent) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 271 */
    const char * (*tcl_PkgPresentEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact, void *clientDataPtr); /* 272 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") int (*tcl_PkgProvide) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version); /* 273 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") const char * (*tcl_PkgRequire) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact); /* 274 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") void (*tcl_SetErrorCodeVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 275 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") int (*tcl_VarEvalVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 276 */
    Tcl_Pid (*tcl_WaitPid) (Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options); /* 277 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("see TIP #422") TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_PanicVA) (const char *format, va_list argList); /* 278 */
    void (*tcl_GetVersion) (int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type); /* 279 */
    void (*tcl_InitMemory) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 280 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_StackChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tcl_ChannelType *typePtr, ClientData instanceData, int mask, Tcl_Channel prevChan); /* 281 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsPunct) (int ch); /* 375 */
    int (*tcl_RegExpExecObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_Obj *textObj, int offset, int nmatches, int flags); /* 376 */
    void (*tcl_RegExpGetInfo) (Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_RegExpInfo *infoPtr); /* 377 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewUnicodeObj) (const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int numChars); /* 378 */
    void (*tcl_SetUnicodeObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int numChars); /* 379 */
    int (*tcl_GetCharLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 380 */
    int (*tcl_GetUniChar) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index); /* 381 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("No longer in use, changed to macro") Tcl_UniChar * (*tcl_GetUnicode) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 382 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_GetRange) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last); /* 383 */
    void (*tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode, int length); /* 384 */
    int (*tcl_RegExpMatchObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *textObj, Tcl_Obj *patternObj); /* 385 */
    void (*tcl_SetNotifier) (Tcl_NotifierProcs *notifierProcPtr); /* 386 */
    Tcl_Mutex * (*tcl_GetAllocMutex) (void); /* 387 */
    int (*tcl_GetChannelNames) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 388 */
    int (*tcl_GetChannelNamesEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern); /* 389 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_NRExprObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tcl_Obj *resultPtr); /* 625 */
    int (*tcl_NRSubstObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags); /* 626 */
    int (*tcl_LoadFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, const char *const symv[], int flags, void *procPtrs, Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr); /* 627 */
    void * (*tcl_FindSymbol) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_LoadHandle handle, const char *symbol); /* 628 */
    int (*tcl_FSUnloadFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_LoadHandle handlePtr); /* 629 */
    void (*tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary) (Tcl_ZlibStream zhandle, Tcl_Obj *compressionDictionaryObj); /* 630 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_OpenTcpServerEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *service, const char *host, unsigned int flags, Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc, ClientData callbackData); /* 631 */
    int (*tclZipfs_Mount) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint, const char *zipname, const char *passwd); /* 632 */
    int (*tclZipfs_Unmount) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint); /* 633 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tclZipfs_TclLibrary) (void); /* 634 */
    int (*tclZipfs_MountBuffer) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *mountPoint, unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, int copy); /* 635 */
} TclStubs;

extern const TclStubs *tclStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_FindSymbol) /* 628 */
#define Tcl_FSUnloadFile \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_FSUnloadFile) /* 629 */
#define Tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ZlibStreamSetCompressionDictionary) /* 630 */
#define Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_OpenTcpServerEx) /* 631 */
#define TclZipfs_Mount \
	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_Mount) /* 632 */
#define TclZipfs_Unmount \
	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_Unmount) /* 633 */
#define TclZipfs_TclLibrary \
	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_TclLibrary) /* 634 */
#define TclZipfs_MountBuffer \
	(tclStubsPtr->tclZipfs_MountBuffer) /* 635 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
#   undef Tcl_CreateInterp
#   undef Tcl_FindExecutable
#   undef Tcl_GetStringResult
#   undef Tcl_Init
#   undef Tcl_SetPanicProc

#   undef Tcl_ObjSetVar2
#   undef Tcl_StaticPackage
#   define Tcl_CreateInterp() (tclStubsPtr->tcl_CreateInterp())
#   define Tcl_GetStringResult(interp) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetStringResult(interp))
#   define Tcl_Init(interp) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_Init(interp))
#   define Tcl_SetPanicProc(proc) (tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetPanicProc(proc))


#   define Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, part1, part2, newValue, flags) \
	    (tclStubsPtr->tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, part1, part2, newValue, flags))
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tcl_FindExecutable(arg) ((Tcl_FindExecutable)((const char *)(arg)))
#   define Tcl_MainEx Tcl_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tcl_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
    EXTERN int		TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, wchar_t ***argv);
#endif

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#undef Tcl_SeekOld
#undef Tcl_TellOld
................................................................................
#undef Tcl_NewLongObj
#define Tcl_NewLongObj(value) Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)(value))
#undef Tcl_NewIntObj
#define Tcl_NewIntObj(value) Tcl_NewWideIntObj((int)(value))
#undef Tcl_DbNewLongObj
#define Tcl_DbNewLongObj(value, file, line) Tcl_DbNewWideIntObj((long)(value), file, line)
#undef Tcl_SetIntObj
#define Tcl_SetIntObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj((objPtr), (int)(value))
#undef Tcl_SetLongObj
#define Tcl_SetLongObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj((objPtr), (long)(value))
#undef Tcl_GetUnicode
#define Tcl_GetUnicode(objPtr)	Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj((objPtr), NULL)

/*
 * Deprecated Tcl procedures:
 */

#undef Tcl_EvalObj
#define Tcl_EvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0)
#undef Tcl_GlobalEvalObj
#define Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL)

#endif /* _TCLDECLS */

Changes to generic/tclDictObj.c.

149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
} Dict;

/*
 * Accessor macro for converting between a Tcl_Obj* and a Dict. Note that this
 * must be assignable as well as readable.
 */

#define DICT(dictObj)   (*((Dict **)&(dictObj)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1))

/*
 * The structure below defines the dictionary object type by means of
 * functions that can be invoked by generic object code.
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tclDictType = {






|







149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
} Dict;

/*
 * Accessor macro for converting between a Tcl_Obj* and a Dict. Note that this
 * must be assignable as well as readable.
 */

#define DICT(dictObj)   ((dictObj)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)

/*
 * The structure below defines the dictionary object type by means of
 * functions that can be invoked by generic object code.
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tclDictType = {

Changes to generic/tclDisassemble.c.

890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
....
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
	    continue;
	default:
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
	    if (ch > 0xffff) {
		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "\\U%08x", ch);
		i += 10;
	    } else
#elif TCL_UTF_MAX > 3
	    /* If len == 0, this means we have a char > 0xffff, resulting in
	     * TclUtfToUniChar producing a surrogate pair. We want to output
	     * this pair as a single Unicode character.
	     */
	    if (len == 0) {
		int upper = ((ch & 0x3ff) + 1) << 10;
		len = TclUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
................................................................................
    if (BYTECODE(codeObjPtr)->flags & TCL_BYTECODE_PRECOMPILED) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"may not disassemble prebuilt bytecode", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "DISASSEMBLE",
		"BYTECODE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (PTR2INT(clientData)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		DisassembleByteCodeAsDicts(interp, codeObjPtr));
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		DisassembleByteCodeObj(interp, codeObjPtr));
    }
    return TCL_OK;






|







 







|







890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
....
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
	    continue;
	default:
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
	    if (ch > 0xffff) {
		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "\\U%08x", ch);
		i += 10;
	    } else
#else
	    /* If len == 0, this means we have a char > 0xffff, resulting in
	     * TclUtfToUniChar producing a surrogate pair. We want to output
	     * this pair as a single Unicode character.
	     */
	    if (len == 0) {
		int upper = ((ch & 0x3ff) + 1) << 10;
		len = TclUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
................................................................................
    if (BYTECODE(codeObjPtr)->flags & TCL_BYTECODE_PRECOMPILED) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"may not disassemble prebuilt bytecode", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "DISASSEMBLE",
		"BYTECODE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (clientData) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		DisassembleByteCodeAsDicts(interp, codeObjPtr));
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		DisassembleByteCodeObj(interp, codeObjPtr));
    }
    return TCL_OK;

Changes to generic/tclEncoding.c.

2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
    dataPtr->initLen = strlen(init);
    memcpy(dataPtr->init, init, (unsigned) dataPtr->initLen + 1);
    dataPtr->finalLen = strlen(final);
    memcpy(dataPtr->final, final, (unsigned) dataPtr->finalLen + 1);
    dataPtr->numSubTables =
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&escapeData) / sizeof(EscapeSubTable);
    memcpy(dataPtr->subTables, Tcl_DStringValue(&escapeData),
	    (size_t) Tcl_DStringLength(&escapeData));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&escapeData);

    memset(dataPtr->prefixBytes, 0, sizeof(dataPtr->prefixBytes));
    for (i = 0; i < dataPtr->numSubTables; i++) {
	dataPtr->prefixBytes[UCHAR(dataPtr->subTables[i].sequence[0])] = 1;
    }
    if (dataPtr->init[0] != '\0') {






|







2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
    dataPtr->initLen = strlen(init);
    memcpy(dataPtr->init, init, (unsigned) dataPtr->initLen + 1);
    dataPtr->finalLen = strlen(final);
    memcpy(dataPtr->final, final, (unsigned) dataPtr->finalLen + 1);
    dataPtr->numSubTables =
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&escapeData) / sizeof(EscapeSubTable);
    memcpy(dataPtr->subTables, Tcl_DStringValue(&escapeData),
	    Tcl_DStringLength(&escapeData));
    Tcl_DStringFree(&escapeData);

    memset(dataPtr->prefixBytes, 0, sizeof(dataPtr->prefixBytes));
    for (i = 0; i < dataPtr->numSubTables; i++) {
	dataPtr->prefixBytes[UCHAR(dataPtr->subTables[i].sequence[0])] = 1;
    }
    if (dataPtr->init[0] != '\0') {

Changes to generic/tclEnsemble.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
...
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
...
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
...
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
...
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
....
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
....
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
....
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
....
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
....
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
....
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
....
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
....
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
....
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428

1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
....
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
....
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
....
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
 * Declarations for functions local to this file:
 */

static inline Tcl_Obj *	NewNsObj(Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr);
static inline int	EnsembleUnknownCallback(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tcl_Obj **prefixObjPtr);
static int		NsEnsembleImplementationCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		BuildEnsembleConfig(EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr);
static int		NsEnsembleStringOrder(const void *strPtr1,
			    const void *strPtr2);
static void		DeleteEnsembleConfig(ClientData clientData);
static void		MakeCachedEnsembleCommand(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
................................................................................
{
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) ensembleNsPtr;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Command token;

    ensemblePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(EnsembleConfig));
    token = TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, name,
	    (Tcl_Namespace *) nameNsPtr, NsEnsembleImplementationCmd,
	    NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR, ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
    if (token == NULL) {
	ckfree(ensemblePtr);
	return NULL;
    }

    ensemblePtr->nsPtr = nsPtr;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj *subcmdList)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldList;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (subcmdList != NULL) {
	int length;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *paramList)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldList;
    int length;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (paramList == NULL) {
	length = 0;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj *mapDict)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldDict;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (mapDict != NULL) {
	int size, done;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj *unknownList)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldList;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (unknownList != NULL) {
	int length;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    int flags)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    int wasCompiled;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    ensemblePtr = cmdPtr->objClientData;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **subcmdListPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **paramListPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **mapDictPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **unknownListPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    int *flagsPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Namespace **namespacePtrPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................

    cmdPtr = (Command *)
	    Tcl_FindCommand(interp, TclGetString(cmdNameObj), NULL, flags);
    if (cmdPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	/*
	 * Reuse existing infrastructure for following import link chains
	 * rather than duplicating it.
	 */

	cmdPtr = (Command *) TclGetOriginalCommand((Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);


	if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd){
	    if (flags & TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"\"%s\" is not an ensemble command",
			TclGetString(cmdNameObj)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "ENSEMBLE",
			TclGetString(cmdNameObj), NULL);
	    }
................................................................................

int
Tcl_IsEnsemble(
    Tcl_Command token)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc == NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	return 1;
    }
    cmdPtr = (Command *) TclGetOriginalCommand((Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
    if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != NsEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	return 0;
    }
    return 1;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    }
    return ensemble;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NsEnsembleImplementationCmd --
 *
 *	Implements an ensemble of commands (being those exported by a
 *	namespace other than the global namespace) as a command with the same
 *	(short) name as the namespace in the parent namespace.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result code. Will be TCL_ERROR if the command is not an
................................................................................
 *	Depends on the command within the namespace that gets executed. If the
 *	ensemble itself returns TCL_ERROR, a descriptive error message will be
 *	placed in the interpreter's result.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NsEnsembleImplementationCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR,
	    clientData, objc, objv);






<
<







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







>
|







 







|



|







 







|







 







|
|







17
18
19
20
21
22
23


24
25
26
27
28
29
30
...
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
...
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
...
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
...
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
....
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
....
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
....
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
....
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
....
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
....
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
....
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
....
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
....
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
....
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
....
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
....
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
 * Declarations for functions local to this file:
 */

static inline Tcl_Obj *	NewNsObj(Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr);
static inline int	EnsembleUnknownCallback(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tcl_Obj **prefixObjPtr);


static int		NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp,int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		BuildEnsembleConfig(EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr);
static int		NsEnsembleStringOrder(const void *strPtr1,
			    const void *strPtr2);
static void		DeleteEnsembleConfig(ClientData clientData);
static void		MakeCachedEnsembleCommand(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
................................................................................
{
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) ensembleNsPtr;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Command token;

    ensemblePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(EnsembleConfig));
    token = TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, name,
	    (Tcl_Namespace *) nameNsPtr, TclEnsembleImplementationCmd,
	    NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR, ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
    if (token == NULL) {
	ckfree(ensemblePtr);
	return NULL;
    }

    ensemblePtr->nsPtr = nsPtr;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj *subcmdList)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldList;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (subcmdList != NULL) {
	int length;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *paramList)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldList;
    int length;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (paramList == NULL) {
	length = 0;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj *mapDict)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldDict;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (mapDict != NULL) {
	int size, done;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj *unknownList)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Obj *oldList;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (unknownList != NULL) {
	int length;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Command token,
    int flags)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    int wasCompiled;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"command is not an ensemble", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    ensemblePtr = cmdPtr->objClientData;
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **subcmdListPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **paramListPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **mapDictPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Obj **unknownListPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    int *flagsPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Command token,
    Tcl_Namespace **namespacePtrPtr)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "command is not an ensemble", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ENSEMBLE", "NOT_ENSEMBLE", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................

    cmdPtr = (Command *)
	    Tcl_FindCommand(interp, TclGetString(cmdNameObj), NULL, flags);
    if (cmdPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	/*
	 * Reuse existing infrastructure for following import link chains
	 * rather than duplicating it.
	 */

	cmdPtr = (Command *) TclGetOriginalCommand((Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);

	if (cmdPtr == NULL
		|| cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	    if (flags & TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"\"%s\" is not an ensemble command",
			TclGetString(cmdNameObj)));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "ENSEMBLE",
			TclGetString(cmdNameObj), NULL);
	    }
................................................................................

int
Tcl_IsEnsemble(
    Tcl_Command token)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) token;

    if (cmdPtr->objProc == TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	return 1;
    }
    cmdPtr = (Command *) TclGetOriginalCommand((Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
    if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->objProc != TclEnsembleImplementationCmd) {
	return 0;
    }
    return 1;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    }
    return ensemble;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclEnsembleImplementationCmd --
 *
 *	Implements an ensemble of commands (being those exported by a
 *	namespace other than the global namespace) as a command with the same
 *	(short) name as the namespace in the parent namespace.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result code. Will be TCL_ERROR if the command is not an
................................................................................
 *	Depends on the command within the namespace that gets executed. If the
 *	ensemble itself returns TCL_ERROR, a descriptive error message will be
 *	placed in the interpreter's result.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclEnsembleImplementationCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR,
	    clientData, objc, objv);

Changes to generic/tclEnv.c.

719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726

727
728
729






730
731
732
733




734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
TclFinalizeEnvironment(void)
{
    /*
     * For now we just deallocate the cache array and none of the environment
     * strings. This may leak more memory that strictly necessary, since some
     * of the strings may no longer be in the environment. However,
     * determining which ones are ok to delete is n-squared, and is pretty
     * unlikely, so we don't bother.

     */

    if (env.cache) {






	ckfree(env.cache);
	env.cache = NULL;
	env.cacheSize = 0;
#ifndef USE_PUTENV




	env.ourEnvironSize = 0;
#endif
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */






|
>



>
>
>
>
>
>




>
>
>
>












719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
TclFinalizeEnvironment(void)
{
    /*
     * For now we just deallocate the cache array and none of the environment
     * strings. This may leak more memory that strictly necessary, since some
     * of the strings may no longer be in the environment. However,
     * determining which ones are ok to delete is n-squared, and is pretty
     * unlikely, so we don't bother.  However, in the case of DPURIFY, just
     * free all strings in the cache.
     */

    if (env.cache) {
#ifdef PURIFY
	int i;
	for (i = 0; i < env.cacheSize; i++) {
	    ckfree(env.cache[i]);
	}
#endif
	ckfree(env.cache);
	env.cache = NULL;
	env.cacheSize = 0;
#ifndef USE_PUTENV
	if ((env.ourEnviron != NULL)) {
	    ckfree(env.ourEnviron);
	    env.ourEnviron = NULL;
	}
	env.ourEnvironSize = 0;
#endif
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tclExecute.c.

496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
....
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
....
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
....
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
....
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
....
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
....
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219






5220
5221
5222

5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
....
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
....
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
....
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
....
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
....
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
....
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
....
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
....
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
....
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
....
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
....
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
....
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
....
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
....
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
....
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
....
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
....
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
....
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
....
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
....
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
....
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
....
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
....
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
....
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
....
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int GetNumberFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 *			ClientData *ptrPtr, int *tPtr);
 */

#define GetNumberFromObj(interp, objPtr, ptrPtr, tPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)					\
	?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_WIDE,				\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    ((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclDoubleType)				\
	?	(((TclIsNaN((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue))		\
		    ?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_NAN)			\
		    :	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE)),			\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
................................................................................

	if (TclIsVarDirectModifyable(varPtr)) {
	    ClientData ptr;
	    int type;

	    objPtr = varPtr->value.objPtr;
	    if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &ptr, &type) == TCL_OK) {
		if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		    Tcl_WideInt augend = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr);
		    Tcl_WideInt sum = augend + increment;

		    /*
		     * Overflow when (augend and sum have different sign) and
		     * (augend and increment have the same sign). This is
		     * encapsulated in the Overflowing macro.
................................................................................
			 * We know the sum value is outside the long range;
			 * use macro form that doesn't range test again.
			 */

			TclSetIntObj(objPtr, w+increment);
		    }
		    goto doneIncr;
		}	/* end if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) */
	    }
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
		objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared */
		objResultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objPtr);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
		varPtr->value.objPtr = objResultPtr;
	    } else {
................................................................................
			"variable isn't array", opnd);
		DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRITE", "ARRAY", NULL);
		CACHE_STACK_INFO();
		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    }
	    TclSetVarArray(varPtr);
	    varPtr->value.tablePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TclVarHashTable));
	    TclInitVarHashTable(varPtr->value.tablePtr,
		    TclGetVarNsPtr(varPtr));
#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
	    TRACE_APPEND(("done\n"));
	} else {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("nothing to do\n"));
#endif
	}
	NEXT_INST_V(pcAdjustment, cleanup, 0);
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Extract the desired list element.
	 */

	if ((TclListObjGetElements(interp, valuePtr, &objc, &objv) == TCL_OK)
		&& (value2Ptr->typePtr != &tclListType)
		&& (TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL , value2Ptr, objc-1,
			&index) == TCL_OK)) {
	    TclDecrRefCount(value2Ptr);
	    tosPtr--;
	    pcAdjustment = 1;
	    goto lindexFastPath;
	}

................................................................................
	if (objc == 0) {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\n"));
	    NEXT_INST_F(9, 0, 0);
	}

	/* Decode index value operands. */

	/* 
	assert ( toIdx != TCL_INDEX_AFTER);
	 *
	 * Extra safety for legacy bytecodes:
	 */
	if (toIdx == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	    toIdx = TCL_INDEX_END;
	}
................................................................................
	    int ch = Tcl_GetUniChar(valuePtr, index);

	    /*
	     * This could be: Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((const Tcl_UniChar *)&ch, 1)
	     * but creating the object as a string seems to be faster in
	     * practical use.
	     */







	    length = (ch != -1) ? Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf) : 0;
	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length);

	}

	TRACE_APPEND(("\"%s\"\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);

    case INST_STR_RANGE:
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" %.20s %.20s =>",
................................................................................
	ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
	int type1, type2;
	Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, wResult;

    case INST_NUM_TYPE:
	if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &ptr1, &type1) != TCL_OK) {
	    type1 = 0;
	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    /* value is between LLONG_MIN and LLONG_MAX */
	    /* [string is integer] is -UINT_MAX to UINT_MAX range */
	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -ULLONG_MAX to ULLONG_MAX range */
	    int i;

	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &i) == TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_LONG;
	    }
	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	    /* value is an integer outside the LLONG_MIN to LLONG_MAX range */
	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -ULLONG_MAX to ULLONG_MAX range */
	    Tcl_WideInt w;

	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &w) == TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_WIDE;
	    }
	}
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, type1);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), type1));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_EQ:
................................................................................
	    iResult = (*pc == INST_NEQ);
	    goto foundResult;
	}
	if (valuePtr == value2Ptr) {
	    compare = MP_EQ;
	    goto convertComparison;
	}
	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    compare = (w1 < w2) ? MP_LT : ((w1 > w2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	} else {
	    compare = TclCompareTwoNumbers(valuePtr, value2Ptr);
	}

................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}

	/*
	 * Check for common, simple case.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_MOD:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n", O2S(valuePtr),
................................................................................
#endif

	/*
	 * Handle (long,long) arithmetic as best we can without going out to
	 * an external function.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_ADD:
		wResult = w1 + w2;
		/*
................................................................................
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 0);

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n",
			    O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    goto divideByZero;
		} else if ((w1 == LLONG_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
		    /*
		     * Can't represent (-LLONG_MIN) as a Tcl_WideInt.
		     */

		    goto overflow;
		}
		wResult = w1 / w2;

		/*
................................................................................
	    TRACE_APPEND(("ERROR: illegal type %s\n",
		    (valuePtr->typePtr? valuePtr->typePtr->name : "null")));
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    IllegalExprOperandType(interp, pc, valuePtr);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    goto gotError;
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, ~w1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
	    }
	    TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, ~w1);
................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}
	switch (type1) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	    /* -NaN => NaN */
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	    if (w1 != LLONG_MIN) {
		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -w1);
		    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
		}
		TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, -w1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
................................................................................
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_MOD:
	/* TODO: Attempts to re-use unshared operands on stack */

	w2 = 0;			/* silence gcc warning */
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    if (w2 == 0) {
		return DIVIDED_BY_ZERO;
	    }
	    if ((w2 == 1) || (w2 == -1)) {
		/*
		 * Div. by |1| always yields remainder of 0.
		 */

		return constants[0];
	    }
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);

	    if (w1 == 0) {
		/*
		 * 0 % (non-zero) always yields remainder of 0.
		 */

................................................................................
    case INST_LSHIFT:
    case INST_RSHIFT: {
	/*
	 * Reject negative shift argument.
	 */

	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    invalid = (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2) < (Tcl_WideInt)0);
	    break;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    invalid = mp_isneg(&big2);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
................................................................................
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Zero shifted any number of bits is still zero.
	 */

	if ((type1==TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1) == (Tcl_WideInt)0)) {
	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    /*
	     * Large left shifts create integer overflow.
	     *
	     * BEWARE! Can't use Tcl_GetIntFromObj() here because that
	     * converts values in the (unsigned) range to their signed int
	     * counterparts, leading to incorrect results.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)
		    || (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2) > INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Technically, we could hold the value (1 << (INT_MAX+1)) in
		 * an mp_int, but since we're using mp_mul_2d() to do the
		 * work, and it takes only an int argument, that's a good
		 * place to draw the line.
		 */
................................................................................
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Quickly force large right shifts to 0 or -1.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)
		    || (*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2 > INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Again, technically, the value to be shifted could be an
		 * mp_int so huge that a right shift by (INT_MAX+1) bits could
		 * not take us to the result of 0 or -1, but since we're using
		 * mp_div_2d to do the work, and it takes only an int
		 * argument, we draw the line there.
		 */

		switch (type1) {
		case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
		    zero = (*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1 > (Tcl_WideInt)0);
		    break;
		case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
		    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
		    zero = (!mp_isneg(&big1));
		    mp_clear(&big1);
		    break;
................................................................................
	    }
	    shift = (int)(*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    /*
	     * Handle shifts within the native wide range.
	     */

	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		w1 = *(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1;
		if ((size_t)shift >= CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)) {
		    if (w1 >= (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
			return constants[0];
		    }
		    WIDE_RESULT(-1);
		}
................................................................................
	    }

	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
	}

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		wResult = w1 & w2;
		break;
................................................................................
	    if (d1==0.0 && d2<0.0) {
		return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
	    }
	    dResult = pow(d1, d2);
	    goto doubleResult;
	}
	w2 = 0;
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr2);
	    if (w2 == 0) {
		/*
		 * Anything to the zero power is 1.
		 */

		return constants[1];
................................................................................
		 */

		return NULL;
	    }
	}

	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    negativeExponent = (w2 < 0);
	    oddExponent = (int) (w2 & (Tcl_WideInt)1);
	    break;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    negativeExponent = mp_isneg(&big2);
	    mp_mod_2d(&big2, 1, &big2);
	    oddExponent = !mp_iszero(&big2);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	}
	if (negativeExponent) {
	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		switch (w1) {
		case 0:
		    /*
		     * Zero to a negative power is div by zero error.
		     */

		    return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
................................................................................
	     * Integers with magnitude greater than 1 raise to a negative
	     * power yield the answer zero (see TIP 123).
	     */

	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    switch (w1) {
	    case 0:
		/*
		 * Zero to a positive power is zero.
		 */

		return constants[0];
................................................................................
	}

	/*
	 * We refuse to accept exponent arguments that exceed one mp_digit
	 * which means the max exponent value is 2**28-1 = 0x0fffffff =
	 * 268435455, which fits into a signed 32 bit int which is within the
	 * range of the long int type. This means any numeric Tcl_Obj value
	 * not using TCL_NUMBER_WIDE type must hold a value larger than we
	 * accept.
	 */

	if (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    if (w1 == 2) {
		/*
		 * Reduce small powers of 2 to shifts.
		 */

		if ((Tcl_WideUInt) w2 < (Tcl_WideUInt) CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1) {
		    WIDE_RESULT(((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << (int)w2);
................................................................................

		if ((Tcl_WideUInt)w2 < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1){
		    WIDE_RESULT(signum * (((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << (int) w2));
		}
		goto overflowExpon;
	    }
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	} else {
	    goto overflowExpon;
	}
	if (w2 - 2 < (long)MaxBase64Size
		&& w1 <=  MaxBase64[w2 - 2]
		&& w1 >= -MaxBase64[w2 - 2]) {
................................................................................
	if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) && (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_ADD:
		wResult = w1 + w2;
		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE))
		{
		    /*
		     * Check for overflow.
		     */

		    if (Overflowing(w1, w2, wResult)) {
			goto overflowBasic;
		    }
		}
		break;

	    case INST_SUB:
		wResult = w1 - w2;
		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE))
		{
		    /*
		     * Must check for overflow. The macro tests for overflows
		     * in sums by looking at the sign bits. As we have a
		     * subtraction here, we are adding -w2. As -w2 could in
		     * turn overflow, we test with ~w2 instead: it has the
		     * opposite sign bit to w2 so it does the job. Note that
................................................................................

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    return DIVIDED_BY_ZERO;
		}

		/*
		 * Need a bignum to represent (LLONG_MIN / -1)
		 */

		if ((w1 == LLONG_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
		    goto overflowBasic;
		}
		wResult = w1 / w2;

		/*
		 * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
		 * TODO: examine for logic simplification
................................................................................
    mp_int big;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr, &type);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_BITNOT:
	if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    WIDE_RESULT(~w);
	}
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	/* ~a = - a - 1 */
	mp_neg(&big, &big);
	mp_sub_d(&big, 1, &big);
	BIG_RESULT(&big);
    case INST_UMINUS:
	switch (type) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    DOUBLE_RESULT(-(*((const double *) ptr)));
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    if (w != LLONG_MIN) {
		WIDE_RESULT(-w);
	    }
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, w);
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	}
................................................................................
    double d1, d2, tmp;
    Tcl_WideInt w1, w2;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr1, &type1);
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (type1) {
    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	wideCompare:
	    return (w1 < w2) ? MP_LT : ((w1 > w2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    d1 = (double) w1;

................................................................................
	     *	  expr 20000000000000003 < 20000000000000004.0
	     * right. Converting the first argument to double will yield two
	     * double values that are equivalent within double precision.
	     * Converting the double to an integer gets done exactly, then
	     * integer comparison can tell the difference.
	     */

	    if (d2 < (double)LLONG_MIN) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    if (d2 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) d2;
	    goto wideCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if (mp_isneg(&big2)) {
................................................................................
    case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	d1 = *((const double *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	doubleCompare:
	    return (d1 < d2) ? MP_LT : ((d1 > d2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    d2 = (double) w2;
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)
		    || w2 == (Tcl_WideInt) d2 || modf(d1, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }
	    if (d1 < (double)LLONG_MIN) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    if (d1 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) d1;
	    goto wideCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d1)) {
		return (d1 > 0.0) ? MP_GT : MP_LT;
	    }
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if ((d1 < (double)LLONG_MAX) && (d1 > (double)LLONG_MIN)) {
		if (mp_isneg(&big2)) {
		    compare = MP_GT;
		} else {
		    compare = MP_LT;
		}
		mp_clear(&big2);
		return compare;
................................................................................
	    Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(NULL, d1, &big1);
	    goto bigCompare;
	}

    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    return compare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d2)) {
		compare = (d2 > 0.0) ? MP_LT : MP_GT;
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if ((d2 < (double)LLONG_MAX) && (d2 > (double)LLONG_MIN)) {
		compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long)
		    && modf(d2, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		d1 = TclBignumToDouble(&big1);






|







 







|







 







|







 







|
<
<
<







 







|







 







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|



|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|

|







 







|







 







|

|







 







|












|







 







|







 







|












|







 







|










|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|













|



|







 







|







 







|



|





|







 







|







 







|













|







 







|


|







 







|












|

|







 







|


|







 







|


|







 







|






|


|









|







 







|










|







496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
....
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
....
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
....
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067



4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
....
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
....
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
....
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223

5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
....
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627









5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
....
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
....
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
....
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
....
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
....
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
....
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
....
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
....
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
....
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
....
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
....
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
....
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
....
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
....
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
....
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
....
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
....
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
....
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
....
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
....
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
....
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
....
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
....
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
....
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int GetNumberFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 *			ClientData *ptrPtr, int *tPtr);
 */

#define GetNumberFromObj(interp, objPtr, ptrPtr, tPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)					\
	?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_INT,				\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    ((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclDoubleType)				\
	?	(((TclIsNaN((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue))		\
		    ?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_NAN)			\
		    :	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE)),			\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
................................................................................

	if (TclIsVarDirectModifyable(varPtr)) {
	    ClientData ptr;
	    int type;

	    objPtr = varPtr->value.objPtr;
	    if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &ptr, &type) == TCL_OK) {
		if (type == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
		    Tcl_WideInt augend = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr);
		    Tcl_WideInt sum = augend + increment;

		    /*
		     * Overflow when (augend and sum have different sign) and
		     * (augend and increment have the same sign). This is
		     * encapsulated in the Overflowing macro.
................................................................................
			 * We know the sum value is outside the long range;
			 * use macro form that doesn't range test again.
			 */

			TclSetIntObj(objPtr, w+increment);
		    }
		    goto doneIncr;
		}	/* end if (type == TCL_NUMBER_INT) */
	    }
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
		objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared */
		objResultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objPtr);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
		varPtr->value.objPtr = objResultPtr;
	    } else {
................................................................................
			"variable isn't array", opnd);
		DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRITE", "ARRAY", NULL);
		CACHE_STACK_INFO();
		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    }
	    TclInitArrayVar(varPtr);



#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
	    TRACE_APPEND(("done\n"));
	} else {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("nothing to do\n"));
#endif
	}
	NEXT_INST_V(pcAdjustment, cleanup, 0);
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Extract the desired list element.
	 */

	if ((TclListObjGetElements(interp, valuePtr, &objc, &objv) == TCL_OK)
		&& (value2Ptr->typePtr != &tclListType)
		&& (TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, value2Ptr, objc-1,
			&index) == TCL_OK)) {
	    TclDecrRefCount(value2Ptr);
	    tosPtr--;
	    pcAdjustment = 1;
	    goto lindexFastPath;
	}

................................................................................
	if (objc == 0) {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\n"));
	    NEXT_INST_F(9, 0, 0);
	}

	/* Decode index value operands. */

	/*
	assert ( toIdx != TCL_INDEX_AFTER);
	 *
	 * Extra safety for legacy bytecodes:
	 */
	if (toIdx == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	    toIdx = TCL_INDEX_END;
	}
................................................................................
	    int ch = Tcl_GetUniChar(valuePtr, index);

	    /*
	     * This could be: Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((const Tcl_UniChar *)&ch, 1)
	     * but creating the object as a string seems to be faster in
	     * practical use.
	     */
	    if (ch == -1) {
		objResultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	    } else {
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
		if (!length) {
		    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(-1, buf);
		}

		objResultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length);
	    }
	}

	TRACE_APPEND(("\"%s\"\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);

    case INST_STR_RANGE:
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" %.20s %.20s =>",
................................................................................
	ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
	int type1, type2;
	Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, wResult;

    case INST_NUM_TYPE:
	if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &ptr1, &type1) != TCL_OK) {
	    type1 = 0;









	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	    /* value is an integer outside the WIDE_MIN to WIDE_MAX range */
	    /* [string is wideinteger] is WIDE_MIN to WIDE_MAX range */
	    Tcl_WideInt w;

	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &w) == TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_INT;
	    }
	}
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, type1);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), type1));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_EQ:
................................................................................
	    iResult = (*pc == INST_NEQ);
	    goto foundResult;
	}
	if (valuePtr == value2Ptr) {
	    compare = MP_EQ;
	    goto convertComparison;
	}
	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    compare = (w1 < w2) ? MP_LT : ((w1 > w2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	} else {
	    compare = TclCompareTwoNumbers(valuePtr, value2Ptr);
	}

................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}

	/*
	 * Check for common, simple case.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_MOD:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n", O2S(valuePtr),
................................................................................
#endif

	/*
	 * Handle (long,long) arithmetic as best we can without going out to
	 * an external function.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_ADD:
		wResult = w1 + w2;
		/*
................................................................................
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 0);

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n",
			    O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    goto divideByZero;
		} else if ((w1 == WIDE_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
		    /*
		     * Can't represent (-WIDE_MIN) as a Tcl_WideInt.
		     */

		    goto overflow;
		}
		wResult = w1 / w2;

		/*
................................................................................
	    TRACE_APPEND(("ERROR: illegal type %s\n",
		    (valuePtr->typePtr? valuePtr->typePtr->name : "null")));
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    IllegalExprOperandType(interp, pc, valuePtr);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    goto gotError;
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, ~w1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
	    }
	    TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, ~w1);
................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}
	switch (type1) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	    /* -NaN => NaN */
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	    if (w1 != WIDE_MIN) {
		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -w1);
		    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
		}
		TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, -w1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
................................................................................
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_MOD:
	/* TODO: Attempts to re-use unshared operands on stack */

	w2 = 0;			/* silence gcc warning */
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    if (w2 == 0) {
		return DIVIDED_BY_ZERO;
	    }
	    if ((w2 == 1) || (w2 == -1)) {
		/*
		 * Div. by |1| always yields remainder of 0.
		 */

		return constants[0];
	    }
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);

	    if (w1 == 0) {
		/*
		 * 0 % (non-zero) always yields remainder of 0.
		 */

................................................................................
    case INST_LSHIFT:
    case INST_RSHIFT: {
	/*
	 * Reject negative shift argument.
	 */

	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	    invalid = (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2) < (Tcl_WideInt)0);
	    break;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    invalid = mp_isneg(&big2);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
................................................................................
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Zero shifted any number of bits is still zero.
	 */

	if ((type1==TCL_NUMBER_INT) && (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1) == (Tcl_WideInt)0)) {
	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    /*
	     * Large left shifts create integer overflow.
	     *
	     * BEWARE! Can't use Tcl_GetIntFromObj() here because that
	     * converts values in the (unsigned) range to their signed int
	     * counterparts, leading to incorrect results.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_INT)
		    || (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2) > INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Technically, we could hold the value (1 << (INT_MAX+1)) in
		 * an mp_int, but since we're using mp_mul_2d() to do the
		 * work, and it takes only an int argument, that's a good
		 * place to draw the line.
		 */
................................................................................
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Quickly force large right shifts to 0 or -1.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_INT)
		    || (*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2 > INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Again, technically, the value to be shifted could be an
		 * mp_int so huge that a right shift by (INT_MAX+1) bits could
		 * not take us to the result of 0 or -1, but since we're using
		 * mp_div_2d to do the work, and it takes only an int
		 * argument, we draw the line there.
		 */

		switch (type1) {
		case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
		    zero = (*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1 > (Tcl_WideInt)0);
		    break;
		case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
		    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
		    zero = (!mp_isneg(&big1));
		    mp_clear(&big1);
		    break;
................................................................................
	    }
	    shift = (int)(*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    /*
	     * Handle shifts within the native wide range.
	     */

	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
		w1 = *(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1;
		if ((size_t)shift >= CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)) {
		    if (w1 >= (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
			return constants[0];
		    }
		    WIDE_RESULT(-1);
		}
................................................................................
	    }

	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
	}

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		wResult = w1 & w2;
		break;
................................................................................
	    if (d1==0.0 && d2<0.0) {
		return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
	    }
	    dResult = pow(d1, d2);
	    goto doubleResult;
	}
	w2 = 0;
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr2);
	    if (w2 == 0) {
		/*
		 * Anything to the zero power is 1.
		 */

		return constants[1];
................................................................................
		 */

		return NULL;
	    }
	}

	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    negativeExponent = (w2 < 0);
	    oddExponent = (int) (w2 & (Tcl_WideInt)1);
	    break;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    negativeExponent = mp_isneg(&big2);
	    mp_mod_2d(&big2, 1, &big2);
	    oddExponent = !mp_iszero(&big2);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	}
	if (negativeExponent) {
	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
		switch (w1) {
		case 0:
		    /*
		     * Zero to a negative power is div by zero error.
		     */

		    return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
................................................................................
	     * Integers with magnitude greater than 1 raise to a negative
	     * power yield the answer zero (see TIP 123).
	     */

	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    switch (w1) {
	    case 0:
		/*
		 * Zero to a positive power is zero.
		 */

		return constants[0];
................................................................................
	}

	/*
	 * We refuse to accept exponent arguments that exceed one mp_digit
	 * which means the max exponent value is 2**28-1 = 0x0fffffff =
	 * 268435455, which fits into a signed 32 bit int which is within the
	 * range of the long int type. This means any numeric Tcl_Obj value
	 * not using TCL_NUMBER_INT type must hold a value larger than we
	 * accept.
	 */

	if (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    if (w1 == 2) {
		/*
		 * Reduce small powers of 2 to shifts.
		 */

		if ((Tcl_WideUInt) w2 < (Tcl_WideUInt) CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1) {
		    WIDE_RESULT(((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << (int)w2);
................................................................................

		if ((Tcl_WideUInt)w2 < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1){
		    WIDE_RESULT(signum * (((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << (int) w2));
		}
		goto overflowExpon;
	    }
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	} else {
	    goto overflowExpon;
	}
	if (w2 - 2 < (long)MaxBase64Size
		&& w1 <=  MaxBase64[w2 - 2]
		&& w1 >= -MaxBase64[w2 - 2]) {
................................................................................
	if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) && (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_ADD:
		wResult = w1 + w2;
		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT))
		{
		    /*
		     * Check for overflow.
		     */

		    if (Overflowing(w1, w2, wResult)) {
			goto overflowBasic;
		    }
		}
		break;

	    case INST_SUB:
		wResult = w1 - w2;
		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_INT) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_INT))
		{
		    /*
		     * Must check for overflow. The macro tests for overflows
		     * in sums by looking at the sign bits. As we have a
		     * subtraction here, we are adding -w2. As -w2 could in
		     * turn overflow, we test with ~w2 instead: it has the
		     * opposite sign bit to w2 so it does the job. Note that
................................................................................

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    return DIVIDED_BY_ZERO;
		}

		/*
		 * Need a bignum to represent (WIDE_MIN / -1)
		 */

		if ((w1 == WIDE_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
		    goto overflowBasic;
		}
		wResult = w1 / w2;

		/*
		 * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
		 * TODO: examine for logic simplification
................................................................................
    mp_int big;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr, &type);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_BITNOT:
	if (type == TCL_NUMBER_INT) {
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    WIDE_RESULT(~w);
	}
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	/* ~a = - a - 1 */
	mp_neg(&big, &big);
	mp_sub_d(&big, 1, &big);
	BIG_RESULT(&big);
    case INST_UMINUS:
	switch (type) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    DOUBLE_RESULT(-(*((const double *) ptr)));
	case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    if (w != WIDE_MIN) {
		WIDE_RESULT(-w);
	    }
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, w);
	    break;
	default:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	}
................................................................................
    double d1, d2, tmp;
    Tcl_WideInt w1, w2;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr1, &type1);
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (type1) {
    case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	wideCompare:
	    return (w1 < w2) ? MP_LT : ((w1 > w2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    d1 = (double) w1;

................................................................................
	     *	  expr 20000000000000003 < 20000000000000004.0
	     * right. Converting the first argument to double will yield two
	     * double values that are equivalent within double precision.
	     * Converting the double to an integer gets done exactly, then
	     * integer comparison can tell the difference.
	     */

	    if (d2 < (double)WIDE_MIN) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    if (d2 > (double)WIDE_MAX) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) d2;
	    goto wideCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if (mp_isneg(&big2)) {
................................................................................
    case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	d1 = *((const double *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	doubleCompare:
	    return (d1 < d2) ? MP_LT : ((d1 > d2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    d2 = (double) w2;
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)
		    || w2 == (Tcl_WideInt) d2 || modf(d1, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }
	    if (d1 < (double)WIDE_MIN) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    if (d1 > (double)WIDE_MAX) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) d1;
	    goto wideCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d1)) {
		return (d1 > 0.0) ? MP_GT : MP_LT;
	    }
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if ((d1 < (double)WIDE_MAX) && (d1 > (double)WIDE_MIN)) {
		if (mp_isneg(&big2)) {
		    compare = MP_GT;
		} else {
		    compare = MP_LT;
		}
		mp_clear(&big2);
		return compare;
................................................................................
	    Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(NULL, d1, &big1);
	    goto bigCompare;
	}

    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_INT:
	    compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    return compare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d2)) {
		compare = (d2 > 0.0) ? MP_LT : MP_GT;
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if ((d2 < (double)WIDE_MAX) && (d2 > (double)WIDE_MIN)) {
		compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long)
		    && modf(d2, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		d1 = TclBignumToDouble(&big1);

Changes to generic/tclFCmd.c.

236
237
238
239
240
241
242


243
244


245
246
247
248
249
250
251
...
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288


289
290
291
292
293
294
295
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(split);
	if (pobjc == 0) {
	    errno = ENOENT;
	    errfile = objv[i];
	    break;
	}
	for (j = 0; j < pobjc; j++) {


	    target = Tcl_FSJoinPath(split, j + 1);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(target);



	    /*
	     * Call Tcl_FSStat() so that if target is a symlink that points to
	     * a directory we will create subdirectories in that directory.
	     */

	    if (Tcl_FSStat(target, &statBuf) == 0) {
................................................................................
	    } else if (Tcl_FSCreateDirectory(target) != TCL_OK) {
		/*
		 * Create might have failed because of being in a race
		 * condition with another process trying to create the same
		 * subdirectory.
		 */

		if (errno != EEXIST) {
		    errfile = target;
		    goto done;
		} else if ((Tcl_FSStat(target, &statBuf) == 0)
			&& S_ISDIR(statBuf.st_mode)) {
		    /*
		     * It is a directory that wasn't there before, so keep
		     * going without error.
		     */

		    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
		} else {
		    errfile = target;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }



	    /*
	     * Forget about this sub-path.
	     */

	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(target);
	    target = NULL;
	}






>
>


>
>







 







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>







236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
...
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(split);
	if (pobjc == 0) {
	    errno = ENOENT;
	    errfile = objv[i];
	    break;
	}
	for (j = 0; j < pobjc; j++) {
	    int errCount = 2;

	    target = Tcl_FSJoinPath(split, j + 1);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(target);

	createDir:

	    /*
	     * Call Tcl_FSStat() so that if target is a symlink that points to
	     * a directory we will create subdirectories in that directory.
	     */

	    if (Tcl_FSStat(target, &statBuf) == 0) {
................................................................................
	    } else if (Tcl_FSCreateDirectory(target) != TCL_OK) {
		/*
		 * Create might have failed because of being in a race
		 * condition with another process trying to create the same
		 * subdirectory.
		 */

		if (errno == EEXIST) {
		    /* Be aware other workers could delete it immediately after
		     * creation, so give this worker still one chance (repeat once),
		     * see [270f78ca95] for description of the race-condition.
		     * Don't repeat the create always (to avoid endless loop). */
		    if (--errCount > 0) {
			goto createDir;
		    }
		    /* Already tried, with delete in-between directly after
		     * creation, so just continue (assume created successful). */
		    goto nextPart;
		}

		/* return with error */
		errfile = target;
		goto done;
	    }

	nextPart:
	    /*
	     * Forget about this sub-path.
	     */

	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(target);
	    target = NULL;
	}

Changes to generic/tclFileName.c.

1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
	 * ':' no longer needed as a separator. It is only relevant to the
	 * beginning of the path.
	 */

	separators = "/\\";

    } else if (tclPlatform == TCL_PLATFORM_UNIX) {
	if (pathPrefix == NULL && tail[0] == '/') {
	    pathPrefix = Tcl_NewStringObj(tail, 1);
	    tail++;
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPrefix);
	}
    }

    /*






|







1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
	 * ':' no longer needed as a separator. It is only relevant to the
	 * beginning of the path.
	 */

	separators = "/\\";

    } else if (tclPlatform == TCL_PLATFORM_UNIX) {
	if (pathPrefix == NULL && tail[0] == '/' && tail[1] != '/') {
	    pathPrefix = Tcl_NewStringObj(tail, 1);
	    tail++;
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPrefix);
	}
    }

    /*

Changes to generic/tclGetDate.y.

893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
    register char c;
    register char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (isspace(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
	    yyInput++;
	}

	if (isdigit(UCHAR(c = *yyInput))) { /* INTL: digit */
	    /*
	     * Convert the string into a number; count the number of digits.
	     */






|







893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
    register char c;
    register char *p;
    char buff[20];
    int Count;

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
	while (TclIsSpaceProc(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
	    yyInput++;
	}

	if (isdigit(UCHAR(c = *yyInput))) { /* INTL: digit */
	    /*
	     * Convert the string into a number; count the number of digits.
	     */

Changes to generic/tclIO.c.

478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
....
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
....
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
....
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
....
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
....
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
....
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
....
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
....
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
    if (HaveVersion(chanPtr->typePtr, TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3) &&
	    chanPtr->typePtr->wideSeekProc != NULL) {
	return chanPtr->typePtr->wideSeekProc(chanPtr->instanceData,
		offset, mode, errnoPtr);
    }

    if (offset<Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) || offset>Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX)) {
	*errnoPtr = EOVERFLOW;
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    return Tcl_LongAsWide(chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc(chanPtr->instanceData,
	    Tcl_WideAsLong(offset), mode, errnoPtr));
}

static inline void
ChanThreadAction(
    Channel *chanPtr,
    int action)
{
................................................................................
    int result;			/* Of device driver operations. */
    Tcl_WideInt curPos;		/* Position on the device. */
    int wasAsync;		/* Was the channel nonblocking before the seek
				 * operation? If so, must restore to
				 * non-blocking mode after the seek. */

    if (CheckChannelErrors(statePtr, TCL_WRITABLE | TCL_READABLE) != 0) {
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * Disallow seek on dead channels - channels that have been closed but not
     * yet been deallocated. Such channels can be found if the exit handler
     * for channel cleanup has run but the channel is still registered in an
     * interpreter.
     */

    if (CheckForDeadChannel(NULL, statePtr)) {
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * This operation should occur at the top of a channel stack.
     */

    chanPtr = statePtr->topChanPtr;
................................................................................
    /*
     * Disallow seek on channels whose type does not have a seek procedure
     * defined. This means that the channel does not support seeking.
     */

    if (chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * Compute how much input and output is buffered. If both input and output
     * is buffered, cannot compute the current position.
     */

    inputBuffered = Tcl_InputBuffered(chan);
    outputBuffered = Tcl_OutputBuffered(chan);

    if ((inputBuffered != 0) && (outputBuffered != 0)) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EFAULT);
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * If we are seeking relative to the current position, compute the
     * corrected offset taking into account the amount of unread input.
     */

................................................................................
     */

    wasAsync = 0;
    if (GotFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING)) {
	wasAsync = 1;
	result = StackSetBlockMode(chanPtr, TCL_MODE_BLOCKING);
	if (result != 0) {
	    return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
	}
	ResetFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING);
	if (GotFlag(statePtr, BG_FLUSH_SCHEDULED)) {
	    ResetFlag(statePtr, BG_FLUSH_SCHEDULED);
	}
    }

................................................................................
    } else {
	/*
	 * Now seek to the new position in the channel as requested by the
	 * caller.
	 */

	curPos = ChanSeek(chanPtr, offset, mode, &result);
	if (curPos == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
	    Tcl_SetErrno(result);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Restore to nonblocking mode if that was the previous behavior.
     *
................................................................................
     * because we already flushed all the queued output, above.
     */

    if (wasAsync) {
	SetFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING);
	result = StackSetBlockMode(chanPtr, TCL_MODE_NONBLOCKING);
	if (result != 0) {
	    return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
	}
    }

    return curPos;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
				/* State info for channel */
    int inputBuffered, outputBuffered;
				/* # bytes held in buffers. */
    int result;			/* Of calling device driver. */
    Tcl_WideInt curPos;		/* Position on device. */

    if (CheckChannelErrors(statePtr, TCL_WRITABLE | TCL_READABLE) != 0) {
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * Disallow tell on dead channels -- channels that have been closed but
     * not yet been deallocated. Such channels can be found if the exit
     * handler for channel cleanup has run but the channel is still registered
     * in an interpreter.
     */

    if (CheckForDeadChannel(NULL, statePtr)) {
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * This operation should occur at the top of a channel stack.
     */

    chanPtr = statePtr->topChanPtr;
................................................................................
    /*
     * Disallow tell on channels whose type does not have a seek procedure
     * defined. This means that the channel does not support seeking.
     */

    if (chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * Compute how much input and output is buffered. If both input and output
     * is buffered, cannot compute the current position.
     */

................................................................................

    /*
     * Get the current position in the device and compute the position where
     * the next character will be read or written. Note that we prefer the
     * wideSeekProc if that is available and non-NULL...
     */

    curPos = ChanSeek(chanPtr, Tcl_LongAsWide(0), SEEK_CUR, &result);
    if (curPos == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(result);
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    if (inputBuffered != 0) {
	return curPos - inputBuffered;
    }
    return curPos + outputBuffered;
}






|

|


|
|







 







|










|







 







|












|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|










|







 







|







 







|
|

|







478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
....
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
....
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
....
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
....
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
....
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
....
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
....
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
....
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
    if (HaveVersion(chanPtr->typePtr, TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3) &&
	    chanPtr->typePtr->wideSeekProc != NULL) {
	return chanPtr->typePtr->wideSeekProc(chanPtr->instanceData,
		offset, mode, errnoPtr);
    }

    if (offset<LONG_MIN || offset>LONG_MAX) {
	*errnoPtr = EOVERFLOW;
	return -1;
    }

    return chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc(chanPtr->instanceData,
	    offset, mode, errnoPtr);
}

static inline void
ChanThreadAction(
    Channel *chanPtr,
    int action)
{
................................................................................
    int result;			/* Of device driver operations. */
    Tcl_WideInt curPos;		/* Position on the device. */
    int wasAsync;		/* Was the channel nonblocking before the seek
				 * operation? If so, must restore to
				 * non-blocking mode after the seek. */

    if (CheckChannelErrors(statePtr, TCL_WRITABLE | TCL_READABLE) != 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Disallow seek on dead channels - channels that have been closed but not
     * yet been deallocated. Such channels can be found if the exit handler
     * for channel cleanup has run but the channel is still registered in an
     * interpreter.
     */

    if (CheckForDeadChannel(NULL, statePtr)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * This operation should occur at the top of a channel stack.
     */

    chanPtr = statePtr->topChanPtr;
................................................................................
    /*
     * Disallow seek on channels whose type does not have a seek procedure
     * defined. This means that the channel does not support seeking.
     */

    if (chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Compute how much input and output is buffered. If both input and output
     * is buffered, cannot compute the current position.
     */

    inputBuffered = Tcl_InputBuffered(chan);
    outputBuffered = Tcl_OutputBuffered(chan);

    if ((inputBuffered != 0) && (outputBuffered != 0)) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EFAULT);
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * If we are seeking relative to the current position, compute the
     * corrected offset taking into account the amount of unread input.
     */

................................................................................
     */

    wasAsync = 0;
    if (GotFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING)) {
	wasAsync = 1;
	result = StackSetBlockMode(chanPtr, TCL_MODE_BLOCKING);
	if (result != 0) {
	    return -1;
	}
	ResetFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING);
	if (GotFlag(statePtr, BG_FLUSH_SCHEDULED)) {
	    ResetFlag(statePtr, BG_FLUSH_SCHEDULED);
	}
    }

................................................................................
    } else {
	/*
	 * Now seek to the new position in the channel as requested by the
	 * caller.
	 */

	curPos = ChanSeek(chanPtr, offset, mode, &result);
	if (curPos == -1) {
	    Tcl_SetErrno(result);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Restore to nonblocking mode if that was the previous behavior.
     *
................................................................................
     * because we already flushed all the queued output, above.
     */

    if (wasAsync) {
	SetFlag(statePtr, CHANNEL_NONBLOCKING);
	result = StackSetBlockMode(chanPtr, TCL_MODE_NONBLOCKING);
	if (result != 0) {
	    return -1;
	}
    }

    return curPos;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
				/* State info for channel */
    int inputBuffered, outputBuffered;
				/* # bytes held in buffers. */
    int result;			/* Of calling device driver. */
    Tcl_WideInt curPos;		/* Position on device. */

    if (CheckChannelErrors(statePtr, TCL_WRITABLE | TCL_READABLE) != 0) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Disallow tell on dead channels -- channels that have been closed but
     * not yet been deallocated. Such channels can be found if the exit
     * handler for channel cleanup has run but the channel is still registered
     * in an interpreter.
     */

    if (CheckForDeadChannel(NULL, statePtr)) {
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * This operation should occur at the top of a channel stack.
     */

    chanPtr = statePtr->topChanPtr;
................................................................................
    /*
     * Disallow tell on channels whose type does not have a seek procedure
     * defined. This means that the channel does not support seeking.
     */

    if (chanPtr->typePtr->seekProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Compute how much input and output is buffered. If both input and output
     * is buffered, cannot compute the current position.
     */

................................................................................

    /*
     * Get the current position in the device and compute the position where
     * the next character will be read or written. Note that we prefer the
     * wideSeekProc if that is available and non-NULL...
     */

    curPos = ChanSeek(chanPtr, 0, SEEK_CUR, &result);
    if (curPos == -1) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(result);
	return -1;
    }

    if (inputBuffered != 0) {
	return curPos - inputBuffered;
    }
    return curPos + outputBuffered;
}

Changes to generic/tclIOCmd.c.

555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
...
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
....
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	mode = modeArray[optionIndex];
    }

    TclChannelPreserve(chan);
    result = Tcl_Seek(chan, offset, mode);
    if (result == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
	/*
	 * TIP #219.
	 * Capture error messages put by the driver into the bypass area and
	 * put them into the regular interpreter result. Fall back to the
	 * regular message if nothing was found in the bypass.
	 */

................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (Tcl_GetChannelHandle(chan, TCL_READABLE, NULL) == TCL_OK) {
	if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, resultPtr, -1, 0) < 0) {
	    /*
	     * TIP #219.
	     * Capture error messages put by the driver into the bypass area
	     * and put them into the regular interpreter result. Fall back to
	     * the regular message if nothing was found in the bypass.
	     */

................................................................................
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * User wants to truncate to the current file position.
	 */

	length = Tcl_Tell(chan);
	if (length == Tcl_WideAsLong(-1)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "could not determine current location in \"%s\": %s",
		    TclGetString(objv[1]), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }







|







 







|







 







|







555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
...
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
....
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	mode = modeArray[optionIndex];
    }

    TclChannelPreserve(chan);
    result = Tcl_Seek(chan, offset, mode);
    if (result == -1) {
	/*
	 * TIP #219.
	 * Capture error messages put by the driver into the bypass area and
	 * put them into the regular interpreter result. Fall back to the
	 * regular message if nothing was found in the bypass.
	 */

................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (Tcl_GetChannelHandle(chan, TCL_READABLE, NULL) == TCL_OK) {
	if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, resultPtr, -1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	    /*
	     * TIP #219.
	     * Capture error messages put by the driver into the bypass area
	     * and put them into the regular interpreter result. Fall back to
	     * the regular message if nothing was found in the bypass.
	     */

................................................................................
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * User wants to truncate to the current file position.
	 */

	length = Tcl_Tell(chan);
	if (length == -1) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "could not determine current location in \"%s\": %s",
		    TclGetString(objv[1]), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

Changes to generic/tclIOGT.c.

906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
...
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
    Tcl_Channel parent = Tcl_GetStackedChannel(dataPtr->self);
    const Tcl_ChannelType *parentType	= Tcl_GetChannelType(parent);
    Tcl_DriverSeekProc *parentSeekProc = Tcl_ChannelSeekProc(parentType);
    Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *parentWideSeekProc =
	    Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc(parentType);
    ClientData parentData = Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(parent);

    if ((offset == Tcl_LongAsWide(0)) && (mode == SEEK_CUR)) {
	/*
	 * This is no seek but a request to tell the caller the current
	 * location. Simply pass the request down.
	 */

	if (parentWideSeekProc != NULL) {
	    return parentWideSeekProc(parentData, offset, mode, errorCodePtr);
	}

	return Tcl_LongAsWide(parentSeekProc(parentData, 0, mode,
		errorCodePtr));
    }

    /*
     * It is a real request to change the position. Flush all data waiting for
     * output and discard everything in the input buffers. Then pass the
     * request down, unchanged.
     */
................................................................................
     * We're transferring to narrow seeks at this point; this is a bit complex
     * because we have to check whether the seek is possible first (i.e.
     * whether we are losing information in truncating the bits of the
     * offset). Luckily, there's a defined error for what happens when trying
     * to go out of the representable range.
     */

    if (offset<Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) || offset>Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX)) {
	*errorCodePtr = EOVERFLOW;
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    return Tcl_LongAsWide(parentSeekProc(parentData, Tcl_WideAsLong(offset),
	    mode, errorCodePtr));
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TransformSetOptionProc --
 *






|









|
<







 







|

|


|
|







906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923

924
925
926
927
928
929
930
...
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
    Tcl_Channel parent = Tcl_GetStackedChannel(dataPtr->self);
    const Tcl_ChannelType *parentType	= Tcl_GetChannelType(parent);
    Tcl_DriverSeekProc *parentSeekProc = Tcl_ChannelSeekProc(parentType);
    Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *parentWideSeekProc =
	    Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc(parentType);
    ClientData parentData = Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(parent);

    if ((offset == 0) && (mode == SEEK_CUR)) {
	/*
	 * This is no seek but a request to tell the caller the current
	 * location. Simply pass the request down.
	 */

	if (parentWideSeekProc != NULL) {
	    return parentWideSeekProc(parentData, offset, mode, errorCodePtr);
	}

	return parentSeekProc(parentData, 0, mode, errorCodePtr);

    }

    /*
     * It is a real request to change the position. Flush all data waiting for
     * output and discard everything in the input buffers. Then pass the
     * request down, unchanged.
     */
................................................................................
     * We're transferring to narrow seeks at this point; this is a bit complex
     * because we have to check whether the seek is possible first (i.e.
     * whether we are losing information in truncating the bits of the
     * offset). Luckily, there's a defined error for what happens when trying
     * to go out of the representable range.
     */

    if (offset<LONG_MIN || offset>LONG_MAX) {
	*errorCodePtr = EOVERFLOW;
	return -1;
    }

    return parentSeekProc(parentData, offset,
	    mode, errorCodePtr);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TransformSetOptionProc --
 *

Changes to generic/tclIORChan.c.

1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
....
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
....
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
    }

    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(rcPtr->interp, resObj, &newLoc) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetChannelError(rcPtr->chan, MarshallError(rcPtr->interp));
        goto invalid;
    }

    if (newLoc < Tcl_LongAsWide(0)) {
	SetChannelErrorStr(rcPtr->chan, msg_seek_beforestart);
        goto invalid;
    }

    *errorCodePtr = EOK;
 stop:
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(offObj);
................................................................................
    /*
     * This function can be invoked from a transformation which is based on
     * standard seeking, i.e. non-wide. Because of this we have to implement
     * it, a dummy is not enough. We simply delegate the call to the wide
     * routine.
     */

    return (int) ReflectSeekWide(clientData, Tcl_LongAsWide(offset), seekMode,
	    errorCodePtr);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ReflectWatch --
................................................................................
	     * Process a regular result. If the type is wrong this may change
	     * into an error.
	     */

	    Tcl_WideInt newLoc;

	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, resObj, &newLoc) == TCL_OK) {
		if (newLoc < Tcl_LongAsWide(0)) {
		    ForwardSetStaticError(paramPtr, msg_seek_beforestart);
		    paramPtr->seek.offset = -1;
		} else {
		    paramPtr->seek.offset = newLoc;
		}
	    } else {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(resObj);






|







 







|







 







|







1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
....
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
....
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
    }

    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(rcPtr->interp, resObj, &newLoc) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetChannelError(rcPtr->chan, MarshallError(rcPtr->interp));
        goto invalid;
    }

    if (newLoc < 0) {
	SetChannelErrorStr(rcPtr->chan, msg_seek_beforestart);
        goto invalid;
    }

    *errorCodePtr = EOK;
 stop:
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(offObj);
................................................................................
    /*
     * This function can be invoked from a transformation which is based on
     * standard seeking, i.e. non-wide. Because of this we have to implement
     * it, a dummy is not enough. We simply delegate the call to the wide
     * routine.
     */

    return ReflectSeekWide(clientData, offset, seekMode,
	    errorCodePtr);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ReflectWatch --
................................................................................
	     * Process a regular result. If the type is wrong this may change
	     * into an error.
	     */

	    Tcl_WideInt newLoc;

	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, resObj, &newLoc) == TCL_OK) {
		if (newLoc < 0) {
		    ForwardSetStaticError(paramPtr, msg_seek_beforestart);
		    paramPtr->seek.offset = -1;
		} else {
		    paramPtr->seek.offset = newLoc;
		}
	    } else {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(resObj);

Changes to generic/tclIORTrans.c.

1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
....
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
....
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
    /*
     * Fail if the parent channel is not seekable.
     */

    if (seekProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
	return Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    }

    /*
     * Check if we can leave out involving the Tcl level, i.e. transformation
     * handler. This is true for tell requests, and transformations which
     * support neither flush, nor drain. For these cases we can pass the
     * request down and the result back up unchanged.
................................................................................
     * non-NULL...
     */

    if (HaveVersion(parent->typePtr, TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3) &&
	parent->typePtr->wideSeekProc != NULL) {
	curPos = parent->typePtr->wideSeekProc(parent->instanceData, offset,
		seekMode, errorCodePtr);
    } else if (offset < Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) ||
	    offset > Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX)) {
	*errorCodePtr = EOVERFLOW;
	curPos = Tcl_LongAsWide(-1);
    } else {
	curPos = Tcl_LongAsWide(parent->typePtr->seekProc(
		parent->instanceData, Tcl_WideAsLong(offset), seekMode,
		errorCodePtr));
    }
    if (curPos == Tcl_LongAsWide(-1)) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(*errorCodePtr);
    }

    *errorCodePtr = EOK;
    Tcl_Release(rtPtr);
    return curPos;
}
................................................................................
    /*
     * This function can be invoked from a transformation which is based on
     * standard seeking, i.e. non-wide. Because of this we have to implement
     * it, a dummy is not enough. We simply delegate the call to the wide
     * routine.
     */

    return (int) ReflectSeekWide(clientData, Tcl_LongAsWide(offset), seekMode,
	    errorCodePtr);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ReflectWatch --






|







 







|
<

|

|
|
|

|







 







|







1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
....
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393

1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
....
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
    /*
     * Fail if the parent channel is not seekable.
     */

    if (seekProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(EINVAL);
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * Check if we can leave out involving the Tcl level, i.e. transformation
     * handler. This is true for tell requests, and transformations which
     * support neither flush, nor drain. For these cases we can pass the
     * request down and the result back up unchanged.
................................................................................
     * non-NULL...
     */

    if (HaveVersion(parent->typePtr, TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3) &&
	parent->typePtr->wideSeekProc != NULL) {
	curPos = parent->typePtr->wideSeekProc(parent->instanceData, offset,
		seekMode, errorCodePtr);
    } else if (offset < LONG_MIN || offset > LONG_MAX) {

	*errorCodePtr = EOVERFLOW;
	curPos = -1;
    } else {
	curPos = parent->typePtr->seekProc(
		parent->instanceData, offset, seekMode,
		errorCodePtr);
    }
    if (curPos == -1) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(*errorCodePtr);
    }

    *errorCodePtr = EOK;
    Tcl_Release(rtPtr);
    return curPos;
}
................................................................................
    /*
     * This function can be invoked from a transformation which is based on
     * standard seeking, i.e. non-wide. Because of this we have to implement
     * it, a dummy is not enough. We simply delegate the call to the wide
     * routine.
     */

    return ReflectSeekWide(clientData, offset, seekMode,
	    errorCodePtr);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ReflectWatch --

Changes to generic/tclIOSock.c.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tclInt.h"

#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
/*
 * On Windows, we need to do proper Unicode->UTF-8 conversion.
 */

typedef struct {
    int initialized;
    Tcl_DString errorMsg; /* UTF-8 encoded error-message */






|







7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tclInt.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
/*
 * On Windows, we need to do proper Unicode->UTF-8 conversion.
 */

typedef struct {
    int initialized;
    Tcl_DString errorMsg; /* UTF-8 encoded error-message */

Changes to generic/tclIOUtil.c.

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
...
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
....
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393




1394
1395
1396
1397
1398







1399

1400













1401
1402
1403









1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418

1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
....
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
....
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
....
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
....
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
....
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
....
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
....
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708

3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
Tcl_FSLstatProc			TclpObjLstat;
Tcl_FSCopyFileProc		TclpObjCopyFile;
Tcl_FSDeleteFileProc		TclpObjDeleteFile;
Tcl_FSRenameFileProc		TclpObjRenameFile;
Tcl_FSCreateDirectoryProc	TclpObjCreateDirectory;
Tcl_FSCopyDirectoryProc		TclpObjCopyDirectory;
Tcl_FSRemoveDirectoryProc	TclpObjRemoveDirectory;
Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc		TclpUnloadFile;
Tcl_FSLinkProc			TclpObjLink;
Tcl_FSListVolumesProc		TclpObjListVolumes;

/*
 * Define the native filesystem dispatch table. If necessary, it is ok to make
 * this non-static, but it should only be accessed by the functions actually
 * listed within it (or perhaps other helper functions of them). Anything
................................................................................
    ret = Tcl_FSStat(pathPtr, &buf);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);
    if (ret != -1) {
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	Tcl_WideInt tmp1, tmp2, tmp3 = 0;

# define OUT_OF_RANGE(x) \
	(((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) < Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MIN) || \
	 ((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) > Tcl_LongAsWide(LONG_MAX))
# define OUT_OF_URANGE(x) \
	(((Tcl_WideUInt)(x)) > ((Tcl_WideUInt)ULONG_MAX))

	/*
	 * Perform the result-buffer overflow check manually.
	 *
	 * Note that ino_t/ino64_t is unsigned...
................................................................................
TclFSNormalizeToUniquePath(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error messages. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The path to normalize in place. */
    int startAt)		/* Start at this char-offset. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr, *firstFsRecPtr;





    /*
     * Call each of the "normalise path" functions in succession. This is a
     * special case, in which if we have a native filesystem handler, we call
     * it first. This is because the root of Tcl's filesystem is always a
     * native filesystem (i.e., '/' on unix is native).







     */















    firstFsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();

    Claim();









    for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * TODO: Assume that we always find the native file system; it should
	 * always be there...
	 */

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
	    startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
		    startAt);
	}
	break;

    }

    for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	/*
	 * Skip the native system next time through.
	 */

................................................................................
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Try to read first character of stream, so we can check for utf-8 BOM to
     * be handled especially.
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) < 0) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	goto end;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
................................................................................

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters,
     * otherwise replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) < 0) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	goto end;
    }

................................................................................
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Try to read first character of stream, so we can check for utf-8 BOM to
     * be handled especially.
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) < 0) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters,
     * otherwise replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) < 0) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
 *     unlink. The env variable TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK allows detection of a
 *     users general request (unlink and not.
 *
 * By default the unlink is done (if not in AUFS). However if the variable is
 * present and set to true (any integer > 0) then the unlink is skipped.
 */

int
TclSkipUnlink(
    Tcl_Obj *shlibFile)
{
    /*
     * Order of testing:
     * 1. On hpux we generally want to skip unlink in general
     *
     * Outside of hpux then:
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Try to delete the file immediately - this is possible in some OSes, and
     * avoids any worries about leaving the copy laying around on exit.
     */

    if (!TclSkipUnlink(copyToPtr) &&
	    (Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr) == TCL_OK)) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);

	/*
	 * We tell our caller about the real shared library which was loaded.
	 * Note that this does mean that the package list maintained by 'load'
	 * will store the original (vfs) path alongside the temporary load
................................................................................
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "cannot unload: filesystem does not support unloading",
		    -1));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TclpUnloadFile(handle);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclpUnloadFile --
 *
 *	Unloads a library given its handle
 *
 * This function was once filesystem-specific, but has been made portable by
 * having TclpDlopen return a structure that includes procedure pointers.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclpUnloadFile(
    Tcl_LoadHandle handle)
{
    if (handle->unloadFileProcPtr != NULL) {
	handle->unloadFileProcPtr(handle);
    }

}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSUnloadTempFile --
 *






<







 







|
|







 







>
>
>
>

<
<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|
|







 







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



>







135
136
137
138
139
140
141

142
143
144
145
146
147
148
...
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
....
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397




1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
....
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
....
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
....
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
....
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
....
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
....
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
....
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714





















3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
Tcl_FSLstatProc			TclpObjLstat;
Tcl_FSCopyFileProc		TclpObjCopyFile;
Tcl_FSDeleteFileProc		TclpObjDeleteFile;
Tcl_FSRenameFileProc		TclpObjRenameFile;
Tcl_FSCreateDirectoryProc	TclpObjCreateDirectory;
Tcl_FSCopyDirectoryProc		TclpObjCopyDirectory;
Tcl_FSRemoveDirectoryProc	TclpObjRemoveDirectory;

Tcl_FSLinkProc			TclpObjLink;
Tcl_FSListVolumesProc		TclpObjListVolumes;

/*
 * Define the native filesystem dispatch table. If necessary, it is ok to make
 * this non-static, but it should only be accessed by the functions actually
 * listed within it (or perhaps other helper functions of them). Anything
................................................................................
    ret = Tcl_FSStat(pathPtr, &buf);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);
    if (ret != -1) {
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	Tcl_WideInt tmp1, tmp2, tmp3 = 0;

# define OUT_OF_RANGE(x) \
	(((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) < LONG_MIN || \
	 ((Tcl_WideInt)(x)) > LONG_MAX)
# define OUT_OF_URANGE(x) \
	(((Tcl_WideUInt)(x)) > ((Tcl_WideUInt)ULONG_MAX))

	/*
	 * Perform the result-buffer overflow check manually.
	 *
	 * Note that ino_t/ino64_t is unsigned...
................................................................................
TclFSNormalizeToUniquePath(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error messages. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The path to normalize in place. */
    int startAt)		/* Start at this char-offset. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr, *firstFsRecPtr;

    int i;
    int isVfsPath = 0;
    char *path;

    /*




     * Paths starting with a UNC prefix whose final character is a colon
     * are reserved for VFS use.  These names can not conflict with real
     * UNC paths per https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg465305.aspx
     * and rfc3986's definition of reg-name.
     *
     * We check these first to avoid useless calls to the native filesystem's
     * normalizePathProc.
     */
    path = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &i);

    if ( (i >= 3) && ( (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == '/')
		    || (path[0] == '\\' && path[1] == '\\') ) ) {
	for ( i = 2; ; i++) {
	    if (path[i] == '\0') break;
	    if (path[i] == path[0]) break;
	}
	--i;
	if (path[i] == ':') isVfsPath = 1;
    }

    /*
     * Call each of the "normalise path" functions in succession.
     */
    firstFsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();

    Claim();

    if (!isVfsPath) {

	/*
	 * If we have a native filesystem handler, we call it first.  This is
	 * because the root of Tcl's filesystem is always a native filesystem
	 * (i.e., '/' on unix is native).
	 */

	for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * TODO: Assume that we always find the native file system; it should
	     * always be there...
	     */

	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
		startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
			startAt);
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	/*
	 * Skip the native system next time through.
	 */

................................................................................
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Try to read first character of stream, so we can check for utf-8 BOM to
     * be handled especially.
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	goto end;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
................................................................................

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters,
     * otherwise replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	goto end;
    }

................................................................................
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Try to read first character of stream, so we can check for utf-8 BOM to
     * be handled especially.
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters,
     * otherwise replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
................................................................................
 *     unlink. The env variable TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK allows detection of a
 *     users general request (unlink and not.
 *
 * By default the unlink is done (if not in AUFS). However if the variable is
 * present and set to true (any integer > 0) then the unlink is skipped.
 */

static int
skipUnlink(
    Tcl_Obj *shlibFile)
{
    /*
     * Order of testing:
     * 1. On hpux we generally want to skip unlink in general
     *
     * Outside of hpux then:
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Try to delete the file immediately - this is possible in some OSes, and
     * avoids any worries about leaving the copy laying around on exit.
     */

    if (!skipUnlink(copyToPtr) &&
	    (Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr) == TCL_OK)) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);

	/*
	 * We tell our caller about the real shared library which was loaded.
	 * Note that this does mean that the package list maintained by 'load'
	 * will store the original (vfs) path alongside the temporary load
................................................................................
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "cannot unload: filesystem does not support unloading",
		    -1));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }





















    if (handle->unloadFileProcPtr != NULL) {
	handle->unloadFileProcPtr(handle);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSUnloadTempFile --
 *

Changes to generic/tclInt.h.

33
34
35
36
37
38
39

















40
41
42
43
44
45
46
..
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
....
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
....
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705


2706

2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
....
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037


3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
....
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232




3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
....
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255




3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261




3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
....
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
....
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
....
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099













4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
....
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123







4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
 * supporting all the re-invocation mechanisms extensions like Itcl 3
 * need.  As an absolute last resort, folks who must make Itcl 3 work
 * unchanged with Tcl 8.7 can remove this line to regain the migration
 * support.  Tcl 9 will no longer offer even that option.
 */

#define AVOID_HACKS_FOR_ITCL 1


















/*
 * Common include files needed by most of the Tcl source files are included
 * here, so that system-dependent personalizations for the include files only
 * have to be made in once place. This results in a few extra includes, but
 * greater modularity. The order of the three groups of #includes is
 * important. For example, stdio.h is needed by tcl.h.
................................................................................
#    ifdef LITTLE_ENDIAN
#	 if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
#	     undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#	 endif
#    endif
#endif

/*
 * Used to tag functions that are only to be visible within the module being
 * built and not outside it (where this is supported by the linker).
 */

#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
#   ifdef __cplusplus
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
#   else
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#   endif
#endif

/*
 * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
 * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
 * to/from pointer from/to integer of different size".
 */

#if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT)
#   if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t)
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void *)(intptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(intptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void *)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(p))
#   endif
#endif
#if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT)
#   if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t)
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void *)(uintptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(uintptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void *)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(p))
#   endif
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_MSC_VER)
#   define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
#endif

................................................................................
#define TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, longPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)	\
	    ? ((*(longPtr) = (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetLongFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (longPtr)))
#else
#define TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, longPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= -(Tcl_WideInt)(ULONG_MAX) \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(ULONG_MAX))	\
	    ? ((*(longPtr) = (long)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetLongFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (longPtr)))
#endif

#define TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objPtr, intPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= -(Tcl_WideInt)(UINT_MAX) \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(UINT_MAX))	\
	    ? ((*(intPtr) = (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetIntFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (intPtr)))
#define TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objPtr, endValue, idxPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= INT_MIN \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= INT_MAX)	\
	    ? ((*(idxPtr) = (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
................................................................................

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Type values TclGetNumberFromObj
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define TCL_NUMBER_LONG		1


#define TCL_NUMBER_WIDE		2

#define TCL_NUMBER_BIG		3
#define TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE	4
#define TCL_NUMBER_NAN		5

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Variables shared among Tcl modules but not used by the outside world.
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclGetSourceFromFrame(CmdFrame *cfPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE char *	TclGetStringStorage(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    unsigned int *sizePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGetLoadedPackagesEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *targetName,
				const char *packageName);


MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGlob(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *pattern,
			    Tcl_Obj *unquotedPrefix, int globFlags,
			    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIncrObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *incrPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclIncrObjVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
			    Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *incrPtr, int flags);
................................................................................
			    int *clNextOuter, const char *outerScript);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrim(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
			    const char *trim, int numTrim, int *trimRight);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrimLeft(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
			    const char *trim, int numTrim);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrimRight(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
			    const char *trim, int numTrim);




MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCmp(const char *cs, const char *ct);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCasecmp(const char *cs, const char *ct);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCount(int ch);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclpNativeToNormalized(ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclpFilesystemPathType(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclpDlopen(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
			    Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandle,
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadDataThread(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadStorage(void);
#ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_WideInt TclpGetWideClicks(void);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TclpWideClicksToNanoseconds(Tcl_WideInt clicks);
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclZlibInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);




MODULE_SCOPE void *	TclpThreadCreateKey(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclpThreadDeleteKey(void *keyPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclpThreadSetMasterTSD(void *tsdKeyPtr, void *ptr);
MODULE_SCOPE void *	TclpThreadGetMasterTSD(void *tsdKeyPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclErrorStackResetIf(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *msg, int length);





/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Command procedures in the generic core:
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 */

................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_AssembleObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclNRAssembleObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclInitEncodingCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclMakeEncodingCommandSafe(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_EofObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_ErrorObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_EvalObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FconfigureObjCmd(
			    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FcopyObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclInitFileCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclMakeFileCommandSafe(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FileEventObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FlushObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_ForObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
................................................................................

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompareObjKeys(void *keyPtr, Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeObjEntry(Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TCL_HASH_TYPE TclHashObjKey(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, void *keyPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFullFinalizationRequested(void);














/*
 * TIP #462.
 */

/*
 * The following enum values give the status of a spawned process.
 */
................................................................................

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclInitProcessCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclProcessCreated(Tcl_Pid pid);
MODULE_SCOPE TclProcessWaitStatus TclProcessWait(Tcl_Pid pid, int options,
			    int *codePtr, Tcl_Obj **msgObjPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj **errorObjPtr);








/*
 * Utility routines for encoding index values as integers. Used by both
 * some of the command compilers and by [lsort] and [lsearch].
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIndexEncode(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    int before, int after, int *indexPtr);






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<









|


|





|


|







 







|
|






|
|







 







|
>
>
|
>







 







>
>







 







>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>






>
>
>
>







 







<







 







<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
...
107
108
109
110
111
112
113













114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
....
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
....
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
....
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
....
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
....
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
....
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363

3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
....
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391

3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
....
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
....
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
 * supporting all the re-invocation mechanisms extensions like Itcl 3
 * need.  As an absolute last resort, folks who must make Itcl 3 work
 * unchanged with Tcl 8.7 can remove this line to regain the migration
 * support.  Tcl 9 will no longer offer even that option.
 */

#define AVOID_HACKS_FOR_ITCL 1


/*
 * Used to tag functions that are only to be visible within the module being
 * built and not outside it (where this is supported by the linker).
 * Also used in the platform-specific *Port.h files.
 */

#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
#   ifdef __cplusplus
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
#   else
#	define MODULE_SCOPE extern
#   endif
#endif



/*
 * Common include files needed by most of the Tcl source files are included
 * here, so that system-dependent personalizations for the include files only
 * have to be made in once place. This results in a few extra includes, but
 * greater modularity. The order of the three groups of #includes is
 * important. For example, stdio.h is needed by tcl.h.
................................................................................
#    ifdef LITTLE_ENDIAN
#	 if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
#	     undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#	 endif
#    endif
#endif














/*
 * Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
 * in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
 * to/from pointer from/to integer of different size".
 */

#if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT)
#   if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t)
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void *)(intptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((intptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define INT2PTR(p) ((void *)(p))
#	define PTR2INT(p) ((long)(p))
#   endif
#endif
#if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT)
#   if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t)
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void *)(uintptr_t)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((uintptr_t)(p))
#   else
#	define UINT2PTR(p) ((void *)(p))
#	define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned long)(p))
#   endif
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_MSC_VER)
#   define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
#endif

................................................................................
#define TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, longPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)	\
	    ? ((*(longPtr) = (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetLongFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (longPtr)))
#else
#define TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, longPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= (Tcl_WideInt)(LONG_MIN) \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(LONG_MAX))	\
	    ? ((*(longPtr) = (long)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetLongFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (longPtr)))
#endif

#define TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objPtr, intPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= (Tcl_WideInt)(INT_MIN) \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= (Tcl_WideInt)(INT_MAX))	\
	    ? ((*(intPtr) = (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
	    : Tcl_GetIntFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (intPtr)))
#define TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objPtr, endValue, idxPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue >= INT_MIN \
	    && (objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue <= INT_MAX)	\
	    ? ((*(idxPtr) = (int)(objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue), TCL_OK) \
................................................................................

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Type values TclGetNumberFromObj
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#define TCL_NUMBER_INT		2
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9) && !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
#   define TCL_NUMBER_LONG		1 /* deprecated, not used any more */
#   define TCL_NUMBER_WIDE		TCL_NUMBER_INT /* deprecated */
#endif
#define TCL_NUMBER_BIG		3
#define TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE	4
#define TCL_NUMBER_NAN		5

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Variables shared among Tcl modules but not used by the outside world.
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclGetSourceFromFrame(CmdFrame *cfPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE char *	TclGetStringStorage(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    unsigned int *sizePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGetLoadedPackagesEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *targetName,
				const char *packageName);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGetWideBitsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *,
				Tcl_WideInt *);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGlob(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *pattern,
			    Tcl_Obj *unquotedPrefix, int globFlags,
			    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIncrObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *incrPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclIncrObjVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
			    Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *incrPtr, int flags);
................................................................................
			    int *clNextOuter, const char *outerScript);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrim(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
			    const char *trim, int numTrim, int *trimRight);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrimLeft(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
			    const char *trim, int numTrim);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclTrimRight(const char *bytes, int numBytes,
			    const char *trim, int numTrim);
MODULE_SCOPE const char*TclGetCommandTypeName(Tcl_Command command);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclRegisterCommandTypeName(
			    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *implementationProc,
			    const char *nameStr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCmp(const char *cs, const char *ct);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCasecmp(const char *cs, const char *ct);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclUtfCount(int ch);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclpNativeToNormalized(ClientData clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclpFilesystemPathType(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclpDlopen(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
			    Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandle,
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadDataThread(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFinalizeThreadStorage(void);
#ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_WideInt TclpGetWideClicks(void);
MODULE_SCOPE double	TclpWideClicksToNanoseconds(Tcl_WideInt clicks);
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclZlibInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclZipfsInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int        TclZipfsMount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zipname,
			 const char *mntpt, const char *passwd);
MODULE_SCOPE int 	TclZipfsUnmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zipname);
MODULE_SCOPE void *	TclpThreadCreateKey(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclpThreadDeleteKey(void *keyPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclpThreadSetMasterTSD(void *tsdKeyPtr, void *ptr);
MODULE_SCOPE void *	TclpThreadGetMasterTSD(void *tsdKeyPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclErrorStackResetIf(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *msg, int length);
/* Tip 430 */
MODULE_SCOPE int    TclZipfs_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int    TclZipfs_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 * Command procedures in the generic core:
 *----------------------------------------------------------------
 */

................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_AssembleObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclNRAssembleObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclInitEncodingCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp);

MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_EofObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_ErrorObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_EvalObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FconfigureObjCmd(
			    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FcopyObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclInitFileCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp);

MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FileEventObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_FlushObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int	Tcl_ForObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
................................................................................

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompareObjKeys(void *keyPtr, Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeObjEntry(Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TCL_HASH_TYPE TclHashObjKey(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, void *keyPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFullFinalizationRequested(void);

/*
 * Just for the purposes of command-type registration.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclEnsembleImplementationCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclAliasObjCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclLocalAliasObjCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclSlaveObjCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclInvokeImportedCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclOOPublicObjectCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclOOPrivateObjectCmd;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjCmdProc TclOOMyClassObjCmd;

/*
 * TIP #462.
 */

/*
 * The following enum values give the status of a spawned process.
 */
................................................................................

MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Command TclInitProcessCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclProcessCreated(Tcl_Pid pid);
MODULE_SCOPE TclProcessWaitStatus TclProcessWait(Tcl_Pid pid, int options,
			    int *codePtr, Tcl_Obj **msgObjPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj **errorObjPtr);

/*
 * TIP #508: [array default]
 */

MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitArrayVar(Var *arrayPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	TclGetArrayDefault(Var *arrayPtr);

/*
 * Utility routines for encoding index values as integers. Used by both
 * some of the command compilers and by [lsort] and [lsearch].
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TclIndexEncode(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    int before, int after, int *indexPtr);

Changes to generic/tclInterp.c.

218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
...
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
...
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417
418
419
420
421
422
423
....
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421

1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
....
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476

1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
....
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
....
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789





1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
....
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
....
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929



































































1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
....
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
....
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
....
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
			    Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tcl_Obj *targetPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		AliasDelete(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, Tcl_Obj *namePtr);
static int		AliasDescribe(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		AliasList(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);
static int		AliasObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *currentInterp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		AliasNRCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *currentInterp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		AliasObjCmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
static Tcl_Interp *	GetInterp(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
static Tcl_Interp *	GetInterp2(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
................................................................................
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);
static int		SlaveInvokeHidden(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp,
			    const char *namespaceName,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		SlaveMarkTrusted(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);
static int		SlaveObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		SlaveObjCmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		SlaveRecursionLimit(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		SlaveCommandLimitCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, int consumedObjc,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
................................................................................
"file join [file dirname $env(TCL_LIBRARY)] tcl[info tclversion]}\n"
"	}\n"
"	if {[info exists tclDefaultLibrary]} {\n"
"	    lappend scripts {set tclDefaultLibrary}\n"
"	} else {\n"
"	    lappend scripts {::tcl::pkgconfig get scriptdir,runtime}\n"
"	}\n"

"	lappend scripts {\n"
"set parentDir [file dirname [file dirname [info nameofexecutable]]]\n"
"set grandParentDir [file dirname $parentDir]\n"
"file join $parentDir lib tcl[info tclversion]} \\\n"
"	{file join $grandParentDir lib tcl[info tclversion]} \\\n"
"	{file join $parentDir library} \\\n"
"	{file join $grandParentDir library} \\\n"
................................................................................
    Command *aliasCmdPtr;

    /*
     * If we are not creating or renaming an alias, then it is always OK to
     * create or rename the command.
     */

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != AliasObjCmd) {

	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * OK, we are dealing with an alias, so traverse the chain of aliases. If
     * we encounter the alias we are defining (or renaming to) any in the
     * chain then we have a loop.
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Otherwise, follow the chain one step further. See if the target
	 * command is an alias - if so, follow the loop to its target command.
	 * Otherwise we do not have a loop.
	 */

	if (aliasCmdPtr->objProc != AliasObjCmd) {

	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	nextAliasPtr = aliasCmdPtr->objClientData;
    }

    /* NOTREACHED */
}
................................................................................
    }

    Tcl_Preserve(slaveInterp);
    Tcl_Preserve(masterInterp);

    if (slaveInterp == masterInterp) {
	aliasPtr->slaveCmd = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(slaveInterp,
		TclGetString(namePtr), AliasObjCmd, AliasNRCmd, aliasPtr,
		AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
    } else {
    aliasPtr->slaveCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(slaveInterp,
	    TclGetString(namePtr), AliasObjCmd, aliasPtr,
	    AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
    }

    if (TclPreventAliasLoop(interp, slaveInterp,
	    aliasPtr->slaveCmd) != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Found an alias loop! The last call to Tcl_CreateObjCommand made the
	 * alias point to itself. Delete the command and its alias record. Be
................................................................................
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * AliasObjCmd --
 *
 *	This is the function that services invocations of aliases in a slave
 *	interpreter. One such command exists for each alias. When invoked,
 *	this function redirects the invocation to the target command in the
 *	master interpreter as designated by the Alias record associated with
 *	this command.





 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Causes forwarding of the invocation; all possible side effects may
 *	occur as a result of invoking the command to which the invocation is
................................................................................
    if (TclInitRewriteEnsemble(interp, 1, prefc, objv)) {
	TclNRAddCallback(interp, TclClearRootEnsemble, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    }
    TclSkipTailcall(interp);
    return Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, listPtr, flags);
}

static int
AliasObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Alias record. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument vector. */
{
#define ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC 10
    Alias *aliasPtr = clientData;
................................................................................
     * on the target interpreter.
     */

    if (targetInterp != interp) {
	Tcl_TransferResult(targetInterp, result, interp);
	Tcl_Release(targetInterp);
    }




































































    for (i=0; i<cmdc; i++) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdv[i]);
    }
    if (cmdv != cmdArr) {
	TclStackFree(interp, cmdv);
    }
................................................................................

    slaveInterp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
    slavePtr = &((InterpInfo *) ((Interp *) slaveInterp)->interpInfo)->slave;
    slavePtr->masterInterp = masterInterp;
    slavePtr->slaveEntryPtr = hPtr;
    slavePtr->slaveInterp = slaveInterp;
    slavePtr->interpCmd = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(masterInterp, path,
	    SlaveObjCmd, NRSlaveCmd, slaveInterp, SlaveObjCmdDeleteProc);
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&slavePtr->aliasTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, slavePtr);
    Tcl_SetVar2(slaveInterp, "tcl_interactive", NULL, "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    /*
     * Inherit the recursion limit.
     */
................................................................................

    return NULL;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SlaveObjCmd --
 *
 *	Command to manipulate an interpreter, e.g. to send commands to it to
 *	be evaluated. One such command exists for each slave interpreter.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See user documentation for details.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
SlaveObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Slave interpreter. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    return Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, NRSlaveCmd, clientData, objc, objv);
}
................................................................................
	OPT_ALIAS,	OPT_ALIASES,	OPT_BGERROR,	OPT_DEBUG,
	OPT_EVAL,	OPT_EXPOSE,	OPT_HIDE,	OPT_HIDDEN,
	OPT_ISSAFE,	OPT_INVOKEHIDDEN, OPT_LIMIT,	OPT_MARKTRUSTED,
	OPT_RECLIMIT
    };

    if (slaveInterp == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("SlaveObjCmd: interpreter has been deleted");
    }

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cmd ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "option", 0,






<
<
<







 







<
<







 







>







 







|
>







 







|
>







 







|
|

|
|
|







 







|






>
>
>
>
>







 







|
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|













|
|







 







|







218
219
220
221
222
223
224



225
226
227
228
229
230
231
...
250
251
252
253
254
255
256


257
258
259
260
261
262
263
...
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
....
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
....
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
....
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
....
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
....
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
....
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
....
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
....
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
....
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
			    Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tcl_Obj *targetPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		AliasDelete(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, Tcl_Obj *namePtr);
static int		AliasDescribe(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int		AliasList(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);



static int		AliasNRCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *currentInterp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		AliasObjCmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
static Tcl_Interp *	GetInterp(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
static Tcl_Interp *	GetInterp2(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
................................................................................
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);
static int		SlaveInvokeHidden(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp,
			    const char *namespaceName,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		SlaveMarkTrusted(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp);


static void		SlaveObjCmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		SlaveRecursionLimit(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		SlaveCommandLimitCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp, int consumedObjc,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
................................................................................
"file join [file dirname $env(TCL_LIBRARY)] tcl[info tclversion]}\n"
"	}\n"
"	if {[info exists tclDefaultLibrary]} {\n"
"	    lappend scripts {set tclDefaultLibrary}\n"
"	} else {\n"
"	    lappend scripts {::tcl::pkgconfig get scriptdir,runtime}\n"
"	}\n"
"	lappend scripts {::tcl::zipfs::tcl_library_init}\n"
"	lappend scripts {\n"
"set parentDir [file dirname [file dirname [info nameofexecutable]]]\n"
"set grandParentDir [file dirname $parentDir]\n"
"file join $parentDir lib tcl[info tclversion]} \\\n"
"	{file join $grandParentDir lib tcl[info tclversion]} \\\n"
"	{file join $parentDir library} \\\n"
"	{file join $grandParentDir library} \\\n"
................................................................................
    Command *aliasCmdPtr;

    /*
     * If we are not creating or renaming an alias, then it is always OK to
     * create or rename the command.
     */

    if (cmdPtr->objProc != TclAliasObjCmd
	    && cmdPtr->objProc != TclLocalAliasObjCmd) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * OK, we are dealing with an alias, so traverse the chain of aliases. If
     * we encounter the alias we are defining (or renaming to) any in the
     * chain then we have a loop.
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Otherwise, follow the chain one step further. See if the target
	 * command is an alias - if so, follow the loop to its target command.
	 * Otherwise we do not have a loop.
	 */

	if (aliasCmdPtr->objProc != TclAliasObjCmd
		&& aliasCmdPtr->objProc != TclLocalAliasObjCmd) {
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	nextAliasPtr = aliasCmdPtr->objClientData;
    }

    /* NOTREACHED */
}
................................................................................
    }

    Tcl_Preserve(slaveInterp);
    Tcl_Preserve(masterInterp);

    if (slaveInterp == masterInterp) {
	aliasPtr->slaveCmd = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(slaveInterp,
		TclGetString(namePtr), TclLocalAliasObjCmd, AliasNRCmd,
		aliasPtr, AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
    } else {
	aliasPtr->slaveCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(slaveInterp,
		TclGetString(namePtr), TclAliasObjCmd, aliasPtr,
		AliasObjCmdDeleteProc);
    }

    if (TclPreventAliasLoop(interp, slaveInterp,
	    aliasPtr->slaveCmd) != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Found an alias loop! The last call to Tcl_CreateObjCommand made the
	 * alias point to itself. Delete the command and its alias record. Be
................................................................................
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclAliasObjCmd, TclLocalAliasObjCmd --
 *
 *	This is the function that services invocations of aliases in a slave
 *	interpreter. One such command exists for each alias. When invoked,
 *	this function redirects the invocation to the target command in the
 *	master interpreter as designated by the Alias record associated with
 *	this command.
 *
 *	TclLocalAliasObjCmd is a stripped down version used when the source
 *	and target interpreters of the alias are the same. That lets a number
 *	of safety precautions be avoided: the state is much more precisely
 *	known.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Causes forwarding of the invocation; all possible side effects may
 *	occur as a result of invoking the command to which the invocation is
................................................................................
    if (TclInitRewriteEnsemble(interp, 1, prefc, objv)) {
	TclNRAddCallback(interp, TclClearRootEnsemble, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    }
    TclSkipTailcall(interp);
    return Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, listPtr, flags);
}

int
TclAliasObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Alias record. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument vector. */
{
#define ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC 10
    Alias *aliasPtr = clientData;
................................................................................
     * on the target interpreter.
     */

    if (targetInterp != interp) {
	Tcl_TransferResult(targetInterp, result, interp);
	Tcl_Release(targetInterp);
    }

    for (i=0; i<cmdc; i++) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdv[i]);
    }
    if (cmdv != cmdArr) {
	TclStackFree(interp, cmdv);
    }
    return result;
#undef ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC
}

int
TclLocalAliasObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Alias record. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument vector. */
{
#define ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC 10
    Alias *aliasPtr = clientData;
    int result, prefc, cmdc, i;
    Tcl_Obj **prefv, **cmdv;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdArr[ALIAS_CMDV_PREALLOC];
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int isRootEnsemble;

    /*
     * Append the arguments to the command prefix and invoke the command in
     * the global namespace.
     */

    prefc = aliasPtr->objc;
    prefv = &aliasPtr->objPtr;
    cmdc = prefc +